Yale University - Banner / Pot Pourri Yearbook (New Haven, CT)

Text from Pages 1 - 304 of the 1955 volume:

a ■:■- she ma ' ■■ ' - ' . ' m W ■ ffim M .■ ' ■ ' m mwm mm The Oldest College Yearbook II ■ t _- 1 WMIHa « ™ — The 1955 YALE BANNER VOLUME CXIV Worthington Scranton Mayer Chairman Edward Steven Kaplan Business Manager Philip Fisher Zeidman Managing Editor Z. G e 6 i SfAf CENT£ nn Er NlAL So THE c eXteXXial YALE BANN ER C, 5C « «wc «V oV e YALE BANNER PUBLICATIONS Worthington S. Mayer Chairman Edward S. Kaplan Business Manager Philip F. Zeidman Managing Editor John Sherman Vice-Chairman John C. Little Assistant Managing Editor Francis E. Moore, Jr. Treasurer Benjamin R. Foster III Advertising Manager Neil McLaughlan, Jr. Photographic Editor Neal R. Allen Secretary SENIOR EDITORS James E. Haynes, James S. Hostetler, Joel Hunter III, Robert E. Kipka, William A. Searle, Stuart D. Tauber. EDITORIAL ASSISTANTS Martin R. Bo wen, College Editor; Reid F. Moore Jr., Sports Editor; Stephen M. Reiss, Editor, ' 58; Robert F. Shapiro, Insertions; John D. Stephenson, Fresh- man Editor; S. Willard Wallace III, Photography; Allan H. Young, Photog- raphy; Peter A. Balbach; James M. Banner, Jr.; Leo M. Bearman; Ellsworth A. Fersch; Roger W. Hollander; William J. Martin, Jr.; John R. Tracey; Stevenson Weitz. BUSINESS ASSOCIATES George L. Davis, Telephone Directory Advertising, Banner Circulation; James K. Don, Assistant Treasurer; Robert W. Hirsch, Banner Advertising; Temby R. Argall; Walter Benenson; W. Anthony Hogan; Robert W. Kalinske; Leonard A. Katz; L. David Kramer; Philip Levine; E. Dennis McCarthy; John H. Marden; Edward U. Notz; William H. Wrean. The Yale Banner Publications publishes The Yale Banner, the nation ' s old- est college yearbook. Other publications include The Freshman Register; The Eli Book; Going Places, A Guide to Twenty Women s Colleges; The Freshman Magazine; The Freshman Promenade Program, and the Student Telephone Directory. TABLE OF CONTENTS FRONTISPIECE — Showing Yale Old and New: Harkness Tower reflected in the New Art Gallery SIGHTS AND SOUNDS 1954-1955 Page 7 Wherein are portrayed in words and pictures the Events of the past Year in the World and at Yale. HONORS Page 27 In which is recorded the Intellectual Elite of Phi Beta Kappa, as well as the Honored Few of Torch and Aurelian and the Engineering Genius of Tau Beta Pi; and relating how these and other Groups herein noted have stormed the Breech of Honor and have conquered. COLLEGES Page 43 Containing a cross-section of University Life; and com prising the Intra- mural, Social and Personal Life of Yale ten times over as revealed by those who know it best. A YALE ANTHOLOGY Page 95 Introducing the creative best of the Yale Undergraduate; and containing Prose, Poetry, Illustrations and Photographs preserved for all to enjoy and for Posterity. ATHLETICS Page 103 In which will be found the Triumphs and Tragedies of Yale athletic glory; and following the Yale athlete from Dizzy Heights to Grim Defeats, from gridiron to squash court, proving that Harvard ' s team may fight to the end but Yale will win, on occasion. ACTIVITIES Page 145 Recording that bit of the Yale Scene known as the Extracurricular ; and featuring the activities of all the Moguls, major and minor. MUSIC Page 191 Wherein are depicted the many Levels of Yale Musical Activity. SOCIETIES AND FRATERNITIES Page 209 An Adventure into the dark and mysterious realm of white shoe and dark suit, of pin and tomb. THE CLASS OF 1958 Page 241 Showing how, as Freshmen first, we came to Yale; illustrating graphi- cally life on Ye Olde Campus. THE YALE ANIMAL Page 266 In which is revealed the astounding similarity between Homo Yalensis and certain species of the Animal Kingdom; a Discovery too startling to be briefly described. Promises Peace in Indo-China ' i 4l The Weather ■€ }- . To S , a e On o777, - Ia,e tO Build $1 CU.li.-_ ... T    £ £ ' a,e ' ° BU ' ml man. Dean of Yale Law School, Dies KS tt} ' ev e_ Reputation as Industrial Arbitrator; A T J! ?5 4fc t_. , _ Oper toB„ iW$1 . SMi((ionp|iys . cs V Y £ ,eved Reputation as Industrial Armtraior; j, W| VOll.- t A- ftdft whed Eminent Educational Record C w 95 €i - - noose : sS fcfeC «SSL 1004 in Smallest Postwar Clas w S in Smallest Postwar Gas, : a«i typ av T ... f% 4 , c tiaily Mirror 2L Tu ' t,on Ma «■£- . RUSSIAN j HCH 1 Yale Will Not Increase Enrollment • - CV Q ° u To Match Rising Population Trend; Hfi- !! °vnta; n q Ir i«.wold Cites Inadequate Finances . ™ -=, ' ° - r or Ve , ' ' K ' Dicoff Camn • Plan To Revise V(W0MII11V(I vm Wgns Clash u a , Yale Markings r M nANCI _ j ,-,„• SIGHTS and SOUNDS 1954-1955 It was the best of times, it was the worst of times; it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness; it was the epoch of b elief, it was the epoch of in- credulity; it was the Spring of hope, it was the Winter of despair; it was the season of light, it ivas the season of darkness; we had everything before us, we had noth- ing before us; we were all going direct to Heaven, we were all going direct the other way. — A Tale of Two Cities THE 1954-1955 scrapbook of sights and sounds re- corded heroism and cowardice, courage and futility, record-breaking feats and complete frustration. The year was an entity out of time, important intrinsically and as a minute part of an age. Its sights were graphic, its sounds were sometimes pleasant, often harsh. Each of us has heard the roar of the ocean in a seashell far removed from any beach. The editors hope that the reader who picks up this scrapbook years from now, will find that in much the same way it will bridge the gap of time and distance from Yale, that years and miles will fade in capturing again the sights, sounds and emotions of a crucial year. aie is not an ivory tower, insisted a newspaper advertisement slipped under every door early in the year. In 1954-1955, the Yale community was forced to an awareness of the truth of this claim. No longer could the Yale undergraduate wrap himself in a cocoon of his personal affairs, isolated from what was happening in the outside world. If a man half a world and a whole philosophy away were to give an order, the Yale student might find himself suddenly shouldering a rifle, piloting a jet, or clearing away the rubble of a demolished city. Perhaps his generation was not as fatalistic or apathetic as its critics would paint it; but neither did it have the carefree abandon with which such an age is associated. It was a nervous America, and a nervous Yale. Tradition remained, but the ivory tower had crumbled. MARCH began insignificantly enough with the introduc- tion of the Hawaiian-Alaskan statehood bill, and already many began to worry about designing a new flag. Billy Graham was touring England, telling Englishmen The voice of God is with you tonight. Arturo Toscanini became old suddenly, lost his place in the middle of a symphony, and later announced his official retirement. A master had stepped down. Investigation committees became acutely interested in Robert Oppenheimer and comic books, and seemed on the verge of ban- ning both. But the big sound of the month was the biggest the world had ever heard. The hydrogen bomb was exploded, releas- ing a power 750 times that of the puny atom bomb. What would be next? Scientists had the answer to that too, as they announced one year later the cobalt bomb, capable of ridding the world of all of us. It was an age of progress. Arturo Toscanini ' s baton wavered in the midst of a symphony, and the famed conductor later announced his retirement. A gallery of central figures in the Senate-Army-McCarthy hearing. tfelch Schine lenkins Cohn McCarthy $ J APRIL and May were noisy in the world and at Yale, and most of the sounds were ominous. Dienbienphu entered the world ' s vocabu- lary, and the Senate-McCarthy-Army hearings began. McCarthy ' s grating voice began with point of order and scarcely ceased. Ray Jenkins ' southern drawl and the mellifluous tones of Joseph Welch became familiar to a nation of living-room listeners. Other sounds were more pleasing. Roger Bannister heard the enthusiastic roar of track fans as he became the first human to break the four-minute mile. A few days later, Earl Warren ' s voice droned out over a packed court room, and his words heralded the end of segregation in the public schools. This was not a pleasant sound to most of the South. Yale shuddered at the screech of slipping tires as two seniors died near Poughkeepsie in an auto accident. While William Buckley defended McCarthy before an overflow crowd in Woolsey Hall, the first stone was being set in place toward the forthcoming censure hearings. Yale men were facing the pressing problems of trying to avoid being swept off the streets by the mobs of Hillhouse students. The Class of 1958 fell heir to the benevolent despotism of Harold B. Whiteman, as Prince Hal was appointed Dean of «f Freshmen, and the check-cashing line at the Co-op continued to £ grow longer as College Weekend approached. How was your P. R. rating? One of the few pleasant sounds to French soldiers in Indo- china was the name of the Angel of Dienbienphu, Nurse Genevieve De Galard-Terraube. The Geneva Conference moved on, while, on the other side of the world, the carrier Bennington caught fire, killing or wounding three hundred. Some of these men were old enough to die, but the Senate had just ruled them too young to vote. There was the sound of irony in the month of May. Ernest Hemingway ' s plane crashed in the jungle, but Papa walked away from the debris to laugh at his own obituaries. Bozell — Yes Buckley — Yes 7s McCarthy more of an asset than a liability? 1 Countryman — No Harper — No SIGHTS tloiniiiiiK l Juno. If you were at Yale, you saw 1954 candidates for degree on June 2, Frank Lloyd Wright being among those to receive an honorary degree. If you were a member of the French National Assembly, you saw the first, but not the last, of a new premier, Pierre Mendes- France. If you were a congressman, you saw the wrong end of a Puerto-Rican pistol, and you might have gone to the hospital because of it. If you were Ed Furgol, you saw your final putt drop to win the National Open golf championship. If you were Joseph elch, you saw Joe McCarthy through a blur of tears, and you blurted out: Have vou no sense of d ' For France and the free world: a Pyrrhic victory. JULY was a month of quotas. Aneurin Bevan fought the EDC with no ■runs for the Huns ; eight months later Be- van was ousted from the Labor Party. Roy Cohn resigned as chief counsel to McCarthy: I extend to the great American jury my heartfelt thanks for its loyal support. John I -n-ter Dulles, Secretary of State, began bifl agonizing reappraisal, and after seven and a half years fighting ended in Indo-China. A Edward R. Murrow might have said, you could hear the world quiet down. Names and personalities also made the news of tin- world in that month. Hfolotoi laughed when he heard that the Geneva Con- For Dr. Sam: Guilty. ference had failed. Dr. Sam Sheppard in- sisted that a bushy-haired man had mur- dered his wife, but a jury thought differently, when, five months later, the longest criminal court trial in United States history ended. Christian Dior crashed the headlines in the most effective way possible: he flattened the American woman ' s figure. The World Council of Churches held a mass meeting in Evanston, Illinois. August was a month of birth and death: Vito Marcantonio, De Gasperi, and the EDC in France had passed away, but ex-president Herbert Hoover celebrated his eightieth birthday. For M endes-F ranee : cheers and jeers. % ' Id John Trinkaus like to dabble in philosophy. Norman Pearson From the tuisted fabric of fiction, verbal artifacts. Paul Weiss Man is an architect, a maker of himself. •  A GREAT university, said Car- Maynard Mack Hints and guesses . . . the theme of King Lear and the tragedy of Ufe. •A lyle, is a collection of books. But if this was true for some at Yale, for many more it was the faculty which made the Uni- versity a center of learning. If the past had been graced with the names of Tinker, Phelps, Silliman, Dana, Sumner, Woolsey and Chit- tenden, the present was equally blessed. Some were spellbinders ; others were vitriolic ; many were quietly inspiring, provoking re- flection and speculative inquiry. In the lecture hall, in the informal discussion, in the semi- nar, Yale ' s faculty carried forward a proud tradition. Vincent Scully Forms moving in time and space. Cecil Driver With opportunity goes responsibility. Henri Peyre The nightmare of civilization ' s collapse obsesses us. 11 Conversation is hushed and shushed. SEPTEMBER brought the Yale man back to Yale, back to the un- changed scene (unchanged, that is, except for damage done by the female hurricanes, Carol and Edna ) . Harriman was elected gov- ernor of New York, and Vargas committed suicide, but sports dominated the month as the New York Giants whipped the Yankee- killing Cleveland Indians in four straight, with some aid from the heavy-hitting Dusty Rhodes and the irrepressible Willie Mays. Yale men ' s eyes were glued to the television sets. Yale President A. Whitney Griswold, however, had his own ideas about television as he lamented to Brown ' s 191st convocation: (Conversation) is hushed and shushed in dimly lighted parlors by television audiences who used to read, argue, and even play bridge, an old fashioned card game requiring speech. It was obvious, however, that low- brow stimulation could still sell movie tickets at the Lincoln as the Sunday afternoon flick squad showed that it was a boom and bust year for Italian cinemactress Gina Lollobri- gida and her cohorts. Entertainment on a national level was of the best variety. Marlon Brando continued to prove himself the movie ' s most talented actor, while the newcomer Grace Kelly added a quiet dignity to the screen which was wel- come to movie-goers. Audiences agreed with critics when Brando I On the Waterfront ' I and Kelly ( The Country Girl ) received the Academy Award presentations. Broadwa] was alive with smash hits, and on television George Cobcl was the top man on the ladder of comedians. WHAT were you doing in October? If you were Harry Truman, you were demanding a Democratic congress. If you were Winston Churchill, you were celebrating your 80th birthday. If you were Yale pro- fessor Cecil Driver, you were lecturing to a record class of 600, and waiting for Church- ill to dissolve Parliament as an object lesson for your group. And if you were Ernest Hemingway, you had just been awarded the Nobel Prize. The famous Yankee Clipper, Joe DiMaggio, had a difficult time being compatible with Marilyn, much to the surprise of most of the American male population. The ban on Smith ' s Mountain Day was announced; Blad- derball made its debut on the campus; and the university deficit reached the million dollar mark. A few students were finding private enterprise quite profitable, although most of the set who tried the build up your wealth letters found their names still at the end of a long, long list. Elsewhere, there was the sound of rejoic- ing as Trieste was turned over to Italy; not-so-happy sound of cancer reached the ears of cigarette smokers. Mendes-France ' s ears heard the sound of a vote of confidence on the German Rearmament, and the whole world breathed a little easier. Hot air and cold beer: Mountain Day ' s last gasp. 12 3- %% ' 7 5 3 est Wwr  im 3§B5 II fi -p BL - . ff itness for the Prosecution. Peter Pan. Teahouse of the August Moon. The Desperate Hours. The Pajama Game. Anastasia. Marlon Brando. Gina Lollobrigidu. Marilyn Monroe. Grace Kelly. WoUcfunod ' t %CU 13 NOVEMBER ' S weather was brisk and rainy, and time was running out on an old year. Malenkov suggested to a visiting senator, Let ' s be friends, but the next morning ' s headlines screamed: Migs shoot down B-29; 1 killed in attack off Japan. Things were a long way from set- tled. Peking was sentencing thirteen U. S. fliers as spies, and probably someone was mourning Andrei Vishinsky, who found that death was the one thing he couldn ' t veto. but not those who listened faithfully to the clipped accents of Professor Lewis P. Curtis. A standing ovation was not uncommon in his History 48 class, even on Saturdays. Pro- fessor Maynard Mack, an old hand at spell- binding, was delivering his famous Put out the light lecture on Othello, while news of other Ivy colleges made the headlines. Father Divine gave the University of Pennsylvania only five days ' notice, announcing that the institution was doomed. Harvard proclaimed a ban on intoxicants at her football games only two days after Mendes-France started his milk-drinking campaign in France. Ob- viously neither announcement was received too kindly. Beta Theta Pi won the fraternity scholar- ship prize, and the Music Centennial was get- ting underway the same day. The football player ate steaks at the training table, the common man endured dining hall offerings, and the extra-curricular phenomenon some- times did not eat at all in his haste to meet deadlines. The hierarchy of Yale, at least gastronomically, was well established. The Mambo was sweeping the country, and Perez Prado, although not a Yale man him- self, was obviously enraptured by Bull-dog, Bulldog, as he announced he would turn the song into a Mambo. A defeat for Joseph. The headline news in November, of course, was the mid-term elections. When the shout- ing bad died, the Democrats had captured the House and Senate, despite the fact that the P. U. had supported the Republicans, 46-29; and Yale men followed with varying degrees of interest the Ribicoff triumph in the gubernatorial race in Connecticut. Most of the undergraduates were more interested in the Harvard and Princeton football games, hut no amount of cheering did much good as Yale ended last in the Big Three but first in the race for the l League championship. For the first time in 53 weeks, there was no one picketing the Taft Hotel: it was almost like losing a pari of oneself. The shrill sound of alarm clocks continued to wake manv a ale man for an eight o ' clock class. M.iiin were cutting weekend lectures, A victory for Abraham. 14 W hat the Yale man read in his leisure time some- times followed the national pattern, often diverged. THE Xew Haven green lit up in December with its annual Christmas dis- play, but the biggest news at Yale before the Christmas vacation was the announcement that Professor Theodore M. Greene of the philosophy department was leaving Yale to take a position at Scripps College in Clair- mont, California. In his course in intellectual history Pro- fessor Franklin Baumer lashed out at the ' bitch goddess, Success which prevented so many students from devoting time to mental life. With this warning ringing in their ears, freshmen began heeling competition three months later. Rhodes Scholarships were awarded to James Griffin and Jacque Robert- son, who, incidentally, was managing editor of the Record. The smell of formaldehyde was over- whelming to those who spent their after- Corelli replaces Ackerman for 1 ale. ' David Royce in the Harvard Crimson portrays graphically the Eli ' s physical condition on the morning of The Game. noons butchering fetal pigs, and scholars were still falling asleep in Linonia and Broth- ers room in the library. Cleaning up the room for a date was still an unpleasant chore, although some found that the best way to avoid this was to go to Poughkeepsie, North- ampton, New London, or Boston. The winter was to prove rather mild; but between Sep- tember and May could be found a seemingly endless succession of rain, sleet, snow, and slush, following in dreary and inevitable order. If the weather outlook was not bright, the world situation was even darker. UN Secre- tary Dag Hammerskjold was leaving for China to argue the case for the thirteen American pilots, and Judge Gorman of the Chicago Superior Court ruled that a child born of artificial insemination is illegitimate, and the mother is guilty of adultery. On December 4, the condition of Pope Pius was reported grave, but not worse, after the Pope suffered a heart attack. He received the last rites of the Church, and the world knelt to pray for his recovery. Only two days later the Pope made a broadcast from his sickbed, and his doctors announced that he was much better. A paradox showed up in the news of De- cember 6. Peace and revolt shared the head- lines as the UN General Assembly voted unanimously to pool atoms for peace, while at the same time, a free-for-all riot broke out in the Japanese Diet over a motion to adjourn. Australia and America were set- tling their differences on the tennis courts, and Tony Trabert and Vic Seixas, coached by Captain Billy Talbert, finally managed to bring the coveted Davis Cup, emblematic of world tennis supremacy, back to America. 15 The courage to be patient. ' 1954 u was rapidly becoming history, was a difficult year, and many wondered whether Father Time would ring in a world war along with the new year. In answer to those queries, the na- tion ' s leader, President Eisenhower, had this to say: Let us recognize that we owe it to ourselves and to the world to explore every possible means of settling differences before we even think of . . . war. And the hard way is to have the courage to be patient . . . Just as President Eisenhower gave the world a message to end 1954, Pope Pius sup- plied the watchword for the year to come: Let us change from a coexistence in fear to a coexistence in fear of God. Despite these When shall u-e three meet again? inspiring words to live by, the world heard ominous sounds in January 1955: the rattle of machine guns at Panama as President Jose Remon was assassinated, the sound of revolu- tion in Costa Rica, the crash of bombs at the Tachens, the tension in the President ' s voice as he asked for and received authorization to protect Formosa and the Pescadores. These were the sounds men feared. Yale ' s fretful problems seemed incredibly unimportant by comparison. Some were la- beling the Yale curriculum too liberal, and these found a medium of expression through the Independent; meanwhile a sharp con- troversy arose briefly over the failure of the Law School to promote Vern Countryman. For The Seventh Fleet stands by off Formosa. the most part, life seemed merely tedious dur- ing the lame duck period before exams, and undergraduates ' ears and eyes turned back to the broader panorama of the world. Ike was asking for a draft extension, a lowering of tariffs, and a transition from war to peace economy in his State of the Union message, but he found himself back in Congress four days later to ask for pro- tectory powers. Three weeks later, cease-fire talks began in the UN, but an undesirable prerequisite seemed to be recognition of Red Inn. i. Citizens of Argentina woke up New Year ' s day to discover that prostitution was legalized. Many New Year ' s resolutions con- sequently went out the window. Back in America, the Dixon-Yates controversy raged in Washington and in the South. 16 WALL STREET was the top news of February from the business world, climbing to record heights after the elections returned a Democratic congress. Stocks moved so high, however, that Congress decided it was time to investigate. The volatile market plunged sharply because of investigations, but immediately rose to set an all-time rec- ord for a single day ' s climb. Before this reprieve came, however, some investors were unmistakably frightened, fearing another de- pression. Much was said in praise of the new broad-base market, with great numbers of buyers and sellers; but many investors, view- ing the alarming paper rise of stocks, won- dered if this entrance of the little man into the market was as desirable as it seemed. Uranium strikes were occurring all over the country, even in New Jersey (of all places). Business was brought closer to Yale with the Yale Daily News ' publication of Wall Street 1955. At Cooperstown, baseball ' s Hall of Fame opened its doors to Joe DiMaggio, Ted Lyons, Dazzy Vance, and Gabby Hartnett. In Africa, Albert Schweitzer quietly turned eighty. For his mid-November test in Contempo- rary Problems in International Relations, Professor R. Barry Farrell asked a series of identification questions. Two of them, com- plained his students, were particularly pica- yune. The names: Bulganin and Kruschev. On February 8, all Yale and all the world knew the names. On that day the Russian government announced that Georgi Malen- kov had voluntarily stepped down to give way to Nikolai Bulganin. Zhukov took over Bulganin ' s job as Defense Minister, but most experts predicted that the real power rested with Kruschev. That same day Molotov bragged that Russia was far ahead in the H-Bomb race. Bulganin, Malenkov, and Khrushchev: For Russia ' s Big Three, a rapid turnover. 17 ffl ■ M ! r k. J j J _ -« i i . r | B Arnold Toynbee All history is contemporary. A. Whitney Griswoi.d IS ' ot merely the more specialized man. but the better man. Hi ■■ ' ■■ ■ ■; v - — - v v H Ik • j H Dean Acheson Vox populi: an obsta- cle to diplomacy. THE sound of the human voice made news at Yale as it did around the world. Hardly a day passed when a figure of note was not speaking to audi- ences in Woolsey, or Harkness, or Strathcona. Fre- quently the audiences were pitiably and disturbingly small; perhaps, as Gordon Haight reflected, the Yale man was too busy to get an education. For those who came to listen, there was food for thought, if not always completely digestible food. His- torians, writers, scientists, artists, educators, religious and political figures gave the Yale man a range of ideas and approaches far broader, and occasionally far deeper, than the normal schedule of courses could pro- vide in a year. There was at least an element of truth in the well-worn comment, You can get an education at Yale without attending a class. Robert Frost Writing free verse is like playing tennis without a net. Ralph Vauchan Williams Before tie can truly listen, uv must first be able to create. Franklin Baumer The bitch goddess, Success. Bishop Henry Sherrill seek the truth and teach it without fear. Lee A. DuBridce Secrecy in basic science is a dangerous and subversive influence. Chester Bowles The Russians are beginning to smile at people. Archibald MacLeish Your generation thinks of the twenties as a romantic era. I never found them so. Norman Thomas Government today depends upon the whims of the pro- ducers. Arthur Schlesincer, Jr. The middle of the road: a policy of vacillation. Walter Robertson Asia is living on borrowed time. The Junior Prom: Against an underwater motif, the Battle of the Bands. A TENSION was visible in China as the Tachens exodus began under United States Seventh Fleet ' s cover. After ten days, the Tachens were bare, and not a shot had been fired. Dulles announced that American policy had drawn the line of defense at Formosa, but time was running out on the UN peace talks. The United States continued to seek a cease-fire. Yale men, as well as experts in all parts of America, began to listen with respect to the studied opinions of Yale President A. Whitney Griswold, as he spoke out in behalf of education. The need for schools and ele- mentary school teachers was crucial, he con- ceded, but he firmly announced that Yale would not increase its enrollment to meet the rising number of college candidates. He would not turn Yale into a mail order college; Yale would become more select, searching not merely for the more specialized man, but in a general sense, the better man. She would not become a school for beetle-browed intellectualism. THE YEAR ' S SPOTLIGHTED SPORTSMEN: Willie Say hey Mays. Tom Gola, everybody ' s All-American. Roger Bannister and friend. Golfer Ed Furgol. In sports, Bill Cranston, top man on the Eli tennis team, was nudged out of the Na- tional Indoor Championships hy eventual champion Tony Trabert, but Eli track men, led by weight man Stew Thompson, trounced Princeton and Harvard handily in their an- nual meet. Two long success stories ended suddenly as Yale ' s freshman swimming team lost its first meet after 121 consecutive wins, and a thief was finally caught after numerous successful robberies in student rooms. At the alumni banquet, President Griswold awarded medals to Marshall Bartholomew and Chaun- cey Tinker for outstanding service to the university. Commented Tinker: There are only two things you can do when they say things like that about you. One is to die, and that ' s possible. The other is to live up to it, and that ' s impossible. The AF of L and the CIO, the two great union organizations, finally combined, and, just about this time, the French government started its long and tiring quest for a new premier. Candidate upon candidate paraded to the rostrum, only to be cast aside by votes of no confidence; finally Edgar Faure suc- ceeded in forming a winning coalition. The Yale Daily News broke a long-stand- ing tradition by not publishing a Saturday issue. The Harvard Crimson filled the gap, and the battle for supremacy began. The Dramat announced a new spring musical, So What, and perennial favorite Harvey Benat- ovich was to take a leading role. Pierson was celebrating its twenty-first birthday with a banquet and reminiscences from its former masters. A sudden freeze ruined a three million dollar Georgia peach crop, and the contro- versial papers on the Yalta Conference were released by the State Department. Dr. Jonas Salk of the University of Michi- gan announced the success of his polio vac- cine, while at Yale chairman Thomas Men- denhall introduced the latest version of the Report of the President ' s Committee on Gen- eral Education. On April 5, time finally caught up with Time ' s Man of the Half-Century as Sir Win- ston Churchill retired after a lifetime of pub- lic service. In an age when men battled for su- premacy in atomic weapons and strug- gled to conquer the killer diseases. Yale found herself becoming a center of scientific progress. Top — The foundations are laid for the AEC-sponsored Physics Laboratory. Middle — An artist ' s conception of the proposed Bio-Physics Laboratory. Bottom — An artist ' s conception of the planned Cancer Laboratory. 21 French ;$ HeFFE1.FI NGER Meeks SCHKOEDEK Shli.man Tichi DEATH look its toll of prominent personalities both at Yale and in public life. Among those whose passing made the headlines were these: Four prominent political leaders of foreign nations suc- cumbed. Fiery Russian diplomat Andrei Vishinsky suffered a heart attack. Panama ' s president Jose Remon fell before a barrage of machine gun bullets at a race track, and Brazil ' s chief executive Julio Vargas committed suicide. Retired Italian premier Alceides De Gasperi also died. On the American political scene, death claimed Vito Marcantonio, Laborite congressman; John W. Davis, one of the country ' s foremost constitutional lawyers and one- time Presidential candidate; and Paul V. McNutt, promi- nent New Deal administrator. The world of the arts lost author James ( Goodby, Mr. Chips I Hilton, veteran actor Lionel Barrymore, and artist Henri Matisse. Walter Remington, convicted Communist perjurer, met a violent end in prison, and the Dionne quintuplets became only four. Science lost Enrico Fermi, father of the A-Bomb, and Dr. Albert Einstein, probably the greatest modern scien- tist. The publishing field lost two of its pioneers, Joseph Pulitzer and Robert McCormick; and The Great Scorer came to claim Grantland Rice, beloved sportswriter. Meanwhile at Yale many felt keenly the passing of: Robert Dudley French, 66, Professor Emeritus of Eng- lish, authority on Yale traditions and history, one of the country ' s leading Chaucerian scholars, and former Master of Jonathan Edwards College; after a long illnegg. W. W. Pudge Heffelfincer, 86, all-time All-American football player (playing his last game at the age of 53), subject of numerous legends, who found the most effective method of stopping the flying wedge was hurling himself into its apex. Everett Meeks, 75, former Dean of the Yale School of Fine Arts, a noted art educator, under whose leadership the art school grew in size and reputation: after a long illness. John Schroeder, 57, Professor of Religion, Master of Calhoun College, first chairman of Yale ' s Department of Religion, author of several books, and champion of reli- gion and its social relevance ; after a lengthy illness. Harry Shulman, 51, newly appointed Dean of the ;il«- Law School, nationally known labor arbitrator, Sterling Professor of Law, and author of several legal works; after a brief illness. Laurence G. Tiche, 60, retired Treasurer of Yale, lead- ing authority on financial policies of privately endowed institutions, after a long illness. During the decade of his financial direction Yale ' s endowment rose $37,000,000. In Hendrie Hall, a princely edict. On Chapel Street, a regal procession From the mouths of babes, an American dilemma. On the Merritt Parkway, a grim reminder. THE printed word everywhere caught our attention. In farflung corners of the world American soldiers read ' Yankee Go Home signs scrawled by Communist agita- tors. In America, the Yalta papers were re- leased, and provoked a furor of controversy. Momentous international decisions were re- flected in lengthy documents, designated with telegraphic brevity by alphabetical abbrevia- tions: NATO, SEATO. On occasion the print- ed word leaped out at the Yale man, too, caught and held his interest, sometimes frighteningly, sometimes amusingly. Here are reproduced a few signs of the times. In the Yale man ' s backyard, a feinine fatale. IN THE EVENT OF AN ENEMY ATTACK ON NEW YORK CITY THIS PARKWAY WILL BE CLOSED TO ALL TRAFFIC EXCEPT CIVIL DEFENSES MILITARY VEHICLES 8Y ORDER NEW YORK STATE CIVIL DEFENSE COMM 23 Benatovich in the Dramat ' s Tartuffe: The applause that refreshes. SPRING came, to the surprise of the Yale man, who had begun to believe that the whole world was a dirty, gray cesspool. With it came those peculiar sights and sounds of April in New Haven: a dazzling new crop of girls in Bermuda shorts, the creaking sound of convertible tops being low- ered for the first time in months, the bright red of strawberries in the dining halls, the clean click of an iron shot on the Yale Golf Course, and the gurgle the ball made as it sank to the bottom of the water hazard on the ninth hole. The long-awaited spring vacation was sud- denly a reality. For some, the vacation meant Bermuda on the low-cost student plan; for others, Florida, and ten days of mingling with the hordes from Ohio State; for a few wor- ried seniors, it meant studying for compre- hensives in New Haven. Meanwhile, the golden nugget of College Weekend glowed brightly in the not-too-distant future. Then if ever come perfect days. Springtime at Yale: Sunset on the Sound. THE senior class was being sent into the World Beyond with little more to shield them from its slings and arrows than a Yale diploma. Their entrance in June would receive little notice ; it was a world which was preoccupied with the problem of how to keep man from destroying himself. But if the class of 1955 was confronted with a host of problems in this brave new world, they could somewhat gleefully leave a number of minor ones to the underclass- men. Another tuition increase was scheduled, this time to the tune of two hundred dollars. A general lowering of grades, coupled with a suggested raising of the standards for Dean ' s List, tore the last shred of meaning from the legendary Gentleman ' s Average. Freshmen were to receive no choice in their allocation to residential colleges, and seniors would henceforth be required to take a fifth course. The crackdown in the administration fur- ther decreed the death of leniency in the cut system, and the new controversial school cal- endar heralded the demise of such old favor- ites as the Thanksgiving holidays. The crown- ing blow of all, however, came not from Woodbridge Hall, but from a tired wooden shanty on Park Street: the price of a pitcher of beer was raised from seventy-five cents to one dollar at the Old Heidelberg. Truly, nothing was sacred. ' And then into the world tve come The youth dramatizes himself and his world. The mirror in which he sees himself casts not a life-sized reflection, but one which magnifies him and frames him against the background of an age which he envisages as unique. Perhaps Sights and Sounds 1954-1955 is similarly guilty. Perhaps it emphasizes names and incidents which are of only ephemeral significance. Perhaps, in its historical nearsightedness, it is blind to the ideas and events which will neither fade nor be forgotten but which will be stressed by those who will write of us in the future. But there is a virtue in such a limited view: it distills, if only for a moment, the ingredients, great and small, which gives an age its peculiar flavor. If it has captured that flavor so that it may be recalled by those who tasted of it, it has succeeded. What sort of a year was it? We can hardly say; one must stand back from a mountain to judge its magnitude. Certainly 1954-1955 was a year of futility, of frustrated hopes, of broken ideals; certainly it was one of great strides in mans yearning to master his own destiny. In short, it was neither the best of times nor the worst of times, but lay somewhere between. The sights and sounds were the only variables; the essential continuity re- mained. In this sense, it was like the years that had passed, and the years which were to come. 25 r i These were the sights and sounds of a year. We looked and listened, and we wondered how clearly and loudly they would be recorded in the annals of history. Were we striding triumphantly into the dawn of a new day, crossing the threshold of a new world in the making? Or were we stumbling blindly into the dusk of a dying one? It was the season of Light, it was the season of Darkness... We paused, silhouetted against the fiery glare of an atomic age, wondering how far our shadows would extend into the future. Bb honors PHI BETA KAPPA Alpha of Connecticut OFFICERS OF UNDERGRADUATE CHAPTER James Patrick Griffin Jan Gunther Deutsch Donald Gray Miller, Jr. Stephen Elliott De Forest William Antoine Blanpied President Vice-President Secretary Treasurer Officer -at-Large INITIATED DECEMBER 1953 Class of 1955 Stephen Elliott De Forest Jan Gunther Deutsch James Patrick Griffin Garry Eugene Haupt John Stephen Lew Eldred Dean Mundth Alan Richard Novak Ulo Lembit Sinberg Henry Sears Sizer Lawrence Lewis Weiss INITIATED DECEMBER 1954 Class of 1955 Douglas Hugo Adamson George Tuxbury Allen Mark Wolfe Bitensky William Antoine Blanpied John Alden Bushnell Daniel Fairfield Case Lindsey Crawford Churchill, Jr. Ronald Frank Walter Cieciuch Frederick Campbell Crews William Laurence Donegan Don Drtina Etter David Randolph Evans Frederick Gardner William Putnam Hauworth II 28 Roger Cole Herdman Edward Steven Kaplan Roger Lane John William Madden Richard Margolin Richard Blair Mayor Donald Gray Miller, Jr. Edgar Joseph Munhall Rorert Samuel Neuwirth Edward David Rossmann, Jr. Douglas James Scalapino Edward Lloyd Socolow Roger Felix Spencer Richard Varick Stout George Thomas Tanselle Kenneth Frank Thompson, Jr. Kenneth Senzo Usui INITIATED MARCH 1955 Class of 1955 John Nicholas Andromedas Gale Winston Back Rorert Corwin Bannister, Jr. David Warren Bodenrerg William Humphrey Crandall Charles Bailey Davidson David William Evans Medford Stanton Evans Roger King Evans Peter Benjamin Field Julian Burd Fleischman Michael Lawrence Friedman James Thomas Griswold Morton Edward IUrris Henry Valentine Janoski Lawrence Marvin Louis Karp Herrert Jan Korrel Richard Arnold Lin wood Stephen Elliot Mindell Joseph Baruch Muskat John Rorert O ' Brien James Malone Rentschler David Willard St. Clair Peter Ritchie Sawers Richard Joseph Sherin Richard Andrew Smyth Richard Cooke Steadman Anthony G. C. Wickersham sukeyasu yamamoto Barney Thornton Young Theodore Zimmerman INITIATED DECEMBER 1955 Class of 1956 Rowan Allen Greer, III Richard Boyd Lewis Charles Arthur Moser Michael Jay Nassau Jay Bruce Opal James Joseph Pearson William Kenner Rawdon Edward Isaac Selig Douglas Wilcox Smith Rorert Rice Young 29 Third Row — Kaufman, P.; Hanunel, R.; Lawson, E. ; Crawford, B.; Gow, B. ; Hudson, D.; King, C; Miller, L. Second Row — Duggar, B.; Vercellone, P.; Christenberry, B.; Sheppard, T.; Fehr, J.; Meyer, P.; Frederick, D. ; Christie, D. ; Reiland, B. Front Row — Frazier, W.; Burnell, B.; Baker, S. ; Dedrirk, B.; Friets, N.; Kranz, H.; Holloeher, B.; Johangon, S. TAU BETA PI Connecticut Alpha FALL TERM OFFICERS Robert Lyle Dedrick President Samuel Kalman Raker Recording Secretary Valentine Andrew Weber, Jr. Corresponding Secretary Merz Kenton Peters Assistant Corresponding Secretary Richard Aaron Koplow Treasurer Neal Ray Friets Cataloger M) SPRING TERM OFFICERS Benjamin Charles Duggar Merz Kenton Peters Carl Burleigh Amthor Wesley Thomas Frazier President Vice-President Recording Secretary Corresponding Secretary Bradley Euler Buck Assistant Corresponding Secretary Richard Aaron Koplow Treasurer Paul Eugene Meyer Cataloger ELECTED FALL, 1953 RORERT LYLE DEDRICK James Rorert Frazer ELECTED SPRING, 1954 Donald Burr Christie Benjamin Charles Duggar Harry Losos Esserman, Jr. James Francis Freedman Neal Ray Friets William Clifford Hollocher Stanley Morris Johanson Richard Aaron Koplow Merz Kenton Peters Samuel Kalman Raker William Cutler Schrader Valentine Andrew Werer, Jr. Francis Waters Wilson Thomas Owens Zierold ELECTED FALL, 1954 Carl Burleigh Amthor John Bennetto Bradley Euler Buck Wayne Gregory Burwell William Smith Christenrerry Joseph Brooks Crawford Gerald Florian Fehr Wesley Thomas Frazier Dean Kimrall Frederick Rorert Haigh Gow Richard Lee Hammel Peter Thomas Franklin Donald Hudson Gordon Mayer Kaufman Cary Judson King, III Henry Paul Kranz Elliot Cameron Lawson Earl Ronald MacCormac Paul Eugene Meyer Laurence Elliott Miller, Jr. William Frank Reiland Alan Theodore Sheppard Bradford Sturtevant Vercellone 31 TORCH HONOR SOCIETY Founded 1910 Donald Burr Christie Jeremy Haskell Dole Kerry Michael Donovan John Christopher Farrell George Higginson Barker Gould rorert haigh gow John Brantley Hightower Alan Jay Hruska Richard Ennis Lomrardi David Gaur McCullough Richard Platt, Jr. Jaquelin Taylor Rorertson Donald Pendleton Scott Richard Cooke Steadman Roger David Stone AURELIAN HONOR SOCIETY Founded 1915 James Louden Armstrong James Totten Boorsch Frederick Philip Bunnell James Howard Coker Stephen Elliott DeForest Jan Gunther Deutsch James Dougiian Charles Grady Green Roger Allen Hansen Phillip Hoffman Mathias Thorne Martin Shugart Joseph Rider Siphron Ray Carter Walker Edward Payson Whittemore : 2 33 UNDERGRADUATE AFFAIRS COMMITTEE Dean Harold B. Whiteman, Jr., Advisor CLASS OF 1955 David W. Bodenrerg Byron C. Camprell James H. Coker Joseph D. Crowley Jan G. Deutsch John P. Isaacs Jonathan D. Kutner Elliot C. Lawson Nigel S. MacEwan William H. Weaver CLASS OF 1956 Frederick B. Arramson Dean W. Alexander Gordon M. Amrach William C. Bourke Milton J. Gaines James T. Glenn Thomas L. Hankins Michael F. McCone Peter A. Tomei Joseph B. Wennik CLASS OF 1958 Oliver C. Henkel, Jr. Roger McC. Lee Second Row — Deutsch, J.; Mr. Nangle; MacEwan, N.; Kutner, J.; Glenn, J.; Hankins, T. Lawson, E.; Isaacs, J.; Bodenberg, D. Front Row — Abramson, F.; Tomei, P.; McCone, M. Ambach, G. ; Gaines, M. ; Alexander, D. ; Wennik, J. 34 Second Row — MacEwan, Leahy, Gould, Reed, Miller, Nelson, MacQuarrie, Davis, Hightower. Front Row — Castle, Coker, Crowley, Hansen, Steadman, Ragen, Gardner, Doran. Absent — Green. SENIOR CLASS COUNCIL Ex Officio Richard Cooke Steadman, Secretary Roger Allen Hansen, Treasurer Clifford DeWitt Castle, III James Howard Coker Joseph Dwight Crowley Rorert Edward Davis Rorert Wrenn Doran Frederick Gardner George Higginson Barker Gould Charles Grady Green John Brantley Hightower Alrert Dennis Leahy, Jr. Nigel Savage MacEwan Lawrence W. MacQuarrie, Jr. Donald Gray Miller, Jr. Philip Kinloch Nelson Brooks Geer Ragen Nathaniel Reed 35 SENIOR PROM COMMITTEE James H. Coker, Chairman Malcolm P. Aldrich Jr. Carl B. Amthor Richard W. Goss Thomas G. Hathcote Robert A. Johnson Thomas W. Lamb Hugh A. Morgan Charles F. Van Doren William H. Weaver Calhoun Davenport Timothy Dwight Say brook Berkeley Silliman Jonathan Edwards Branford Pierson Trumbull Second Row — Johnpon, Hathcote, Weaver, Amthor. Front Ron — Morgan, Aldrich, Coker 1 1 ihairman . Go8s, Van Doren. Mi Second Row — Paquette, J.; Fleisrhmann, K.; Hinkley, J.; Pruett, D. Front Row — Kalkhoff, R.; Ingalls, D.; Orr, A. (Chairman); Brigham, T.; O ' Flaherty, R.; Darling, D. JUNIOR PROM COMMITTEE Andrew A. Orr, Chairman Toby P. Brigham Doane F. Darling Karl G. Fleischmann James W. Hinkley David S. Ingalls Jr. Ronald K. Kalkhoff Robert J. O ' Flaherty Joseph F. Paquette Don S. Pruett Saybrook Silliman Trumbull Timothy Dwight Pierson Davenport Calhoun Berkeley Branford Jonathan Edwards 37 I p r r Third Row — Dedrick, R.; Schegel, W.; Aijdreades, S.; Freedman, J.; Amendola, S.; Malaro, J.; Work, T.; Webster, D.; Ziebold, T. Second Row— Madsen, K.; Vilas, R.; Davidson, C; Harrington, R.; Adler, R.; Dickinson, W.; Berman, G. ; Riley, D.; Kostella, R.; Kister, W. Front Row — Cieriuch, R.; Mundth, E.; Kenney, W.; Mars, J.; Casey, D.; Combs, J.; Wrigley, L.; Thebaud, M. ALPHA CHI SIGMA Professional Chemistry Fraternity Robert V. Adler George Alexander Salvatore Amendola Sam Andreades George R. Berman Donald J. Casey Donald B. Christie Ronald F. W. Cieciuch Jerome T. Combs Charles B. Davidson Robert L. Dedrick James F. Freedman Robert M. Harrington Paul R. Hoffman ii.liam F. X. Kenney William Kister, Jr. Richard M. Kostella Stanley T. Lamar Theodore D. McDonald, Jr. Kenneth E. Madsen James C. Malaro, Jr. George R. Marr, Jr. Eldred D. Mundth Joseph D. Riley, Jr. Douglas J. Scalapino Walter F. Schlegel R. de St. M. Thebaud, Jr. Richard E. Vila Harold K. Work Leslie M. Wragley 3« YALE KEY OFFICERS John B. Hightower President Peter 0. Crisp Chairman of Assignments Albert D. Leahy Secretary-Treasurer COLLEGE REPRESENTATIVES Vincent Barker Peter B. Bartlett James Breckenridge Toby P. Brigham Robert F. Cavanagh Doane F. Darling John L. Eaton Thomas S. Flugstad Harold Friedman Milton J. Gaines Ralph E. Gianelly Charles F. Gill, Jr. David S. Ingalls Ronald K. Kalkhoff Michael F. McCone Walter G. McConnell Robert Mason Eric B. Moore Donald S. Pruett Barclay Robinson, Jr. FRATERNITY REPRESENTATIVES Charles T. Bingham, Jr. Donald A. Gordon Alexander S. Rudolph John W. David Torrey N. Foster Jack E. McGregor Ted M. Nic klaus Charles N. Ross Charles E. Shedd William P. Slover, Jr. ACTIVITY REPRESENTATIVES John H. Bissell Roger W. Englander Robert F. Shapiro Gordon L. Brigham William K. Hoskins Jocke S. Stevenson Donald F. Colenback Jay L. Levine Andrew J. Torchia Hugh Peterson, Jr. B 4R U a. !? !? f ( I n f JBb 11 f r Sf J J ; f F f tt m %m % • ' d Row — Mr Nay, J.; Upson, H.; Greenway, J.; Rae, J.; Peniston, W. ; Feeney, M.; Montag, Second Row— Brink, K. R.; Crisp, P.; Thresher, H.; Ellis, J.; Gow, R.; Metcalfe, R.; , M.; Johnson, R. Front Row— Griffin, J.; Schiff, W.; Thompson, F.; Lawson, E.; Col. Louis C. Adams; Thebaud, M. ; Martin, J. ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY Elliot C. Lawson Peter B. Phelps Reynal Thebaud, Jr. Walter L. Schiff James P. Griffin Frank B. Thompson Commander Executive Offier Adjutant Recorder Treasurer Public Relations Officer Operations Officer The Arnold Air Society was formed in 1947 and quickly grew into a national or- ganization for cadets in the Advanced Course of the Air Force ROTC. The purpose of the Society is to further the mission of the United States Air Force as a means of national de- fense, to promote American citizenship, and to create a close and more efficient relation- ship among Air Force ROTC cadets. This past year, 1954, saw the affiliation of the Arnold Air Society with the Air Force As- sociation, a national association of Air Force Reserve Officers. The Yale group is known as the Julian Cornell Biddle Squadron, after the fir i Yale graduate to give his life in aerial combat. Membership is limited to no more than thirty percent of the total number of cadets in the Advanced Course and is based on interest and accomplishment in fields related to tin- United States Air Force and the Air Force ROTC. 10 CANNON AND CASTLE George C. Brooke, Jr. James Doughan Thomas B. Eastman David R. Evans Charles W. Goodyear, IV Richard W. Haskel Henry V. Janoski H. Kenneth Norian John McQ. Phillips Fergus Reid, III Second Rou — Reid, F. ; Brooke, G. ; Goodyear, C; Janoski. H. ; Doughan. J. First Rou- Phillips, J.; Eastman, T.; Norian, H. K.; Haskel, R.; Evans, D. 41 Second Row — Bjorkman, H.; Glen, D.; Daniels, J.; Lord, C. ; Kimball, G. ; Montgomery, G., Jr. Front Row — Crisp, P.; Beshar, L. ; Green, C. ; Hightower, J.; Cragin, S., Jr. COLLEGE CHARITIES DRIVE Charles Grady Green Peter Ottley Crisp John Brantley Hightower Stuart Wilson Cragin, Jr. Lee Howard Beshar George Grainville Montgomery, Jr. John Brown Daniels Charles Pillsbury Lord Henry Cutler Bjorkman Geoffrey Dodge Kimball Dulaney Glen Chairman Vice Chairman Secretary Treasurer Statistician Publicity Fresh man Coordinator Graduate (Ut-ordinat tr Office Manager Off Campus Coordinator Collation ( ' hair man 12 2rA If mm • j r •• ' I i BERKELEY COLLEGE Thomas C. Mendenhall, Master PROPERLY, this year ' s account of what went on in Berkeley should be split into two sections, one dealing with the North half and one with its southern counterpart, hence- forth to be referred to as those rebels. As readers of America ' s Oldest College Daily will doubtless remember, there was a seri- ous insurrection in which those rebels, long under the tyranny of College Master T. C. Mendenhall, set forth its aims as the achievement of South Court ' s long merited status as an independent college. Some background is necessary for those who do not appreciate the true situation of the college. Mendenhall, a resident of the North Court, was accused, not without cause, of being a tyrant whose interests lie solely in that half of the college where he maintains his family in Oriental splendor. In addition, he packed the Masters Council with carpet- baggers and scalawags including its Presi- dent, H. Adolph Kugeler. The war was fought according to the re- nowned rules of southern chivalry, with one exception. It was agreed that a touch foot- ball game would be played the morning of the Princeton game. Contrary to all the rules of warfare as promulgated at the Geneva Conference, the North brought along its own referee — to wit, Mendenhall. The South had quite properly appointed a non-partisan ref- eree from (Ha) Calhoun — one William Em- erson, an aristocratic Arkansas yokel by trade. However, through the connivings of Mendenhall, the game turned into a farce and only sturdy and clever defensive work by the Confederacy preserved a scoreless tie. After the morning affray, an exceptionally facetious truce was effected largely through the magnanimity of Medford S. Evans. The result of the game, Evans pointed out later, does not mean the end of the secession attempt. We will watch and wait and bide our time, and when our moment comes, we will strike. Still waters run deep. W. Ed Medford led the North side in the battle and his statement after peace had been (temporarily) restored was no less strirring. While we did not actually defeat the South on the field of play, we quashed the seces- sion and brought Berkeley together in a more perfect union. It was definitely a moral vic- tory for the North. The secession movement was obviously the chief Berkeley activity during the year. But second place must go to the Reactionary Ball which is still in the future as this article is written. Once again, arch-radical Evans is in the forefront of the planning and through his efforts an impressive host of reactionaries 45 North was induced to elect Ambach secretary although he was a member of the Confed- eracy. Under the supervision of the council and its social committee chairman, O ' Flaherty, three dances were held during the fall — Cornell, Dartmouth, and Princeton weekends. They were certainly artistic successes but the financial success was, to put it politely, ex- tremely negative. Ken Nelson and Dan Shein- feld led Berkeley ' s own Bishop ' s Devils at each of these functions and the BD ' s were their usual harmonious selves. On the athletic fields Berkeley enjoyed a fine Fall although the incredible domina- tion which the Mitres have held over the Tyng Cup — they have won it five years run- has been signed up as sponsors. Included, in addition to Evans himself, are Archduke Otto von Hapsburg, Prince Mike Romanoff, Louis XXXVIII, and Pogo the Incorrigibobble. In addition, Edmund Burke, Nicolo Machiavelli, Catherine the Great, Carrie Nation, and Selim the Sot will serve as Patron Saints. None of these, unfortunately, will be able to attend. The capellmeister will be Felix Bartholdy Wittstein and his Plain Chant Six. Beyond these two events — the Civil War and the Ball — it was a fairly typical year for the Mitres. There was the usual quota of big wheels and scholars, of athletes and play- boys. The meals were as tasty as ever, the bridge and heart games as numerous, and the Bishop ' s Devils as tuneful. The fall was given over to elections, to various activities within the college, and to football weekends. The former probably out- numbered the latter as virtually every lunch- time line was confronted with a ballot box and and a new slate of candidates for some- thing or other. Among the more noteworthy elections were Bob O ' Flaherty to the Junior Prom Committee and Gordon Ambach to tin- powerful UAC. The Master ' s Council, Mendenhall ' s sat- rapy, was, as usual, dominated by the North court. Kugeler, as noted above, was named chairman in a rigged election as the South bolted. Bowing to increasing pressure, the ning — looked to be in peril. The gridders were led by Chief Athletic Aide Weldon Jimmy Smith and, for a change, they didn ' t win the South league. A loss to the ' Houn and a 0-0 tie with Silliman wrecked the Mitre hopes although several members of the team acquitted themselves nobly. Included were senior backs Smith, Art Drazen, Paul Mm- rah, Rich Vojir, and Jim Rentschler, ami linemen Medford and Hub Hubbard. The Berkeley soccermen were the topic of conversation around the college. Captained by Joe Bow, who had the whole town talking about him, they got off to a miserable start 46 but, by organizing a wheaties training table in mid-season, whipped their traditional rival Calhoun, 3-0. Other standouts included Dan Adams, John Riley, Wally Pease, Charley Safford, and Larry Doxsee. In touch football, the Mitres were led by co-captains Bob Yates and John Carpenter. The team was primarily composed of under- classmen and used an I formation. Finish- ing with a .500 record, the team suffered a tough break in mid-season when Bob Catlin shifted his talents to hockey. The winter sports have just started and, as usual, the basketball team is off to a good start. It is too early to tell how the Mitres will fare in the quest for their sixth Tyng Cup in a row but it is interesting to note that at the end of the Fall season they were ahead of last year ' s winning pace. As of January 14, they were in third place with 159 points, trailing Calhoun (216) and Davenport (190). One other fall event of note was the sudden appearance of Berkeley ' s own High Street Herald, the youngest college weekly. Ed- ited by Pease and boasting a staff only slightly larger than Time ' s, its surprising ar- rival was greeted enthusiastically by all and sundry. Apparently on the thesis that noth- ing will ever match their first effort, the editors have temporarily halted publication and issue number two is, at this writing, no more than a future dream. The interim period between the Thanks- giving and Christmas hiatuses was marked by the first publication of the Berkeley Play- ers under the direction of Tim Clifford, pro- duced by Tim Clifford, and starring Tim Clifford. The offering, despite rave notices, ran but one performance and was devoted to a series of take-offs on the Immortal Bard. Once again, the BD ' s lent their not incon- siderable talents to the festivities. Between Christmas and exams, the men of Berkeley, like their friends the squirrels, went into hibernation. With little available snow there seemed little danger of another snowball riot such as the one last year which broke some 60 windows in the South Court alone. But, outside the college, Mitremen made their presence felt in a variety of Yale or- ganizations. The dulcet tone of Dan Curtiss, Glen Gray, and Jim Rentschler were often heard emanating from the Hendrie Hall studios of Yale ' s fastest growing organiza- tion, while Bob Bartlett, Evans, and Charles Guggenheimer were vice chairman, feature editor, and sports editor of the Yale Daily News. Ned Zimmerman was art editor of the Record and also a member of the Dramat. Singing occupied the time of a number of Berkeleyites. Dave Evans, Bill Grow, Pease, and Dick Smith were all members of the Spizzwinks ( ? ) . 47 Dan Adams and Mark Dollard held ex- ecutive positions at the Dramat, Paul Minus was president of Dwight Hall, and Pete Saw- ers was leader of the band. Neil McLaughlan and Bill Searle were members of the Banner, while almost the entire staff of Comment was composed of Berkeleyites. Among the athletes were By Campbell, who was responsible for all the Yale points in the Harvard game, and swimmers Bucky Moses, holder of the breaststroke record, Roy MacDiarmid, Ken Schmelling, and Searle. Berkeley ' s intellectual prestige was upheld by Ken Usui, who was (ugh) Phi Bete, and debaters Barney Young and John Doeringer. Also adding to it was the presence of three visitors, Riley and Dave Adams on Clare fellowships from England, and Harry Walter from the University of Heidelburg. The college staff was headed this year by chief aide Tom Hathcote working in con- junction with Weldon Smith, who handled the vital coordination of the college athletic program. Hank Putsch was college librarian. All three members of Mrs. Whitfield ' s bur- sary triumvirate are planning on entering the ministry following tlieir Yale activities, blatant testimony of Berkeley ' s inner strength and virtue. Ben Duggar, who is in charge of Berkeley ' s unique Press room, rounded out the senior staff. One can see that this has not been a very unusual year for the college. True, the fa- milial warfare added a touch of color and so will the Reactionary Ball but the despot- ism — benevolent, it must be admitted — of Mendenhall was left unabated. It is for fu- ture generations of Berkeleyites to challenge him and his sceptr ' d sway. But, until that day comes, the Mitres will undoubtedly go on winning the Tyng Cup and Mitreland will remain pretty much as it is today. — Charles S. Guggenheimer, II 48 w BRANFORD COLLEGE Norman S. Buck, Master OF necessity, much of our time in Bran- ford College has been spent thumbing through all sorts of books; lately we ' ve been fascinated by books giving the secrets of bet- ter and more successful lives through a power of positive thinking. And although we do not offer ten simple workable rules, seven simple steps, eight practicable formulas nor can we give constant energy to the unbelieving, we can cite several actual true stories of positive thinking at work in our midst. For Branford, swept up in the cur- rent of the literary fad of today, has become an example of what preachers of this doc- trine would advocate. Undoubtedly the most positive force in all of Branfordom is Mr. Buck, College Master extraordinaire, aided and abetted by the amazing Mrs. Buck who to this day hasn ' t forgotten the name of any member of the College. Master and Mrs. Buck got the col- lege year off on the right foot before leaving in mid-October on a business trip to the West Coast. Dean A. I). Richardson, Branford executive fellow, and Mrs. Wright, secretary, successfully mastered the college during the Bucks ' absence. Constant energy characterized this year ' s outing: Sam Levy, ace bowler, aided by teammates Micky Friedman (looking much like a bronzed Apollo I and Monroe Haas. sporting his summer Oxford accent, returned to the softball diamond. A few hearty indi- viduals braved the chilly waters of Lake Clear View, while the less robust square- danced the afternoon away. The Branford Council, led by Dick Lom- bardi, did a little positive thinking of its own, the upshot being a pair of successful fall dances on the Dartmouth and Princeton weekends. The lighting and decorations were created by Ed Delfs, Branford ' s representa- tive to the League of Dinosaur Collectors of America. Seniors Kidwell, Scharf, and Lamar squiring fair bits of feminine pulchritude provided the appropriate romantic note for the evenings. Over these football weekends the usual bevy of Berumda-shorted beauties migrated to Branford for the usual reason. Scott O ' Gor- man, John Steggall, and Pepe Condon, of see no evil, speak no evil, hear no evil fame, provided a seemingly endless stream of talent. Dick Stout, Howie Jones, and Jim Clark, Branford ' s best-dressed men, never missed a trick. But the real positive thinkers among us were not these weekend revellers. There were those practicing imagineering and thought- conditioning. Dick Chadwick was actively engaged in discovering the floor as an end of falling hair; Matt Beemsterboer resolutely 50 sought an answer to his unique dilemma — what to do about hips broader than shoul- ders; Lee Beshar, big man in the Charities Drive, was a bigger man than all that. Ed Nystrom, curator of Branford ' s vast library, Bill Piper, and Chuck Kroloff, Secretary of the Branford Council and orator par excel- lence, kept us happy by their good will and geniality. Thanksgiving vacation came and slipped by as usual this year, almost unnoticed and completely taken for granted. Later, Jim Banner led the Branford aggregation of in- dignates in attacking the proposed schedule changes, carrying his petition all the way to Bill Bourke and the U. A. C. Pre-Christmas activities included the Yale Charities Drive, in which Branford was one of two residential colleges to fulfill her quota; there was enthusiastic work by all the solicit- ors, highlighted by John Howson ' s efforts in the face of almost insurmountable odds. As the Christmas exodus began, a few of the more alert of us noticed a couple return- ing to their home in Branford: the Master and his Missus were back. The Bucks re- turned from their month-long tour of the West just in time to bid us a Merry Christ- mas. Sunday tea at the Master ' s house, with the singing of Christmas carols, Mr. Buck at the piano, had to be given up during the Bucks ' absence, and was sorely missed by all. Fortunately, Branford ' s devotion to the ideals of positive thinking prevented any post-Christmas lapse into defeatism. How- ever, at exam time many students resorted to time honored prayers of faith, hope and charity. Fred Kennedy and Dane Long were too busy organizing the Branford chapter of the Grace Kelly Admiration Society to worry about mere examinations. The pleas- ant sight of female co-existence in the court- yard made exams more bearable than last year, many juniors and seniors remembering the administration ' s massive retaliation and quarantine policy with regard to women vis- itors of the previous January. The Tower Bulletin, Branford ' s organ for grievance drainage, masterminded by its ubiquitous editor-in-chief, R. M. Kulp, Esq., had a remarkable face lifting — four pages instead of two, at times. The fiery little editor retained, as his right hand man, Al Buchman, rumored to be the dynamo ' s suc- cessor. A refreshing innovation in the Bulle- tin was the Know Your Fellows Contest, which involved identifying pictures of Bran- ford Fellows caught in more childlike mo- ments. John Balch and Budge Atterbury were among the many notables competing for the grand prize: a silver cocktail shaker. It was also rumored that Jim Breckenridge and 51 Bob Buzzard, if declared the winners, planned nightly martini meets for the instruction of Grace-New Haven ' s finest. Branford was also well represented on the outside by Dick Steadman, Secretary of the Class of 1955, and Thorne Shugart as Captain of this year ' s football team; Vern Loucks and Steve Ackerman were two of the outstanding sophomores on the football team. Maurice Pinto was a force at WYBC, Andrew Dempsey is the Managing Editor of the News for the class of 1956, and Chris Harris drew funny pictures for the Record. In college football Branford was crowned inter-collegiate champ; the team, captained by George Fetherston and Joe Tommaney, represented Yale against the Harvard cham- pion. Their loss to Dunster House in this game was the first of the season for the Towermen. The Branford soccer team suf- fered its first loss in two years, falling at the hands of a strong Trumbull eleven. With the pressure off, however, they went on to a fine winning season, gaining six victories to one tie and the one defeat. Co-captains Bill Por- ter and Charlie Weems deserve much credit for their showing. Just for the record, let it be noted that the Junior delegation to the Branford Council was practically monopolized by Bill Bourke, Bill Wieland, and Al Baldwin, all from 791 (while their roommate, Fred Titsworth, had all the brains). Residing just below these budding politicos lived another shady quar- tet: Bob Belviso, mustache bedecked Bob Mnuchin ( it tickles the women to death ), Larry Hilford, positive playboy turned active scholar, all helping Marty Rosenthal plan his Bermuda buggy ride. The more erudite ele- ment of Branford included Steve Kelley, theses writers Kern and Roraback, political scientist Newbold Morris, and the interested Faulkner critic Larry Mark (who spent most of his time remembering forgotten calories for Jim Feibel). And speaking of calories, one cannot forget straight shootin ' , clean liv- ing Ron Beltbutowski who is this year ' s pro- prietor of the Snack Bar, and reputedly in Branford ' s highest income bracket. A serious vacuum of positive thinking was discovered in the Dwight entry of Calliope Court. Pete Smith, whose violent opposition to energy-producing thoughts wrought havoc in the entry, spent most of his senior year filling out Law School applications and hoping for manna from heaven. Most of the members of the entry tried to destroy the power-hungry Nigel MacEwan — Chief Aide, Branford ' s senior U. A. C. representative, 1955 Class Council Representative, and Cap- tain of the Charities Drive in the College. The cacophony of three competing hi-fi sets, the W hi ffen poofs practicing in pitehpipe 52 Bill Porter ' s room, Bud Harris ' parakeet, shower sopranos Morgan I that lad with many lasses) and Heed (life of Riley) and pleas for Wangman to leave Lane alone and diet in quiet insured that Dwight was never quiet. The entry ' s one productive effort was a vigorous production, a Christmas passion play, directed hy Moses Mitchell. Poignant portrayals by the cast of thousands thrilled the audience, Dick Smyth. Conspicuous by their absence at the spectacle were thin John Minney, Pete Cameron, sleek torpedo of the Branford swimming team, and Mark Mel- cher, conspicuous under any circumstances because of his lovely sister-in-law, Doris Day. But as wonderful as the winter has been, we all await the approach of spring, with the recovery of Branford Court from its an- nual winter blight, when once again will the magnolia and wisteria be in bloom. The spring season, gayest of those of the college year, will be on us before we know it. with its round of parties and the last of this year ' s long-to-be-remembered weekends. We look forward to the Junior Prom in March, fol- lowed closely by Spring Vacation; then, ' round the first of May, for College Week- end, with its dance in the court and the out- ing at Pine Orchard. After exams, taken in their stride and fin- ished with a flourish, some will wend their way home for the summer, secure in the realization that they will return shortly: oth- ers, however, must face graduation. For them, the interim between examinations and gradu- tion will afford time for thought and reflec- tion: the Branford man will then, probably for the first time, come to realize what his College has come to mean to him. He will know that here he has found opportunity for study and thought, for companionship and conviviality, and for the fulfillment of pos- sibly the happiest three years of a man ' s life. — Nigel S. MacEw. j — Carl A. Wangman 53 Ill CALHOUN COLLEGE Stuart H. Clement, Acting Master PERHAPS it is in the scheme of things (hereafter referred to as the SOT) that Yale Seniors should look backward with a slightly jaundiced eye. The dull pensiveness that is reflected in graduation writings tends to confirm the assumption that this is a gen- eral, and not an isolated, feeling. The taste of ashes in one ' s mouth is not an individual supersensitiveness. So when we approach Cal- houn College, it is with a rather wistful air. This wistfulness in Calhoun was at the loss of a long and exciting tradition. In the last three years the college has lost its tradition of leadership in the University. The class of 1955 is the last to know anything about it; for a student generation lasts only three years in a college. The new method of college allo- cations will obliterate all traces of traditions in the college, as it obliterates any special motivation for participation in a person ' s own college. Particularly in Calhoun the sense of disruption is strong this year. Mr. Schroeder ' s death deprived the college not only of a personal friend, but of the con- tinuity which it needs so desperately now, and will need even more in the future. With- out him our motivation has become dispersed and dissipated. College activities this year have been the last mechanical vestiges of a pattern which has lost most of its meaning. This disintegration is our class ' s contribu- tion to Calhoun College. Where but in the college, with which his name had been associated for all these years, should the sorrow for The Schrod be felt the most? His meaning for the whole Uni- versity was only a glimpse of the devotion with which he served and loved the college. John and Katherine Schroeder made the col- lege life here a profound experience. It was here they found their reward in their serv- ice; here that they received their true iden- tity. John Schroeder had the ability to unite college life. His spirit was big enough to contain the whole college; no one has gone away empty from Calhoun. His was a life which gave of itself. He was always speaking the truth, as he saw it, with the bluntness of a servant of God, so that we revere and honor his memory for what he was. This is within our experience, for we knew Mr. Schroeder. The effects of the new plan for college applications are not. But we see democracy in the abstract invading Yale. The last strongholds are falling to this strict egalitarianism. The final wave of oblivion is in sight for any distinction in college life; for the differences in college life have be- come equated with privilege, and privilege is always opposed to the AWOL (American 55 Way of Life). This is why Calhoun is used as an epithet in some quarters. I wonder whether we have abused our corporate life in Cal- houn to justify the perjorative? I wonder if the facts will sustain the indictment? Contrary to popular belief, the orange dye manufactory for the AA is  ot located in the Calhoun basements. But it is around this topic which much of the rancor of the outside world has centered. All six freshman captains in ' 55 are in the ' Houn. We always start slow in the inter-college contests in the fall. We were eighth in the Tyng Cup ratings at Thanksgiving. For, after you eliminate all those playing varsity sports, there are rather definite gaps. Meril May took on the coaching job for the Houn-ball team, which played through bitter days to BEAT BERKELEY! Soccer, with Ransick lead- ing the troops, had not an unmixed season (and they didn ' t beat Ber- keley). With Clint Curtis, John Howard, and Neil on the line, and Tony Mayer lurking at half, this seems inexcusable. The football team ' s successes can be traced to the swivel hips of one John Beni, the heroic shoulders of Ken Robson, Sam FitzPatrick ' s head ' s insensitivity, and Burke ' s monstrous chest. It is impossible to think of the football season without remarking on the paucity of social affairs in the college. With the reputation for sociality with which we are burdened, there was very little going on this fall. Our sociality took place in small, tightly-knit groups. The E Entry social set literally withdrew. Nat Reed, Pete Stehli, Pete Phelps, and Dave Carter always seemed to be off somewhere. All save Carter are being married in June. The Calhoun bridge tournament progressed just beautifully all fall. The Sabbath was particularly chosen by the fans to display their mech- anized bidding skills. Sam Raker (West), Wally Schiff (North), Cal Tinson (South), and that immortal fourth, John Stern (East), logged a total of 593 sits hours by the end of first semester. Thanksgiving brought the daily tabulation of shopping days, as well as thoughts of winter sports. Basketball summoned. Bill Sember, who, as athletic aide, one would at least expect to be impartial, betook his seventy-six inches to the court. Phil Mathias, pretty well besmattered by the football problem; Larry Shay and Bob Sullivan, those two sons of the sod; Geoff Nichols, for whose style no descriptive word exists; all went out and died for the oV ' Houn on either the A or B team. Pete Crisp, brainwasher extraordinaire, coaching the hockey team, was joined by the three biggest pucks in the college: Tuck Warner (Is he still around?), Bill Schifino, and Cort Taylor. Blessings on you, little men. Christmas in the ' Houn is a remarkable time of year. The Christmas show was put on by G entry, something about which your correspond- ent rather chokes up. Whose heart doesn ' t thrill to the memory of Jerry Felder ' s immortal histrionics, or to Jerry Michael ' s choreography, faultlessly executed by Dan Cunningham, or Terry O ' Brien, or Greg Dawson, or Mike Butler ' s wife (in her first title role)? Then ol ' Santa Glaus passed out the goodies to the goodies. Geoff Kimball got his just desserts, a can of mechanical snow, for being the biggest snow artist in the college, always excepting Nat Durfee, who, along with Jimmy Gill, refused to run again in this year ' s contest. Such theatrical endeavors bring back rather stark memories of the Calhoun Players ' pro- duction of Julius Caesar (in ROTC uniforms) last spring. Tom Cockerill and Dick Sassoon, although members of the Players, refused to participate. So we had Anthony with a Maine accent by Marv Karp; Pindarus straight from Long Island; Mettulus Cimber, some- what tempered by Brook ' s School; plus sup- port from those spearcarriers extraordinaire, Phil Dearborn and Dick Sterns. We played to small but enthusiastic audiences. The play has entered history and the Calhoun morgue of old theatricals outside the library, with pictures by Don Kardon and his mobile darkroom. This year we ' re hoping to do An- tony and Cleopatra, but only if Mrs. Cle- ment can be prevailed upon to play Cleo. Her ' s and Mr. Clement ' s fame at tea parties is already legendary. Don Scott ' s abundant shoulders felt a lot of responsibility this year. As chief-aide he was responsible for the daily shape-up on the Calhoun docks. Jerry Luxemburger, as chief-loafer, managed to avoid the minimum amount of clerical work by keeping his hand- writing almost illegible. Wertzie, responsible for the whole Calhoun library, made many notable strides in the field of library science, none of which are very interesting, but all of which are very, very, definite strides. His main hindrance was John Kirkland, who kept taking books out of the library without signing for them, taking the plates off, and sending them to his friends as presents. The aide staff functioned smoothly only because of the services of their water-boy and chief- worrier, Hay a Babcock. The ' Houn dining hall presented a definite problem. Hierarchy and distinction exist in only two places: in the Hall at Calhoun, and at Woodbridge Hall. There are places where ones does, and places where one doesn ' t sit. There was the future endowment table, at which the future endowment regularly sat. It isn ' t reserved or anything, but that row of shrunken heads on the dining hall fire- place mantel bears eloquent testimony to its inviolability. Bob Doran, Ernie Lundell, Jimmy Doak, Frank Henry, Billy Strong, Frank Wilson, and Jim Greenway ( You know, THAT crew. ) were rarely caught far from it. What were rather appropriately called the athletes sat in: a) the opposite corner, b) midway on the south side of the Hall at square table number sixteen. This distinction in rank was not major or minor Y, but the paid attendance at their sport, football being the highest, the rest decreas- ing in proportion to the gate. Kerry Dono- van, Jim Armstrong, Bob Gallaway, Jim Coker, and Bill Hawkins were in the first; Eob Gow, Dwight Gibb, Jules Cohen, Phil Mathias in the other. The center file of tables was reserved for the non-participators. Tables for four will nicely seat a room and prevent all intermingling. Jerry Paden, Andy Susanin, Al Somers, and Harley Baretz are just one room that is like this. Most of the staleness of our three years has resulted from 57 the fact that these groups never broke down, and that is just too bad. The centripetal character of Yale activities carried away our time and interests and replaced the college with one of the most enjoyable and expen- sive dorms ever built. Calhoun, like every other college, had a de- bating association. It was reserved for people who want to develop their public speaking potentialities, certainly an important goal in life. Ken Thompson and Jack Wahlquist up- held the honor of the ' Houn. Ray Walker, Don Olsen, and Bob Brink departed from the college to enjoy their own particular brands of connubial bliss. We didn ' t see nearly enough of these three couples. One of the most ex- clusive of the Yale clubs was propagated during our three years. It has no officers, no heeling comps, and only two members. Somewhere in the tower, George Mer- rill, and Jo Elder are convened. This is in contradiction to the club of the many which is firmly ensconced in front of the ' Houn TV set. Officers are, tuner, Bill Emerson; commen- tator, Bill I ' in ' r-..ii: mediator of volume disputes, Bill Emerson; historian, Wild Bill Emerson. It now becomes the rather doleful task to investigate the college ' s social morale. With Craig Farrow at the helm of the social com- mittee there is very little one can say. Three members of the college (two in Phi Bete, the other in Tau Bete) never had a date: Dan Case, Doug Scalapino, and Dick Koplow are the offenders. There were many opportuni- ties for calm recreation in the college; and it was not hard to amuse your dates. We had pool, ping pong, and two squash courts. The Calhoun flick set carried on, unaf- fected by anything more profound than the rationale for hold-overs at the College. Brad Bayne, George Braley, Jim Prokop, and John Grossman have excelled in this field of human endeavor. The Calhoun Sinfo- nia, a new organization this year devoted to the joys of music and the body, was formed to bring a broader social outlook to the college. This disintegration is our class ' contribution to Calhoun College. I ' m disappointed, but not enough to quote The Wash-land. John C. Farrell : « DAVENPORT COLLEGE Daniel Merriman, Master IT is always a sad occasion to lose an old friend, and residents of Davenport were indeed saddened to learn of the retirement of Miss Eleanor Diefendorf upon their re- turn from summer vacation. For eighteen years the secretary to the Master, Miss D. as she came to be known many years ago, made countless friends among students from the Class of ' 36 to the Class of ' 56. Miss D ' s more than able successor is Mrs. Robert Barendsen. Mrs. B, as she was immediately tagged by members of the junior and senior classes, made an instant hit with all the stu- dents and has performed such Herculean tasks as preparing the Davenport Directory — with flawless accuracy. Davenport welcomes her and hopes she will be around for many years to come. The spring of ' 54 saw many events in Davenport worthy of comment. The sweet taste of victory blessed the Davenport hockey team from the beginning to the end of the season, from their initial conquest of Calhoun by a score of 3-0 to their rousing triumph over Dudley House of Harvard, 8-2. The bas- ketball team didn ' t fare quite so well, finish- ing the season with a 4-10 record. The B team did better with an 8-6 season total, which gained it fifth place in the intercollege standings. Swimming, squash, and softhall saw IVporters in seventh, crew and tennis teams took sixth, and the baseball team took fifth place with a 4-3 record. Events on the Entertainment Committee program included a dinner-dance on Junior Prom weekend and the ever-popular College Weekend. Despite the inclement weather on Sunday afternoon, which forced the cancella- tion of the picnic on Professor Sizer ' s farm, there were many who held that College Weekend was the most enjoyable weekend of the entire year. Even though some people thought the genuine, authentic, one-hundred per cent pure Spanish Moss which was strewn about the court was mattress stuffing, the En- tertainment Committee deserves a great deal of credit. If one had to sing the praises of Daven- port ' s Class of ' 55 in even more than tele- graphic brevity, one word would easily suf- fice: Scholarship. Members of this class have been winning honors since they came to Davenport as sophomores, and their record stands with the best in the entire history of the College. At the head of the list stands the name of Jim Griffin. Jim, a Scholar of the House his senior year, has the highest under- graduate average in Yale, is (logically) presi- dent of the local chapter of Phi Beta Kappa, and is the recipient of a Rhodes Scholarship. Of the ten students who were elected Phi Beta Kappa their junior year, four were 60 from Davenport; they were Steve DeForest, Jim Griffin, Garry Haupt, and Eldred Mundth. Davenport engineers are well repre- sented in Tau Beta Pi. They are Bill Schrader, Jerry Fehr, Stan Johanson, Elliot Lawson, Jim Freedman, and Val Weber. At the annual College dinner held shortly after school started, Mr. Merriman presented scholars from all classes in Davenport with the annual College scholarship awards. The Charles McLean Andrews prize went to Park Teter, the John V. Farwell Scholarships went to Jesse Cook and Stan Johanson, the Helen Davenport Fessenden Memorial Scholarships went to Jim Herlan, Dick Gustafson (for the second time), and Garry Haupt (for the third time — a record), and Bill Schrader was the recipient of the Emerson Tuttle Memorial Award. As usual, D ' porters held numerous posi- tions of an extracurricular nature around the campus. On the athletic side, we boasted no less than five captains of varsity teams: Mac Aldrich, swimimng; Jerry Fehr, golf; Dave Hobson, basketball; Steve Reynolds, crew; and Eric Seiff, cross-country. Proficiency in rowing must run in the Reynolds family, for Steve is following immediately in the foot- steps of his brother, Ken (Davenport ' 54), who captained the rowing team last year. Others prominent in varsity sports were Al u Englander, tennis; Pete Bartlett, soccer — Pete is captain-elect of next year ' s booters: Larry Reno, Charlie and Bob Schaller, track: Ken MacKenzie, Dave Ingalls, Jamie Good- ale, Bruce Monick and Marty Fenton, hockey. Bill Flanders and Jim Downey, president and stage manager of the Yale Glee Club, are back in Davenport after serenading Europe with their dulcet tones last summer. Also along were Fred Dittman and Fred Robert- shaw. Testimony to good times abroad is provided by an AP wirephoto in the Daven- port scrapbook. Entitled Yale Singer Makes Friends in Wales it shows Downs, all grin, with a North Wales girl named Janet Jones. Bill Goodman and Joe Bachelder attained moguldom on the News — Bill as Production Editor and Joe as a Senior Editor. Joe ' s well- turned phrases were read with interest as his subjects usually dealt with the changing so- cial order at Yale and, on occasion, Daven- port in particular. Down in Hendrie Hall, Phil Zeidman was managing the Banner, and it was his fertile mind which brought about the Dartmouth week-end Bladder-Ball contest and the subsequent write-up in Sports Illus- trated. Elsewhere in Hendrie Hall Bill Mar- tin handled the circulation for the Record. Elections of new boards brought the same post to Bill Poorvu on the News. Elections 61 also made Bill Wilcox business manager of the Yale Literary Magazine, Jack Silliman business manager of WYBC, and Jim Burke managing editor of the Record. Wilcox achieved distinction on an international level when Botteghe Oscure, a multi-lingual maga- zine with world-wide circulation, published an example of Bill ' s deathless prose. Bill also spends some time in the little colonial house known as the Elizabethan Club. Here he is joined by fellow D ' porters Fred Pitt- man, Garry Haupt, Park Teter, and Dave Isbell. Park Teter and Larry Hewes also held the reins of the Political Union for one term each during the year. Under the tutelage of Rich Haskel, a griz- zled veteran of two years of intercollege foot- ball, the ' 54 version of Hybrid footballers presented themselves to the college at a rally the night before the season ' s opener with Branford. The game was tight all the way and the Hybrids did well to hold the vaunted Towermen, pre-season league favorites, to a scoreless tie. The second game saw the Hy- brids overpower the JE Spiders by a score of 12-0, which might have been higher had not penalties stopped the D ' porters several times in JE territory. A pass from QB Ted Bark- will to Dave Lapham scored the first touch- down, and a 53 yard run by Rog Fleming in the third quarter completed the day ' s scoring. A muddy field hindered the Hybrids as they dropped their third game to Silliman by a score of 13-6. Davenport ' s lone score came on a pass from Barkwill to Fleming. A 6-6 tie with Saybrook followed. In the season finale, which the Hybrids lost 12-6 in the last five sec- onds, the stalwart play of the defensive line was spectacular as it had been throughout the season. Balloting by the coaches and captains brought all-south league honors to Jack Logan and Rog Fleming and second team honors to Rich Haskel and Tiff Bingham. The touch team started off with a bang and knocked over Branford, Trumbull, and Cal- houn in quick order while losing only to TD. Their glory was shortlived, however, as the 3-1 record changed to a 3-5 after games with Berkeley, Pierson, JE, and Silliman. Larry Reno, Phil Franz and sophomore track man Chick Goode all showed well over the season. The soccer team wound up with a 2-3-4 season record, with Nik Cheremeteff contrib- uting heavily to the scoring while Jim Downey tended the goal. Coach Ed Johns- ton ' s aggregation recorded wins over Calhoun and JE, losses accredited to Silliman, Say- brook, and Branford while games with TD. Trumbull, Pierson, and Berkeley ended in ties. Spontaneous is the word for the way the fall social season started indeed just as D ' porters were sitting down to their books. Mountain Day rolled around and books were discarded for the biggest Vale-Smith gather- 62 ing that Davenport has seen. Though it seemed spontaneous to most students, much careful planning was done by Dean Alexander, Jack Logan, Angus Wurtele, Ted Barkwill, and John Wallace in order to make the party the success it was. Midway through the fall term the News informed us that the Smith faculty was considering putting an end to Mountain Day because the girls just weren ' t climbing mountains. A group of wealthy Davenport alums gathered immediately and decided that the best plan would be to just buy Smith outright if such a thing were put into effect. The Entertainment Committee, under the guidance of Phil Spanish Moss Zeidman, got things rolling Dartmouth Weekend with a dinner dance which, despite a slight famine of ice in the early hours, was a great success. Six new members were elected to the committee. They were Jim Downey, Jim Kingsbury, Art Mori, all from ' 56, and John Crosby, Hi Bingham, and Phil Pillsbury from ' 57. Princeton Weekend hit town and might as well have been called Hurricane Tiger. Parties boiled up all over Davenport — from the York Street entry, where the people were lively and the martinis deadly, down all along the terrace to the Pink Pig Room I S. R. 0. 1 , climax- ing three years of porcine predominance, into the lower court where Little St. Paul served up a punch that re- sembled the juice poured off of a keg of nails, and upstairs to where the Emmets gath- ered and it was less than S. R. 0. All year long the college aide staff carried out its du- ties quietly and efficiently. Jamie Goodale was the Chief Aide and Fred Pittman took care of the library. Sophomores appointed to the staff included Frank Conlan, Jack Erickson, Connie Fisher, Chic Goode, and Dave Riddiford. Once again, Mr. Merriman proved himself to be not only the capable master that he is, but also the warm friend of every student in the college. His interest in every problem brought to him is genuine and friendly. As in years past, both he and his charming wife have ac- quainted themselves with the entire sophomore class and received their unanimous friendship and respect. With mid-year exams over, some looked forward to an active season in the spring sports and that island of pleasure in a sea of study known as Junior Prom. Others thought of Spring Recess spent in a sunnier clime, but all looked forward to the ceasing of the infernal rains and the warm, balmy afternoons which we hoped would be our lot when once more College Weekend returned to Davenport. — J. J. Burke Jjj | BPSkl jL ft £$iS 1 V Sfcj i r. -« ••:■ rV J . i K ' ui 1 : a 3 u| _JL«  25ffi jgi - ■• ' ' ii ' Cr ' ' •. JONATHAN EDWARDS COLLEGE Frank E. Brown, Mastn THE sundial that had been restored to the courtyard the previous spring was still marking the time when we trundled back to Jonathan Edwards in the fall, but it was out of step by an hour. We took a few days to get settled again, and, by the time classes had started, the rest of the country had fallen into step with the sundial by reinsti- tuting standard time, the Spiders of JE were back in the academic groove again, and Brown weekend was just hours away. The weekend came and went and, just forty-eight hours later, the girls from Smith descended en masse to make sure we weren ' t taking our work too seriously. Jonathan Ed- wards reacted in style. Daly, Korbel, Plaut and Sheppard, finding themselves sins dates, spread signs all over York and Elm Streets: Big Mountain Day Party in 735. The girls came in droves and Ted Sheppard tried to make the best of the situation by turning them away with, We ' re full now, but why don ' t you come back again tomorrow. Tomorrow came sans Smithies and so did the next day. The Columbia game turned out to be away, and we had almost two uninter- rupted weeks of the academic groove. Jona- than Edwards took stock of itself in the fast- fading light of summer r.nd found that the College had not changed much on the out- side except for the beech tree in the courtyard that had shed its leaves and was heralding the approach of the snowy season. Inside, however, the new look had come on so rapidly that the Notabilia information book, printed the previous spring, was out of date by fall. In the Junior Common Room we found the pool table that had been moved up from the cellar; in the basement a dark- room and a work shop were new additions; and there were even rumors that a television set was on its way. Before long Chief Aide Tom Plaut had purchased a twenty-four inch set and renovations of the TV room were being planned, including wall paneling and plush furniture. By February the sophomore class made its presence felt when Jack Hurley, Al?.n Mc- Gowan and John Leinenweber edited a new bi-weekly Almanack. Before the end of the spring term Ralph Lilore and Chuck Welch had set up business next to the television room and Jonathan Edwards finally had its own snack bar. The long trek to Branford became passe as JE became gastronomically self-sufficient. In the guard ' s office the new face was that of Fred Ettlinger, who was returning to Jonathan Edwards after a year ' s absence. The returning juniors and seniors found that 65 college circuit. Led by such stalwarts as John Sherman, Dick Strain, Zummie Katz, Bill Starr and Bart Kagan, the touchmen then journeyed to Harvard, only to lose a hard- fought game to Winthrop House, 18-6. On the basketball courts a fast, smooth- working JE team set a new intercollege scor- ing record of 65 points in one game against Timothy Dwight. Paced by high scorers Don Marty Gaynor, who had served as college guard since Jonathan Edwards was first opened twenty-two years ago, had taken a new post at the Peabody Museum. We followed the travels of our Master those first few weeks through the leaflets from England that Mrs. Brown posted on the bulletin board. They announced the forth- coming lectures to be given at the University of London by one Frank E. Brown, Thacher Professor of Latin and Master of Jonathan Edwards College, Yale University, U. S. A. With the return of Mr. B rown in October and the resumption of the ever-popular Wednesday evening coffee breaks in the Master ' s house, the social season was well under way. Dave Uehling ' s Junior Common Room Committee started the ball rolling with a Cornell weekend dinner dance to the music of JE ' s own Bill Bradshaw and his band. Dartmouth weekend saw Jonathan Edwards take the spotlight with a dinner dance and a Singing Jamboree that featured no less than eight singing groups, including the Whiffenpoofs, the Vassar Floradoras, and the J Esters of JE. While the fans were drinking to Yale ' s early season Bowl victories, JE ' s athletes were busy setting records of their own on the play- ing fields. The football team earned the dubi- ous distinction of completing the season with a winless and scoreless record. Coached by Hugo Guidotti and co-captained by Paul Ker- rigan and Sam Hunter, the Spider gridders maintained their unblemished record by playing Harvard ' s Eliot House to a scoreless draw in a | ost-scason game. The touch football team, however, com- pleted tin- season as champions of the inter Johnson, Joe McNay, and captain Don Wer- ner the hoopsters scored 171 points in three consecutive games and led the league at this writing with a 4-1 record. The competitive spirit was carried into the Common Room when Griff Morrel formed a pool table committee and before the year was out the popular pool table had seen three tournaments. The latest word is that Griff is trying to organize an intercollege pool tourney. Culture came to Jonathan Edwards in va- rious artistic levels. First there were the Mastersingers who appeared in February, fol- lowed later in the month by a series of read- ings in the Common Room by the Fellows and their wives. More audible but less scholastic was the Gottschalk concert, in which the Fel- lows turned into troubadours and showed the College what can happen to a relative!) harmless s I of Deutsche I.ieder. Beeb Salzer planned and executed an ex- hibition of the works of Joseph Albers. which ( turned the Common Room into a maze of vibrating quadrilaterals for two weeks fol- lowing the Thanksgiving vacation r.nd drew visitors from throughout the University. Then Jocke Stevenson engineered a Record exhibition of the drawings of John Groth, illustrator for Esquire magazine. Mr. Groth ' s stimulating and provocative art work graced the Junior Common Room walls for two weeks in February. The scholastic side of life came in for its share of honors with Don Miller, Rolf Hani- burger, and Ed Shufro representing Jona- than Edwards among the ranks of the Schol- ars of the House and Don, Henry Sizer, and Jay Opal listed as Phi Beta Kappa mon. Ted Sheppard and Dean Brederick took engineer- ing honors with election to Tau Beta Pi. On the extra-curricular roster JE had Ted hittemore, managing editor of the News; Jacque Robertson, managing editor of the Record; Don Miller, chairman of D wight Hall, Bill Marshall, chairman of the Guild of Yale Bell Ringers; and Jocke Stevenson, chairman-elect of the Record. Fred Abram- been gone since Princeton weekend did not af- fect the undaunted dietician ' s decree: No more sugar on the tables until both bowls are returned. It took one meal to g?t back one bowl and two more meals to convince Miss Stackpole that Princeton weekend was a long, long time ago. Tuesday dawned bright and sweet but somehow eating had lost some of the interest it had had while the siege was on. As the new term rolled around after a com- paratively rainless winter (for New Haven, anyway) Jonathan Edwards looked forward to a resumption of its own brand of spring fertility rites. The Roman Orgy of 1954 — prepared under the aegis of Emperor F. Ti- berius Brown — had proven a big success when the men of JE recruited their slave girls from the neighboring women ' s colleges and, clad in togas that bore a striking resem- blance to ordinary bed sheets, ate, drank, and made merry in Roman style on mat- tresses that covered half the dining room floor. All went well until Mr. Scully, posing as the mad emperor, rose on the podium and effectively bird-dogged most of the gathered Romans with one command: Bring me the slave girls! A stampede resulted. Also on tap for the spring festivities was a repeat performance of the college outing, which due to a heavy rain the previous year had turned into an inning in the Common Room much to the relief of Tom Plaut, who had rented a country club that was in the process of construction. The inning fea- tured two solid days of jazz by the Titans and Eli ' s Chosen Six and a beer drinking con- test, which was won by a team captained by- Bill Miller and Al Leahy. On the athletic fields Jonathan Edwards anticipated another successful spring season. son was elected as JE ' s junior representative on the UAC, serving along with Jon Kutner, who had been elected the previous spring. An otherwise drab dining hall atmosphere was enlivened one fine Monday in January when the dietician noticed that two sugar bowls were missing. The fact that one had The baseball team, which had finished sec- ond the previous year, was staffed not only by returning veterans Hemmert, Sacco, Starr, and Werner but also by one Hal Whiteman, perennial ringer from the office of the Dean of Freshmen. JE ' s championship softball team was braced by the return of Kagan, Kutner, Shalet, and Shufro; and in boxing Hugo Guidotti, who brought the champion- ship to JE in 1954, was returning to the intercollege ring. The dramatic arts flourished in Jonathan Edwards with the traditional Gilbert and Sullivan spring production of The Sorcerer. Don Werner had a hard time restraining his laughter while singing a love ballad to the fair Aline (in the person of Al Atkins), whose low cut and heavily endowed bosom failed to conceal a hairy chest. Tradition went by the boards, however, when the 1955 production of G and S turned out to be Hilly liudd. under the directing of Bob Wunsch. With Ron Kirkbride, Bob Sin- clair, Jerry Phillips, and Don Chatfield re- turning from the previous year ' s cast, an equally amusing performance was anticipat- ed for 1955, even though it was to be an all- male cast. Perhaps the most significant of the changes that took place in Jonathan Edwards during the year was the formation of a stream-lined College Council, to be elected from candi- dates who had to show a willingness to serve by submitting petitions for candidacy. Formed in February, the College Council was to take on responsibility for all college functions and was responsible directly to the Master. The petition system for the council elec- tions officially recognized a procedure that had predominated in JE for almost three years. By the end of the year JE ' s two rep- resentatives on the UAC, its 1956 Class Coun- cil member, and all members of the College Council had been engaged in election cam- paigns, thus continuing the practice of choosing those candidates who actively sought election. But the College Council, a big step in the direction of a smoother-functioning college system, was just one of many ways in which Jonathan Edwards had been changed in the past year. Credit for many of the changes in the college is due to the work of the chief aide Tom Plaut and his well-directed staff. Additions and renovations may have altered the stone brick that make up the College but, most important, the spirit of personal fellow- ship and intimacy that make Jonathan Ed- wards one of the smallest and perhaps the friendliest of the colleges was never dimin- ished. It was felt on the athletic fields, when- individual Spider teams ran the gamut from first to last place; in the Common Room, where the pool table and piano were gather- ing places and when ' the Fellows displayed ther talents to the amusement of the entire College: in the new television room and snack bar and in the courtyard, where stick- hall made its yearly appearance in the Spring and the ever-present sundial continued to krr| its daily watch over the fleeting hours. —Jonathan D. Kutner oH PIERSON COLLEGE Rev. Sidney Lovett, Master PIERSON, a totally agreeable place free from the crossroads of University activ- ity, discriminating, close to the gaiety of the Row, and harboring a well-rounded positive spirit. Pierson, 1954-1955, enjoying an event- ful and successful year, an ark of heteroge- neity on a sea of manifold activity. At the helm stood Cap ' n Sid on his sec- ond voyage and under his ever-amicable, good-natured leadership the good ship en- joyed smooth sailing braving the stormy crisis of exams and falling grades in the spring and taking on a full cargo of sopho- mores in the fall, quickly absorbing them in the myriads of college life. With his charm- ing wife the captain was often at home, his clam-chowder suppers surpassed in fame only by his wealth of stories and New Eng- land wit. Near the end of the first term a life-size caricature by artist Steve Schainman, depicting a ruddy-faced Mr. Lovett attired in all the glory of his rank, found its way into the middle of the Common Room. Deemed too out-of-place in the staid decorum of its Betting, it was moved to a place of honor in the more lively snack bar. Rut the fact of the matter stood that Captain Lovett was held in high esteem — respected because of his posi- tion, none the less, a warm ami close friend. Ably assisting as secretary was Miss Hickey, relaying orders from the inner sanctum, plan- ning matters of administrative policy, and doing much to keep the ship on a steady course. In this she was helped by chief-aide Jack Rurke, head librarian Rob O ' Rrien, and athletic secretary Randy Rain. Andy was at his usual station to ward off any marauders while Mrs. Joyner was in firm control of the mess, dispensing rations with an eagle eye but serving grub well above standard sea fare. University activities drew heavy support from the elite group assembled within the Georgian ark. Tom Wallace, Tom McCance, and Clay Smalley bolstered the OCD for ' 55 until chairman-elect Ed Kent, vice-chairman Ren Scotch, and feature editor Henry Cooper slid into moguldum at mid-year. Ed Kaplan wrestled with the Banner budget while Jim Roorsch headed WYRC. Jim Lopez, Dennis the Menace McGill, and Rill Lovejoy were important links in the Yale grid machine, as were Chuck Ross and Rill Tatlock in the basketball wars. Whit McQuarrie was award- ed ail-American honors for his soccer ex- ploits. The roster continues — Fred Runnell head- ing Aurelian, Larry Zimmerman in Comment, Dave Calleo and Pete Pattison in the Politi- cal Union. There were Phi Rete ' s Fred 70 Gardner, John Bushnell, Ed Kaplan, Rowan Greer, Ed Selig, and Charles Moser and Tau Bete, Gordon Kaufman and Brad Sturtevant. Beyond the university, Johannes Somary be- came the youngest composer ever to have a mass officially accepted by the Catholic Church. This list far from covers the big things done by Pierson men outside of the in-college area. This sort of leadership is a continuation of a long Pierson tradition. On the other hand there was something subtly new in the ark in this second year under Cap ' n Sid; some- thing had changed in the general tendencies of college spirit. The laissez-faire attitude, a natural result of heterogeneity, had been mitigated in favor of a more positive pro- Pierson spirit. There was an unmistakable pride in the college as a whole; shoeness had a changed tone. The Slave Quarters were no longer the headquarters for a somewhat iso- lated elite. There was a new high of Dean ' s List Piersonites and more men trudging forth to the labs instead of the Old Heidel- burg in the afternoon. This is probably an important factor in the change of tendency in the college life inasmuch as Pierson ' s en- gineering personnel has more than tripled in two years. Perhaps this accounts for the scarcity of coat-and-tie wearers at lunch time, certainly not more than a third of the 80% predicted by the ' 55 Eli Book. However real the change, it must not be taken as radical or even striking. The col- lege was definitely not anti-shoe nor anti-fun. If a positive spirit had grown, it had cer- tainly not eclipsed either the debonair or the fun-loving, for there were plenty of both. Pierson contributed admirably to Danny and the Old Heidelberg throughout the year. College Weekend was a roaring success with over 100 raving beauties imported for the frolic, and Saturday ' s rain only added spirits to the occasion. Bob Poole supervised the affair which featured a superb rendition of Gilbert and Sullivan ' s Patience Friday night and a soothing retreat to Gordon Sweet ' s farm for a picnic the next day. Notable on the occasion was the inaugural of Stoddard Piatt ' s illustrated Slave to commemorate the weekend pictorially. Football season witnessed a steady parade of weekend dates and parties, win or lose. The Slave Quarters rallied for another big- gest-and-best Dartmouth weekend. Cornell weekend ' s Friday night produced a college beer party complete with the O ' s B ' s, the Baker ' s Dozen, and Van Doren in a big hat to auction maimed bicycles. The annual Fall dance fell on Princeton weekend, and en- 71 joyed success through the work of Jim Glas- ser and company, despite the outcome of the game. The bourbon punch was basically the work of Homer Babbidge who graciously conducted research meetings to find just the punch. This was followed a few weeks later by the usual reports of the merits of a Thanksgiving exodus (mainly to New York), the horrible actuality of the Monday after, and the desperation dates just before term exams. The Christmas party found the Slaves sipping after-dinner port and demi-tasses but Santa Claus failed to show, rumor hav- ing it that he was bedridden with a severe milady. The coming of mid-year exams kept the midnight oil burning lute in many parts of the college. Tension wrought its usual shenanigans; one entry-way was flooded as a thaving-soap fight expanded into a waste- basket sousing. Indeed, levity was never lack- ing for the enterprising. Pierson activities generally flourished be- fore the impetus of the in-college spirit; col- lege productions, social functions, and espe- cially athletics seemed to be the recipients of more blood, sweat, and tears. The Advisory Council under Fred Bunnell offered two new social functions in the Cornell Beer Party and the Winter Weekend. The ' 55 Col- lege Weekend was to receive more ideas, more work with The Devil and Daniel Web- ster planned as the dramatic production. The Slave under Piatt ' s editorship emerged from its humble, barren state to a highly read- able organ of college news. The bridge en- thusiasts wore out many packs of cards. Perhaps most notable were the near-profes- sional productions of Patience and Amahl and the Night Visitors which were presented College Weekend and just before Christinas respectively. Under the tutelage of resident fellow Bob Myhrum, the two presentations took on a polish rare in this normally minor league scene. Bob tapped some non-Pierson sources, and allied them with the unusual vocal talents of Don Colenback and Dick Parke supported by stalwarts Jim Plummer, Laurie McCagg, and Dick Rouse to produce some memorable music. Pete Randolph turned out to be an admirable stage manager. Win Perry and Tony Howarth spent incal- culable hours in appropriately transforming the dining hall, as they have so often done during their three-year tenure, and they re- ceived valuable help from ( ' lay Alexander, Schainman, and Tom O ' Flaherty. In addition, Win took charge of the brand new and fully equipped work-shop while Tony operated the press. Tony and Al Dundes submitted to the Drama! a three-act musical, part of which was to be incorporated in the Spring revue. Spring sports had left Pierson in fourth place in the Tyng finals. With the advent of fall, talk of capturing the coveted Cup filled the air. Pierson football looked good. Touch brought forth some fine new soph talent, and 72 soccer found enough manpower for the first time in years. The Jeffris-to-Eckelberry passing combina- tion was back in usual form, Hoover was in from the JV ' s to play half, and Captain Van Doren was in harness at fullback. Pattison, Crowley, and McDonald provided more size in the line, and Van Winter and Ball made the center look tough. Branford appeared to be the chief problem, and lived up to ex- pectations. Somewhere the spark failed, and the Slaves were outplayed and outscored, 16-0. The rest of the season was a better showcase for the talent on hand. Ellis made the longest touchdown run of the season in the victory over Say brook. JE was no com- petition, TD bowed. The Davenport team, which had tied Branford, was beaten by a Jeffris touchdown on the last play of the game after Gardner ' s quick-thinking lateral. Pierson finished a close second in the South League. Captain Rouse ' s soccer team lost only two, tied three, and finished third for the season. Pegg, Stabler, Gregg, Hutt, Bonsai, and Porter were yeomen booters, and Lawson blocked up the goal proficiently. Billy Lee contributed wisdom from his varsity experi- ence in the role of coach. Touch football, marred by injuries, ended up in second place with a 6-1-2 record. The fall sports put the Slaves in second position in the all-around Tyng championships. This meant satisfaction, but not optimism to the aspiring, for Pierson has been perennially weak in the winter and spring seasons. Fully manned rosters for the winter sesaon, how- ever, were graphic evidence of the in-college spirit. Coach Burke took over the reins of a bas- ketball team which had won four and lost two going into the second term. Burhoe and Pattison were the work horses under the boards, Gaines starred in the field. Victories over Calhoun, Berkeley, and Branford looked especially good in the overall league context. Christenson, Schainman, O ' Hearn, Metcalfe, and Captain Bain rounded out the squad which looked capable of a championship. The B squad aggregation were spectacular in scoring only six points in the second game of the season. Coach Shera with hoopsters like Schooley, Van Winter, Reiss, Lawson, Mitchell, and Kunkemueller soon remedied this carrying a 4-2 record in the second term. The swimming team looked to finish high, hoping to swim Sturtevant from the varsity along with Romoser, Goodwin, Ellis, Ford, Perry, and Fisher. Capt. Breckenridge ' s hand- ball team had won four straight victories, and gave promise to a highly successful sea- son ' s effort, with Bivins, Burke, and McGill as chief ball-slappers. The squash racqueteers had more fun, but lost their first three. Kauf- man played number one with Taylor, Greg , Stabler, Eric Cheney, Kim Cheney, and Vance swinging from the other positions. Hetherington, Seymour, and Van Avery boxed, Hetherington an ex-champion in the 175 lb. division. Hockey under Coach John Ellsworth and Capt. Van Doren looked un- predictable, but a few old hands such as Brown, Parsons, McCartney, Williams, and Ross were around to provide a nucleus. In retrospect, the year can be seen as one of fun and frolic, of activity both group and individual, liberally sprinkled with success. Pierson, 1954-55 — active, well-rounded, a totally agreeable place, an ark of heteroge- neity, in many way homogeneous. — C. Randall Bain 73 SAYBROOK COLLEGE Basil D. Henning, Master THERE are, at Yale, colleges bearing the descriptions casual, jock, and shoe. In this day when we place an overwhelm- ingly great part of our faith in titles and labels, Saybrook has remained curiously with- out, except in so far as her physical pre- eminence supposedly entitles her to use of the adjective grotesque. He who would call Saybrook ugly has not stood, some spring day, in Killingworth Court and seen the beauty of forsythia and ivy spilling down from picturesque walls upon an impeccably-kept courtyard. He who would call Saybrugians non-wheels is unaware that we could boast of owning the captains of the fencing (Kris Keggi) and hockey (George Brooke) teams, the C hairmen of the News (Roger Stone) and Record (Jerry Dole), and many other occupants of high-powered posi- tions. We do not boast our shoe mem- bers because we value those who are un- shoe ; we do not brag about our well-kept courtyard because we also have another, where we indulge our football-playing fancies In short, if we do not emphasize certain as pects of our total personality, it is only be cause we are aware of others. We are ' Brook men and we have the ' Brook; and if anyone else cannot understand our peculiar brand of sentimentality, it is because he is not the one and has not the other. Saybrook is a friendly college, and much of its friendliness stems from the top of its administrative hierarchy, Mr. and Mrs. Hen- ning, who remain accessible to the members of the college through the medium of entry parties. Mr. Henning, commonly known as The Duke, does not sport a mailed fist, but he still packs quite a punch. The pun is a poor one, but the punch is a good one — as anyone will assert who has been enthralled by this mysterious nectar that goes to the noggin and excites the humors of the body. Saybrook has no scrap-book editor, nor efficiency expert, nor dance hostess, nor mas- cot. Draining the Master ' s Fund is rendered unnecessary by the fact that all these posi- tions are ably filled by a certain secretary, known to all but the uninitiated sophomore as Rena. Year after year, Rena manages to tread with incredible agility the narrow line distinguishing office efficiency from office tyr- anny. Rumor has it that she receives every year some 315 votes in the Miss Rheingold contest. The source is untrustworthy, but it is safe to say that Rena has much to do with the spirited activity of Messrs. Robley, Logan, and Roohan. When a college boasts resident Fellows who act as technical advisers for drama presentations, who help clear the din- ing hall floor of furniture before a dance and of cigarette butts and paper cups afterwards, 75 who are, in short, avowedly the envy of every other college master . . . alors . . . cherchez la femme. Though perhaps not as efficient as their adult counterparts, the schoolboy bureau- crats, or college aides, performed their tasks with a modicum of dignity. Led by Paul Thompson, they pasted on their smiles in September and wore them with determina- tion throughout the year. Their virtues were many and their mistakes few. Doug Adam- son, as part-time librarian and all-time Scholar of the House, descended frequently from his ivory tower to sully his fingers with ink and his tongue with gummed labels. Like all bureaucrats, the college aides tended to gripe with one voice when they compared their lot with that of the independent cap- italists. They looked with disgust upon Snack Bar operators Frank Olson and Bob Lesher, who, though they likened their prices to those of prewar Shanghai, are soon to demon- strate that they made enough money to get married. If the College Council did not seem to meet frequently enough, it was not the fault of Mr. Henning, who discovered that attend- ance could be stimulated by the serving of beer and highballs in the legislative chamber, i.e., his living room. Serving as elder states- men on the Council were seniors Dick Piatt, Steve Porter, Rog Hansen, Paul Thompson, and Dave Bodenberg. They were ably sec- onded by juniors Art Delson, Mike McCone, Nikki Barranger, and Jay Levine, whose lack of seniority resulted in their having to do more than their share of decorating for the football dances. During the winter, sopho- mores Mike Cooke, Palmer Bannerot, and Bill Mobley took up their representative posi- tions on the Council. Their eyes undimmed by conservatism, they were occasionally slapped down by their wiser associates. In- dividualistic in the extreme, this year ' s Coun- cil continued to favor a p a v if you conic basis for the football dances, in preference to the more certain but collectivislic social fund system. Never quite sure that estimated prices and attendance would cover expentet, they sometimes resorted to demoniac inc. in- 76 of raising funds. Under the guise of bicycle auctioneers, they duped their friends into buy- ing some rusty old junk that had cluttered up the basement for the last decade. They even had the gall to conjure rain upon last spring ' s Founders ' Day festivities, in order to cut down beer consumption. The scheme worked, though Steve Porter was almost im- peached for investing an indoor obstacle course that required the use of empty beer cans. Highlights of the fall social schedule were the football dances, featuring the music of the Pat Dorn and Jack Schwartz orchestras. Climaxing the season was the Princeton dance, characterized by a whopping crowd of 130 couples and by the fact that a scream- ing mob of females tore down most of the balloons and crepe paper — more, we presume, from admiration than from spite. But, for all this frivolity, Saybrook maintained its share of dateless wonders, who peered glumly from their darkened cells and observed, with all the coherence of a Joycian hero, that these guys oughta be shot having dates down when I ' ve gotta work click click those heels on the flagstones are driving me grazy gotta get back to work nuts I ' m gonna flick. Editors of the college dope-sheet this year were Mike Middleton and Stan Brown. Try- ing with some success to keep sports from pervading the Seal, they did find some- thing to rave about in the activities of the Saybrook Players, whose thespians continued to outnumber the participants in any other college activity. Scoring last spring with Gold- smith ' s She Stoops to Conquer, the Players returned in the winter to stage an original show by John Owen, Jay Levine, and Robin Jones ( an outside crutch from D ' port I . Opening to a first-night house of all the wheels in Yale except President Griswold, The Naked Egg received justifiably wide- spread acclaim, stamping Saybrook beyond any doubt as the acting college. The audi- ence thrilled to the music of a five-piece or- chestra, marveled at the Southern accent of Jack Deeds and the Northern heroism of Nick ( I ' ll get the girl ) Probst, and stared aghast at the mangled Bob Peck. Athletically, the activities of the college 77 have undoubtedly centered about Joe Gilfillan and Bill O ' Bryan, who believe that athletes should be heard as well as seen. Their skill exceeded only by their boasting, they starred with the baseball team and sparked a foot- ball squad that finished third in the tougher of two divisions. They were supported by- such senior stalwarts as Ebner, Piatt, Keggi, Boies, and George, while the more fragile Heebner, Gould, Friedler, and Brooke were giving their all to the touch game. The tackle season, incidentally, ended with a tragic 25-6 loss to Adams House, but the team perform- ance made O ' Bryan and Gilfillan look good enough to merit all-college first team rating?. The soccer team, led by Captain Bill White, copped fifth place in their bracket. Featuring the educated toes of Shober, Stone, and Bundy, they started strong and finished stonger, hampered only by a lapse at the mid- way point. White, by the way, came back to lead a good bunch of squashmen, evidently untroubled by the loss of three starters to the varsity ranks. When last heard from, B basketballers Mes- ler, Patnick, and Mc- Cone were treasonably declaring that they could whip the socks off their A counterparts. Terribly self-con- scious about their hopeless season, Ebner, Furman, and Coach Jim Valles growled their dissent, while Gilfillan was content to frown his newly-jaundiced frown of disapproval. The talents of O ' Bryan and Gilfillan attained fruition once again on the handball court, where they were seconded by Hansen and Buss. Younce, Berenblum, and the other na- tators were meanwhile trying to paddle their way into the Swimming Carnival. And the hockey team, highlighting Stone, Piatt, and Bunnell, continued to win. If a certain Joe Zilch had shown up once or twice in the scoring column, that would have been Bates McKee, lately snatched from the embrace of Saybrook into the more possessive embrace of matrimony. Who can tell what new stars the oncoming spring season may herald? Boatmen Wheel- ock, Farrell, Piatt, Brooke, and Freeman fin- ished second last year, and they now look like a sure thing for the top — sparked, as they are, by cox Jim Kern of the golden larynx. The boxing and wrestling card looks like a good one, featuring such ruffians as Kline, Shober, George, and Brigham. And that brings to mind big Stew Thomson, who every year shakes his gentle bulk and ruefully muses that even Santa Claus couldn ' t be for- given if he were to break someone ' s arm or leg. Looking around, we see Bucky Buss working feverishly to perfect the University Christian Mission, while Junior Prom Chairman Andy Orr finds himself in some sort of Prom Queen confusion. Ah well, the Golden Rule and the 40-inch tape measure are alike sym- bolic of the perennially optimistic Brookman. Our own private Mon- ster seems to have taken his sabbatical this year. But he will return: and he will find that ' 55 has taken away many of his prizes. Gone will be Paul Thompson. Parker Towle, and Fred Hard land even that treacherous Whiff, Howie Park), who nur- tured the Duke ' s Men under the Saybrook banner, and who matured them into a sing- ing group that ranks with the best. Gone will be Saybrook ' s reputation for cradling the Mountaineering Club. But for all good things must something good be given. And the year has had its share of good things. Not too sweet, not too dry, but j-u-u-st right. — David W. Bodk bkr . 78 m i . J I! ; If l! I SILLIMAN ma COLLEGE Luther Noss, Master ALTHOUGH the fall was half over by the time the University got around to get- ting under way, Silliman made up for the late start by its spirit and organization car- ried over from last spring. The Student Coun- cil had set up the fall social schedule by the time other colleges were handing out dining hall cards, and Captain Toby Brigham and ex-Captain John Isaacs could be seen in the quad flexing their muscles and getting in shape for the arduous ' Mander football sea- son before uniforms had been given out. In- coming sophomores, laden with trunks and suitcases, had to duck the flying soccerballs of Captain Bill Goodwin ' s charging booters. The giant presses of the Sillimascope under the guiding hand of editor John Linck had the headlines confidently set up before any- thing had happened. Into this atmosphere of intense activity and excitement stumbled Sil- liman Senior aides — chief aide Joe Siphron, returning from a schedule of riotous living with the Whiffs to one of staggering com- mitments; librarian Dick Mayor, pale and wan from a summer of high finality on Wall Street; and athletic aide Joe Johnson, re- cuperating from a summer ' s vacation at Ft. Sill, Oklahoma. However, once the prevailing tide of optimism and preparation had swept up these doughty stalwarts, Silliman was not to be denied in its fall activities. Bulwarked by its immense manpower re- sources, the Silliman football team often boasted a squad twice the size of its oppo- nents. Led by its many all-league selections — Brigham, Isaacs, Cragin, Rhinelander, Thieme, and Gustafson — the team swept to its second straight undefeated season in league play, climaxed by a tie with Branford for the 1954 college championship and joint claim to the Brink Thorne trophy. Toby Brigham realized the lineman ' s dream by catching a blocked punt in the end zone, thus scoring the winning touchdown against TD and regaining for Silliman the coveted O ' Toole trophy. Ted Flynn, Bill Kenney, Bo Foster, and Gail Dull hung up their shoes after three loyal years of fighting for the old red and green. The Silliman soccer team, sparked by its new green and yellow shirts, also achieved an undefeated season to rank as intercollege champions. Dave Tyson and Ham Southworth vied for sco ring honors, assisted by Reichen- bach, Tennant, Irish, Goodwin, Guthrie, and captain-elect Welch. The team scored twenty- five goals while giving up only five, a tribute to the goal-tending of Dennis McCarthy. In the season finale the team downed Harvard ' s Leverett House, 2-1, to win the Harkness cup. Incidentally, of the three intramural games that Yale won at Harvard, Silliman won two, as the football team also beat Dud- ley House, 7-0. HO After a slow start the touch football team, manned by a loyal nucleus of Johnson, Al- lenby, Husted, Hecht, and MacLaughlin, climbed to third place. Noteworthy perform- ances were turned in by many who could only play in a few games. When the last results of all sports were in, Sillman ended the fall season with a comfortable lead in the Tyng cup standings. Fall brings football weekends, and Silli- man as us ual was ready to oblige its social lions. The first event sponsored by our patri- archal student council was a dance Cornell weekend, followed by the traditional dinner dance Dartmouth weekend. The Princeton dance, high-lighted by a Halloween motif of candles, pumpkins, skeletons, and mysterious footprints, found many ' Manders drowning their sorrows in seabreezes and orange blos- soms. The following afternoon Ken Gergen, sophomore council member, arranged a jazz session in the common room with a touch of elegance in the form of coffee, sherry, and French pastries. Performing during intermis- sion, the Ambystomians, Silliman ' s own in- formal singing group, demonstrated that they were an up-and-coming group. Besides these organized social affairs, Silliman men found many ways to keep themselves amused, from the smoke-filled card casino in 1868 to John Packard ' s elegant Princeton party, featuring the Whiffenpoofs. The approach of Christ- mas vacation stirred the Salamanders ' Yule- tide spirit, which found expression in the second annual eggnog and caroling party. Accompanied by an excellent brass group, which was organized and conducted by band president Bob Bannister, the joyful songsters marched in procession to Timothy Dwight, the Old Campus, and Berkeley, where T. C. Mendenhall rewarded them with two cases of beer. This kept the carolers warm until they could return to the Silliman quad and quaff eggnog, prepared and served by the council. To provide yet another excuse for not studying, Silliman offered many college extra- curricular activities. Besides its social func- tions the student council was instrumental in installing a basketball goal in one of our five squash courts through the help of Shorty Williams. Miles Snyder, the council ' s work- horse and relatively honest treasurer, served his fourth consecutive term. Ken Gergen and the other council members prepared a Silli- man handbook for incoming sophomores: and proposed projects included a chapel room, exercise room, and a new pool room. The mouthpiece of the college was the Sillima- scope, led by its crusading editor, John Linck, who stood fearlessly opposed to discrimina- tion in the dining hall and treading on the grass. Readers eagerly awaited Dick Husted ' s latest sports scoop and Uncle Georgie ' s So- 81 So Stories (with apologies to Walt Kelly). The Ambystomians, held in some kind of harmony by taskmaster John Reichenbach and assisted this year by a talented group of underclassmen, offered an outlet for gifted shower singers. The Silliman dramat enjoyed something of a renaissance this year thanks to the interest and assistance of Guelfo Frulla. After the Christmas dinner the group put on an enjoyable presentation of The Tragical History of Pyramus and Thisbe from Mid- summer Night ' s Dream, highlighted by the fierce roaring of Howard Greene and the mock heroics of Louis Pryor. A three-act produc- tion was planned for release in the spring. Forbes Dewey, Bob Hoag, and Dick Piatt have been instrumental in invigorating the college debating club. Besides participating in the regular schedule of intercollege de- bates, the group, advised by Mr. Howard Lamar, arranged debates with various groups outside the university ami held sessions to practice extemporaneous speaking. Silliman has always had it share of promi- menl university figures. This year entry G contained one-quarter of the Whiffenpoofs, counting Froggy Townsend, enough for any entry. Silliman had controlling stock in the Charities Drive through Gung-ho High- tower and Awfully Shoe Stu Cragin. The Entry L Downtown A. C. contributed grap- plers Theriault, Molinet, and captain Kousi, pole-vaulter Work, fencer Moore, track cap- tain Thresher, and football tackle Hender- son. The rival Uptown A. C. in entry G, un- able to boast such an impressive list of var- sity regulars, countered quantity with quality in Silliman ' s greatest guy, tennis captain Sam English. Entry G followed a policy of athletic de-emphasis this year by concentrat- ing its talents on college and informal sports. As in the past, Silliman was a stronghold of Yale intellectuals, as may be seen in the large number of Phi Beta Kappa members, including seniors Allen, Churchill, Cieciuch, Mayor, Rossman, and Weiss and juniors Pear- son, Rawdon, and Young. Silliman is the home of the struggling, but rising Collegiate Press, which has not had to look beyond the quad for its top talent, president Phil Lottinville and vice-president Steve Mandel. Among this organization ' s publications are Gargoyle and Comment magazines. Boasting spirit to spare, Silliman loaned out Frank Galloney and Al Lieberman as University cheerleaders. Other campus notables included Joe Johnson, Junior Prom treasurer; John Hightower, president of the Yale Key; George Montgomery and Phil Kampf, loose- ly connected with the old lady of York Street ; and Bo Foster, Frank Moore, and Joel Hunter of the Banner. Winter term found the Salamanders slight- ly running out of gas athletically. The B basketball team, led by veterans Dave Tyson, Jim Glenn, and Mike Feeney, was going strong in its attempt to better its second place finish last year. The A basketball team had already bettered its last year ' s rec- ord by winning two games. Talent like Ed Wall, Bill Kenney, Malcolm Guilo, Pete Dyke, Chuck Woodin, and Joe Bizzozero, should contribute to continued improvement. The swimming team — i.e., Gus Gustafson — was severely overworked, and the graduation of last year ' s matchless handball team necessi- tated widespread reorganization in that sport. Joe Johnson, rising to the occasion with the true devotion of a conscientious athletic aide, picked up handball in November and played number two on the team. Under the leader- ship of player-coach-captain John Rhine- lander the hockey team was out to improve its 3-4-1 record of last year. Prospects in- clude Stu Cragin, Henry Caulkins, Herb Mc- Laughlin, Jim McCaffrey, John Treadway, and Maurice DeLand. Spring brought many beautiful things to Silliman — soft sunlight on the tower after dinner, mating dances by pigeons in the quad, and hi-fi victrola contests between the old and new sections. Joe Siphron could be seen getting his yearly exercise, practicing golf shots in the quad. Froggy Townsend was seen chucking to his battery-mate, Mike The- baud, and Silliman ' s spacious athletic field became the scene of many stickball games. Spring also brought what is fast becoming a Silliman tradition, the omnibus trip to a girls ' college. Last year ' s Salamanders en- gaged in various athletic enterprises, a picnic, and dance at Mt. Holyoke. The climax of the spring social season was College Weekend, celebrated by a dramat production, Tang Cup race, room parties, semi-formal dance, and a college outing. Last year the tradi- tional Tang Cup race pitted Silliman ' s tux- ««.. , s B ' i t l edo-garbed gentlemen against TD ' s painted African savages. The ' Mander team easily defeated their uncouth rivals. There were others besides students who contributed to the life in Silliman. Pete Wes- terman ' s Collegiate Sinfonia brought enjoy- ment and prestige to members of the college, and few will forget the ray of sunshine that started each day with Cecile ' s Good Morn- ing in the dining hall. Through the pro- gram of Workshop Talks students got an op- portunity to discuss interesting topics with Silliman ' s exceptional group of fellows. De- spite his other duties as Dean of the Music School, compiler of a new hymnbook for Battell Chapel, and coordinator of Yale ' s music centennial, Mr. Noss found time to be interested and active in college functions. Every member of Silliman has enjoyed the hospitality of the master and his wife at one or more of their informal parties. Under the helpful hand of Mr. Noss, Silliman can ex- pect continued spirit and activity. — George T. Allen — John P. Isaacs TIMOTHY DWIGHT COLLEGE Thomas G. Bergin, Master THE unusually late opening of classes in the fall of 1954 — thanks to the eccen- tricities of that dear and doddering old in- stitution, the University Calendar — found many of those distinguished gentlemen for- tunate enough to be returning to Timothy Dwight College veritably champing at the bit to get back at the books. Like so many little pack rats, young men scurried back and forth with bits of furniture, rugs, and old Merritt Parkway signs in furious attempts to deco- rate their bowers before the winter should set in. Sure enough, the Service Bureau had been up to its old tricks again, coating the walls of some of the rooms with a gray paint, the inspiration for which could only have come from the underside of some marine specimen found floating in the New Haven harbor. But nothing daunted, the individu- ality of the Prexies made itself manifest in curious and wonderful decorative schemes, which varied all the way from walls painted a vibrant tomato red to walls decorated with Incan Sun Ritual masks. Once the old whirl of classes began, had it not been for the enterprising activity of John Montgomery and his Social Activities Committee, the celibate existence of the Tim- othy Dwight community might have gone uninterrupted until Christmas. As it was, college parties on the Cornell, Dartmouth, and Princeton weekends provided a welcome and well-planned respite from academic en- deavor. In an unguarded moment the making of the punch for two of these occasions was left to a local cavalier group, which produced an elixir that dissolved two of the dining hall ' s best sterling ladles. The Sophomore Banquet, under the direction of the Student- Fellows Committee, provided an opportunity for the Fellows of the College to meet the new Sophomore class, as well as for the Soph- omores to become better acquainted with that member of the Senior Class who was acting as his counselor, and the Mott Woolley Coun- cil provided some six and one-half gallons of wine for the parties preceding the dinner. The more athletic contingent of the Col- lege did not let the unseasonably fair autumn weather go to waste, but entered valiantly into the fall program of intra-mural sports. Bill Bennethum ' s mighty eleven, starring among others Messrs. Cavanagh, Fleischmann and Mashburn, did not fare too well, losing all games by small margins, which indicated a strong defense if nothing else. Art Bald- win ' s touch team fared somewhat better, placing third in the league and giving prom- ise of better years to come, since Sophomores O ' Hearn, Halperns and Case did a great deal to spark the team. TD soccer held its own, winning about half the games, and here again the promise for the future was good, for 85 Captain Holzhauer and McLaren, Tyson, and Chubb will be back next season. The Thanksgiving holiday came and went, and Christmas, with its Student Agency men and soggy New Haven weather, was upon us. The College blossomed forth in evergreen wreaths, and the Christmas Tree was some- what ineffective due to a somewhat stuffy fire law prohibiting the use of lights. An air of energetic, if not rather over-exuberant, holi- day joviality descended over the College, and the annual Christmas Party was its usual great success. The Fellows of the College gave financial and moral support to cocktail parties, and after a really admirable dinner, the TD Glee Club, directed by Don Eddy, and the TD Dramat, under the direction of the drama school ' s Harry Ritchie, gave sparkling performances which, with the unde- niable assistance of some after-dinner port pro- vided by the Mott Wool- ley, made the evening a memorable event. Throughout the fall p.nd winter, the TD Fo- rum, spearheaded by Dirk Fenn and Richard Druse, brought a num- ber of very distinguished guests to the College and the University. Hugh Gregg, former Governor of the State of New Hampshire, lived in the College for a week as a Chubb Fellow and met with the students on many occasions to talk about his experi- ences in politics. Dean Acheson, former Sec- retary of State, was scheduled to appear as a Chubb Fellow in February, and the possi- bility that Thomas Dewey would appear in the same capacity later in the spring whetted the interest of all concerned. University Pres- ident A. Whitney Griswold came before the Forum in January to hold an informal off- the-record question-and-answer session and proved himself an engaging diplomat as well as a warm personality. The Junior Class elected two new members to the Mott Woolley ■ p p p p p p ga Mike ., perd and Dick Eckart— B and the Sophomores elected their first repre- sentative in the person of John Halpern. The Council seemed to find its membership and its functions expanding un- der the genial hand of Tom Bergin, Master of Timothy Dwight The Council acquired three new ex officio voting 86 memberships, the Social Activities Chairman (John Montgomery), the Chairman of the Sophomore Counselors (Gale Back), and the Editor of the Town Crier I Bob Kim ) , in addition to passing new and rather complicated election procedures. These changes were seen as a part of a general growth of the Council ' s functions from the sim- ple administration of the Mott Woolley Fund toward becoming an Advisory Council to the Master on all matters of general College concern. This in turn was indicative of the way the new Master preferred to deal with College affairs, and also of the growth of a new kind of esprit de corps within the Col- lege, which was breaking away from the tradition of being exclusively for engineers. As a fairly direct result of the tendency of the Council to expand its functions, one of the greatest debates to occur was the one concerning the future of the College Snack Bar. While soap-boxes groaned under the weight of orators, Council Members groaned under the weight of the oratory, and what may have been the long- est meeting in the his- tory of the Council fi- nally broke up with a moratorium on the en- tire question, a referen- dum to the College at large, and a great deal of confusion all around. As the second semes- ter got under way, the various winter and spring sports made their appearance. Joe en- nik, who played varsity hockey, took on the job of coaching the TD hockey team, which held good promise since experienced men like Eldon Scott, Bob Jack- son, Barry Games, Tom Arnold, and Sam Lightnin ' Morse were out at the first prac- tice session. Bob Denney headed the TD swimmers, who had lost a number of men to the varsity teams and were therefore reserved in their predictions of TD success. Charlie Rose and the A basketballers, including Pete Battista, Jack Flobeck, and Lou Fro- man, kept their hopes up in the face of a not-too-promising beginning: but dem B boys, cap ' ned by John Feeley, was not doin ' so pretty good at last report. Pete Dunn, Rog Soderberg and Ronnie Ragen took up the flesh. But the end of another year was in sight, and it became easier to imagine oneself loafing through another lazy summer just like the one that had become so tiresome by last October. With spring and rising sap came College Weekend, the Tang Trophy contest and, best of all, the beginning of training for those members talented in guzzling. Before the eyes of TD ' s new Freshmen (who certainly should have been shocked, if they weren ' t) the older members of the College displayed varying amounts of talent at pouring beer down their backs, their fronts, their pants, and sometimes even their throats. The baccha- nal came off with hilarious success, and the Social Activities Committee and Dick Dillon ' s TD Dramat contributed to create the proper racquet for college squash, and various other TD ' ers went out for golf, tennis, and or crew as was their wont. Spring vacation, again of a luxurious length, saw the less impecunious portion of the lodge membership strike out for points south and, along with the student body of almost every other American university, over- run Fort Lauderdale, Bermuda, and Miami. Upon their return the annual bevy of Court- yard Tummy-Toasters vied with the blooming magnolia tree in giving the College that rosy pink glow so typical of incandescing human atmosphere for TD men and their dates. With that, another year came staggering to a close. Seniors left, uniformly a little sur- prised that they were so sorry to leave, and Juniors and Sophomores looked forward to doing the whole show over again next season with the same material but a different cast. The listing of the Dramatis Personnae of the Class of 1956, which mysteriously appeared in the Town Hall one night, gave a graphic and highly perceptive preview of the char- acters who would take the leads next autumn. So, entrusting all their worldly possessions to the tender mercies of Messrs. Cohen and Powe ll, the Prexies once more folded their books and somewhat gladly, somewhat sadly, but in no case silently, stole away. — Gale W. Back 88 IDfinn ii n II  r II If i i ■i-ir 11 — i w TRUMBULL COLLEGE John S. Nicholas, Master TO an outsider the residential colleges on our campus seem very much alike. Yet to those who live within them, it is a well known fact that each college has a personality of its own, that which makes it unique and singular to its members. Trumbull ' s appear- ance from the outside is much like that of its neighbors, and like its neighbors it watches a wide cross section of Yale pass through its portals. It has weenies and shoes, intellectuals and jocks, bursary and non-bursary students, high school gradu- ates and prep school graduates. But out of this variety emerges Trumbull ' s unique per- sonality. This is the smallest college at Yale and has an atmosphere of intimacy and cama- raderie, it is the college adjoining the Ster- ling Library, the college of the Beer ' N Bike Race. And high upon his throne, overlooking a court named for him, sits Potty, the philosopher of Trumbull College, gravely musing over the lives of his charges. Much of Trumbull ' s personality comes from Dr. Nicholas, its able master. Although he is extremely busy and active in a multi- tude of non-college responsibilities he finds lime to devote himself whole-heartedly to the concerns of Trumbull and its students. Now turn back to a pleasant Saturday morning, Spring 1954. A crowd was gathered in the Trumbull courtyard. Beside thirteen bicycles stood thirteen peculiarly dressed young men. An odd little fellow in coat and tails with a top hat was waving his arm at thirteen other peculiarly dressed young men. A whistle blew, thirteen quart bottles of beer rose in unison, and rapidly spilled their contents into eager mouths. The bottles dropped, the cyclists were off, and the third annual Trumbull Beer N Bike Race was under way. At each relay point another quart of beer swooped down to oblivion, and an- other team member hopped on the bike. It was a fast race all the way with the usual heroics in both drinking and riding, along with the usual casualties from both fields of endeavor. The OFCAC ' s were the first to cross the Poughkeepsie finish line and were the special heroes for the day at Vassar, but all were warm ly received. Winner ' s time: four hours, twenty-six minutes. College Weekend found Trumbull in the usual uproar. Morris Wattstein ' s band played for the Friday night open-air dance in Pot- ty ' s court, while happy couples deftly ducked flying missiles playfully thrown from above by admiring onlookers. Saturday it rained, and everything was wet except the undamped spirits of the Trumbullians who migrated to Fisherman ' s Nook for a picnic and dance. It was a good year for Trumbull, but it had its moment of lasting tragedy. An automobile 90 returning from Vassar late at night was in- volved in an accident, and the Yale Campus awoke the next morning to find that Dean Temple was dead. Dean Temple, of the class of 1954, had been extremely active in Trum- bull activities, and especially in intramural athletics. His many friends have established in his memory the Dean Temple Memorial Trophy, to be awarded each year to that senior of Trumbull who most closely ap- proximates the high level of interest and ver- satility in Trumbull athletics exemplified by Dean. Exams came and went, the seniors prepared for graduation and the rest of Trumbull de- parted for the summer, some for ROTC camps or cruises, some for travel to Europe and other places, others to get jobs in order to earn the money for the next school year. Then September rolled around again and the day of return drew the wanderers back to these well worn walls. Potty, looking rather weatherworn since donning his last new coat, stretched, scratched, and left his comfortable seat on the roof to get a quick look at the new faces and to refresh his memory of the old. Satisfied, or not, he resumed his position for another year. It was not long before football weekends were occupying the energies of the Trumbull crew. Trains brought scores of lovelies to warm the hearts of the lonely, and parties brought refreshments to warm the spirits of dater and dateless alike . . . not to mention opportunities for the bird dogs. The rooms of Trumbull resounded with the bleat of Dixieland and Tom Lehrer while the courts vibrated with the clang of beer cans. One very inclusive party Princeton weekend oc- cupied the top two floors of entry H. This year ' s favorite chief aide, Phil Durand, ea- gerly entertained with his gilded guitar and such forms as that of John Evans, Tom Jacobs, George Crawford, and the reserved and scholarly Jim Haynes could be recog- nized amid the tangle. The Trumbull dinner dances were enjoyed during the Fall term. These affairs afforded a subdued atmosphere for dining, music and dancing afterwards, and then the late evening left the Bulls to their own devices. It was rumored that Tony Kris was almost intrigued into venturing a step or two. This should be ample testimony to their success. Mid-terms exams turned attentions to the books and things became momentarily quiet. It was not long, however, before the ordeal was over, leaving only minor scars. Fall also brought a new crop of sopho- mores to feed into the intramural mill, and Trumbull moved into its athletic year with new vigor under John Darrah, the Chief 91 Athletic Aide. The football team showed great improvement over the previous year, winning one, tying two, and losing two. Had the team had the material at the beginning of the season that it had at the end, the re- sults might have been even more favorable. Silliman opened the Trumbull schedule by handing the Bulls a 20-0 loss, but it was the only big defeat of the season. Trumbull bounced back to defeat Timothy Dwight, 6-0, and played Calhoun to a 6-6 tie. The ground defense grew stronger as the season progressed, but a weak pass defense allowed Berkeley to complete two long aerials to down the team, 13-7. But the highlight of the Bulls ' season came when high-riding Branford, champions of the South league, found the Trumbull forward wall completely impenetrable. Branford ran nine plays from within the Bulls ' three yard line, but to no avail. Co-captains Al Novak and Dave Searles sliced through the Branford wall as if it did not exist, while Bobby Erwine, Joe Mc- Carthy, and Bill Wurster plugged up the rest of the line. The game ended in a 0-0 tie. Novak, Searles, and Durand made the all-star team, while Fred Laux was elected to the all- star second team. A spirited Trumbull soccer team gave a good account of itself, finishing in fourth place with a record of four wins, three losses, and two ties. Trumbull ' s touch football team suffered from a lack of organization, but cer- tainly had as good a time as anyone while playing. The results were mostly exercise, hut the Bulls did defeat Calhoun by a score of 14-12. And so the Fall term moved along. Brother Jonathan ' s birthday was enthusiastically cele- brated with a supper party. Everyone sat back, pleasantly full, but a bit uneasily, un- der the stern gaze of his portrait which hangs forbodingly at the far end of the dining hall, while Dr. Nicholas and Professor Hilles took their turns at refreshing the Trumbull tra- dition. Thanksgiving brought a fine turkey sup- per with all the trimmings and a welcome four day vacation. It was about this time that Phi Beta Kappa elections were announced and Trumbull ' s contribution, Bill Blanpied, Bill Donegan, and Ed Socolow, could be easily identified Dec. 4th by their noticeable attempts to act as casual as possible. Alas at this time a separate group of Trum- bullites could be seen dashing to and from Yale Station in a constant state of jitters. Their dilemma was familiarly dubbed the mail box trots but they were actually only the senior crop of pre-meds waiting to hear from medical schools. This accounts for Sandy Solomon ' s familiar stand in the kitchen at mealtime awaiting his special ulcer diet plate. Soon, one by one, all were accepted and fell happily into the post-acceptance slump. Then time rolled around for the Christmas party and with it the realization that the Fall term had again slipped rapidly by. 92 Everyone donned his grey flannels and pa- raded into the dining hall to enjoy one of the season ' s high points in the company of the Master and Fellows of the college and their wives. Santa, looking strangely lumpy and suspiciously like Durand, made his visit, wishing all a Merry Christmas and remind- ing them meanwhile, feed the birds. After the gifts were given, a new Fellow was ac- cepted into the college. Dr. Nicholas formally accepted Rev. Mr. C. Lawson Willard as a Fellow of Trumbull College. The following Sunday Dr. and Mrs. Nicho- las ' informal Christmas Party was held at the Master ' s house, and, with Tom Griswold at the piano, all enjoyed Yuletide singing, adjourning later to the dining room to do justice to eggnog and cake. These were the major events of the year, and though they were an integral part of Trumbull, it was the familiar everyday oc- currences and the personalities which gave Trumbull its particular flavor and atmos- phere. Familiar to all were the morning inter- ruptions of the janitor to empty the waste baskets, which were often at most only a minor portion of the rubble; being awakened at seven-thirty by the screams of the Hill- house Chorus as it moved slowly, too slowly, up Elm Street; the meal time concerts on the student lounge piano which often resulted in eating breakfast to the Charleston; re- peated attempts to study in the library while a victrola rasped persistently in the court- yard; the fast Spring games of touch football on the courtyard grass while Dr. Nick is momentarily not looking; standing in line in the dining hall when one was either not clever or not fast enough to beat the noon rush. There were the 10 P.M. migrations to the snack bar, better known as Bud ' s Place, where smiling Bud Ahrens happily took one ' s money and gave in return eats and an excuse for interrupting studies for an hour or so; Darrah ' s pity-inspiring mealtime efforts to complete the ranks of the football team in time for the afternoon game: and Charley Krause looking rather worn after a night at W. Y. B. C. In the Master ' s office Mrs. Sperling ' s friendly smile imparted an at ease feeling to all who entered. Miss Macchi rapidly es- tablished herself as a familiar and decidedly appealing Trumbull personality. And what would Trumbull have been without the warm- ing good morning of Veronica as she was hazily seen through bleary seven-thirty eyes? To state the obvious, it was the totality of everything, the personalities, events, and in- cidents which made the college; what will be remembered and what forgotten depends upon the particular individual. It is certain that those who have shared in making Trum- bull the fine college that it is have found here much to be valued and will depart with many warm and lasting memories. — William L. Donecan — Stephen S. Evans 93 1 il • gpfc a yale anthology The extra-curricular activities at Yale provide a significant medium for creativity and the expression of undergraduate thought. They give the student an opportunity to exercise his abilities in a manner which the curriculum of study by and large does not offer; and, in so doing, they attract a large portion of the student body. The courses in the curriculum that do provide opportuni- ties similar to those offered by these activities are feu: and far between. One of these — English 77 — is the most popular composition course in the University. Its daily themes are a source of writing of superior quality. Last year the Yale Banner published its first Yale Anthology. In this, the second anthology, the editors of the Banner once again present a representative sampling of what they, in conjunction with faculty members and heads of the various organizations, feel to be the best work produced by undergraduates at Yale this year. The McCarthy Rally An editorial from . f THE YALE DAILY NEWS A New Kind of Terror by Roger D. Stone Last night, spurred on by arm-waving speakers, a Wisconsin high school band, and a twitchy jazz singer, 12,000 tumultuous people gathered in Madison Square Garden to pay tribute to their hero, Joe McCarthy. Joe himself wasn ' t there, but even without him, his cohorts managed to outdo Liberace in appeal- ing to the unthinking emotionalism and sentim entality of their audience. One after another, the speakers ascended the podium and made McCarthy into a martyr trapped by what they inferred was a cold-blooded and slightly pink executive branch of the government. Overlooking the facts, they raised the roof with militant cries of fighting Americanism, and, disregarding the real issues of the censure movement, they made irrational appeals to mother- hood, to religion, to our forefathers, and to America ' s military forces. . . . . . . The doctrines of dangerous nationalism and false patriotism stirred them beyond the reason which they seem never to have enjoyed. They hissed when Senator Fulbright, accused of the heinous crime of using the word phony in reference to Joe and his elbow trouble, was referred to as a typical Rhodes Scholar. They did not stop to consider the merits of co-existence, but pounced on it as an executive plot to place the communists in a position of power. They said, We ' ve got the makings of a good third party here and We ' ve got to get rid of the pink professors in the colleges — yes, colleges, they ' re the worst. . . . . . . Intellectualism was made a villain as evil as the Daily Worker, and educa- tion was implicity transformed into a breeding-ground for misguided liberalism, responsible for many of the country ' s problems. Instead of rationalism, a blind faith was urged. 95 Then they extended the scope to the spiritual. Talking under the aegis of his Catholicism, a priest in delivering his invocation mentioned the slanted press, slanted radio, and slanted television of this country. Brandishing the sword of the militant church as a guise to express his own political views, he carried with him the sentiments of every ardent churchgoer in the audience. The military men equated McCarthy and his ism with aggressive democracy. They appealed to the audience in what one of them termed the concise, clipped logic of the cockpit. The fact that what they said was often senseless was irrelevant. They had defended our homeland, and they were right. . . . . . . The people in the Garden last night were crusadingly, frantically eager to pursue what they considered the true course of Americanism. The man in the crowd was right when he said that there was the makings of a good third party here. And the party cannot be combatted with cool logic because the people in it have only one hero-worshipping thought on their minds. Unfortunately, it must be fought near its own level, by setting up the gov- ernment itself as the patriotic protector of each individual ' s interests. Propa- ganda — especially dangerous propaganda such as that displayed in the Garden last night — will never be curbed by armchair intellectuals. The government can ' t just be right. It has to be a hero, too. — ROGER D. STONE, 1955, a resident of Say brook College, is chairman of the Yale Daily News, and a member of Torch Honor Society and the Elizabethan Club. A cartoon from THE YALE RECORD -JAQUELIN T. ROBERTSON, 1955, a resident of Jonathan Edward College, is a mem- ber of the Torch Honor Society and the Pundit , Managing Editor of the Yale Record, and a Rhodes Scholar. 96 W4LD0 by Aubrey L. Goodman, Jr. A story from THE YALE RECORD The cab stopped in front of the Biltmore, and my father and I got out. You have a few minutes before train time, he said. Let ' s go in here and sit down. . . . . . . Wish I were going up with you, my father said. Want me to ride up with you and see that everything ' s okay? No, I guess not, I said. Oh, he said, one thing. When you do get up there and things start rolling, I hope you won ' t try to stick to all your old friends. And don ' t think that coming from Andover makes you special. It doesn ' t. It doesn ' t? It used to, but it doesn ' t anymore. When I went down to Yale from Andover, we had our own close group. But don ' t waste any time looking for the Andover clique now. It isn ' t there. Not anymore. It ' s a myth. Like Waldo. Waldo. All my life I had heard people, not just my father, but other men who had been at Yale while my father was there back in the twenties, talk about Waldo. And from the many stories I had heard about him, I evolved a pretty clear, but certainly romantic, picture of Waldo. Waldo was a hero of Yale. Not just the hero of the athletes or the intel- lectuals or the fraternity men: he was everyone ' s hero. He seemed to have some mysterious glow inside him that attracted people to him. They watched him when he walked down the street, they crowded around him at parties, pro- fessors were glad to have him in their classes, and girls from Smith and Vassar actually begged to be introduced to him. Waldo possessed all the golden qualities of Dink Stover and Amory Blaine. He was tall, had very green eyes and close-cut blond hair, and all his clothes, even his underwear, came from Brooks. He drove a fast yellow convertible and never got a ticket for speeding. The curious thing about Waldo was that no one really ever got close enough to him to know him. Waldo was just there; he just was. No one knew where he lived. He was seen dancing at parties in New York during Christmas vaca- tion; he went to Bermuda in the spring; and he could usually be found in Paris during the summers. What exactly did Waldo do? Well, he drank a bottle of beer for breakfast and a split of champagne with his lunch every day. He liked to play mild practical jokes; he liked to put live goldfish in toilets! His sophomore year, at the Harvard- Yale game, he and his date rode out to the Bowl on a beautiful white horse. His junior year, he brought Joan Crawford to the prom, and they danced the Charleston for forty-five minutes without stopping. Another time he was involved in a rather elaborate stunt: Waldo let his feet be strapped to the wings of an airplane which took off and flew under the Brooklyn Bridge, with Waldo standing up, waving happily at his friends standing up on the bridge. . . . . . . You won ' t find anyone like Waldo up at Yale today, my father said. Waldo could only have existed back in the twenties. You boys now — you ' re scared and worried about the army and another war and making a living when you get out of school and all serious and grim, because you have to be. But nobody blames you. That ' s just the way things are. People don ' t really know 97 how to enjoy themselves anymore, and if they did, they couldn ' t. . . . . . . The train pulled into New Haven about four, and I took a cab up to the Old Campus. It was a sad afternoon: it was cold and raining, and the buildings looked grey and dirty, the sky was grey, the streets were grey, and even the people I saw on the street (a woman slapping her child while they were waiting for a light, a filthy old drunk falling down on the sidewalk) — they looked grey and tired. I picked up my room key and walked over to Vanderbilt. There was nobody around. No one was in the room. Bill, my roommate from Andover, had not arrived, neither had our two new roommates. I went into one of the small bed- rooms, took off my overcoat, and stretched out on one of the iron beds. And I fell asleep. It was dark when I woke up. I heard someone whistling in the other room. When I went out into the living room, I realized that the whistling was coming from the other bedroom. I saw a large steamer trunk with Cunard stickers on it, two unopened bottles of beer on the windowseat, and, on the mantle, a framed photograph of Marilyn Monroe and a tall young man, both in bathing suits, standing on some beach, with their arms about each other ' s waists. The whistling stopped. I turned around and looked at one of my new room- mates, who was holding a bowl of goldfish. He had very green eyes and close- cut blond hair. Hello, he said, smiling. I ' m Waldo. — richard M. heller, 1955, is a member of the Dramat, the Yale Literary Magazine, and a resident of Pierson College. Lyrics from STOVER at YALE by Richard M. Heller THE YALE DRAMATIC ASSOCIATION It ' s that old Yale Fence We sat on it ' til we had dents It ' s ideal in winters Snow cushions the splinters On that old Yale Fence. It ' s that old Yale dance Where your feet really don ' t stand a chance ' Cause you ' re playing footsies With four thousand tootsies At that old Yale dance. It ' s those old Yale chimes You can hear them just so many times They ' ll make any song play Exactly the wrong way Those goddam chimes. It ' s that old Dwight Hall They ' re the holiest group of us all W illi chapel bells chiming They go on social climbing It ' s a good, clean hall. It ' s that old Yale tomb It ' s surrounded by sanctified gloom Yes, everything ' s res ' ful For the ninety successful In that old Yale tomb. It ' s those old Yale men In the springtime they come back again With typical prudence Corrupt all the students hat grand old men. -Richard M. HELLER, 1955, is a member of the Dramat, the Yale Literary Maga- zine, and a resident of Pierson College. 98 A cartoon from THE YALE RECORD 2 Mmn For God sake, Miss Becker, drop it an octave! -Edward w. ZIMMERMAN, 1955, a member of Berkeley College, is Art Editor of the ale Record. a column from i oi I THE YALE DAILY NEWS Dogs and shadows by Joe Bachelder ON COLLEGES . . . Now, gentlemen of the crumbling bricks and rocks, so soon to cross the bar, you cannot accept such journalistic pansophism. Tradition dictates the inevi- tability of discrepancy among our colleges. Such is and must be. This age of insecurity is no time to attempt change. Rather, we must continue to enshoo the already enshooered. We must ween the weenies into the already enweenied, as it were . . . BRANFORD: Herein must live those benign souls who love Yale for all its Gothic madness. Within the shade of the tallest monument of unreinforced stone in the western hemisphere exist those hardy middlemen of Eli ' s Elysian Fields. They are shoe, but not too shoe. They have the athletic demeanor, but not foully so. They will be the last to fall . . . CALHOUN: With awe and wonder, one passes those walls enshrouding the valiant Ajaxes of the Wild Blue Shoe. In splendor reside the Good Guys and the Better Guys. This, the Jock and Shoe Club. Home for the Stud Bassanios, the Duke Orsinos, and the Frank Merriwells of the Fifties. To these alone should be awarded this nifty cave of red-blooded Yaledom. WOMEN ' S COLLEGES . . . VASSAR: Arlington Annex carries with it the emblematic incertitude of having been founded by a beer baron (product now defunct) and the fausant certainty, to the week end voyager, that he is basking on the ottoman of eastern, aristocratic pulchritude. This is not to deny individuation. Statistically, eight per cent are weeneeites, eighty-eight per cent are just too deb for words, and four per cent detest classification and will go to any length to prove themselves non-members of the two major species. These few tend to be neurotic and one hell of a lot of fun on week ends. Their May Day orgy has been well pub- licized. Mae West brought it appalling prominence when she labeled Gypsy Rose Lee The original weak link in the Vassar Daisy Chain . . . SARAH LAWRENCE: This tweedy Katy Gibbs offers a Park Avenue ap- proach to education. It is the archway to a broad outlook on life and to cocktail socialism with Freudian undertones. This progressive citadel is far enough out not to be Finch and close enough not to be inconvenient. Just as Yale and the marines lead to Time Magazine, so Sarah Lawrence and an apartment in the city lead to Vogue. . . . AND FRATERNITIES ' Twas Friday night. Late. ' Ver late. Your peripatetic reviewer was ensconced atop the wall guiding the madding crowd to and from that lodestone of week end frivolities, that protection against involvement in weekday guttersniping: The Row. CHI PSI: Still rebuilding from the setback thrust upon them by prohibi- tion, these gallant dipsomaniacs breathe deeply of their brotherhood ' s lore. And that breath sticks for life. DKE: . . . And they still scare the hell out of a passer by with guttish growls and lugubrious stares as they squat along their wall on a Friday evening. — JOSEPH E. BACHELDER III, 1955, a resident of Daienport College, is a senior editor of the Yale Daily News, and a member of the varsity debating team and the Elizabethan Club. loo William Buckley by Richard A. Elbrecht A Portrait Study from THE YALE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY -Richard A. elbrecht, 7955, is a resident of Timothy Dwight College, and is the Photographic Editor of the Yale Daily News. 101 jjiipbissjm by David G. McCullough A short story from DAILY THEMES At the far end of the long empty gallery there was a large Renoir that caught her attention and seemed to draw her away from any further study of the walls filled with French Impressionists. We stood and silently looked at the picture for a few moments and it seemed to me that she was almost hypnotized with her eyes fixed in an intent concentration. The picture was of a woman in a white dress — a woman with dark hair and a round face and shining plump arms. Isn ' t it wonderful? she said. It ' s so clean and fresh looking. She ' s like something very ripe. And yet she isn ' t pretty at all. It ' s good all right. Oh, I love it. I love his world. There ' s always so much sunshine — and still it ' s not like — oh, I ' m not sure — but it ' s not like those big pictures in Grand Central Station where there ' s always someone running down a beach. It ' s not that sort of sunshine. And this woman — she ' s not at all like anything you see today. But I think she ' s more real. I think she ' s more alive. I felt her hand on my arm, and I looked down at her. She was smiling and there were little creases around her eyes and her teeth looked very white. We had been walking through the rain most of the afternoon and her hair was still damp and clung to the back of her neck. She looked young and very beautiful. I thought of the rain outside and the way the museum had looked big and gray beyond the rushing cars that splashed dirty water. And I thought of how we laughed when we were inside the door and shaking the water from our coats — and the way she had wiped my face with her handkerchief — and the way her high heels had sounded on the marble floor. Oh, Tom, wouldn ' t it be wonderful to live with something like that? To have all that light and color. Think of having this painting in a room of your own. Why, you ' d have to build the whole room — the whole house — around it. I think it would just take over. Take over us, too, I guess. But that would be good. She looked up at me, and I saw that her eyes were bright. It makes me feel so happy. It ' s like us. DAVID ;. MCCULLOUGH, 1955, is a senior editor of the Yale Daily News, a member of Davenport College, ami of Torch Honor Society. 102 athletics Lose Big Three Gridders Tie For Ivy League Lead IT was a year of contrast for the Yale football fan. There were memorable high spots, and unforgettable low points. The Elis exploded to beat Cornell, 47-21, for their biggest victory since the 1951 Colgate game, and a capacity crowd filled the Bowl for the first time since 1930, to see Army hand the Bulldogs their worst defeat since the Penn game of 1940, 48-7. But most of all there was tension. The 1954 team was supposed to be Yale ' s best since the war, and the campus talked about it, watched it, and hoped for it to an extent un- equalled in recent years. Maybe the tension had a lot to do with the kind of season it turned out to be. The record shows that the team lost its last three games, including the big ones with Princeton and Har- vard, and ended up sharing the Ivy League title with the same Cor- nell team it had beaten so soundly. But no one had a right to be disap- pointed in the team it- self which had given all it had, and was disap- pointing only because too much had been de- manded of it. When the season started, Jordan Olivar was working with a nucleus of seniors and a host of sophomores up from last year ' s unde- feated freshman team. Olivar was not opti- mistic. Whether the games will be wins or losses is the question, he sa id, looking over his untried material. The experts picked Cornell to win the Ivy League race, with Yale and Brown rated near the top. Captain Thorne M. Shugart Coach Jordan Olivar Manager Robert H. Gow Record — 5-3-1 Tied for h y League Championship Muthias and a host of Tiger tacklers But that didn ' t discourage the optimism of the fans, and all it took was a 27-0 opening day victory over Connecticut to send hopes soaring. Actually, most of the student body wasn ' t back from vacation for that game but those that were sat on the shady side of the Bowl for the first time since 1950, and watched Paul Lopata, Dennis McGill, Steve Ackerman, and Dean Loucks, all sophomores, score the touchdowns. Yale used only the sim- plest plays and cleared the bench as the game progressed. The defense was particularly impres- sive, as the Huskies never threatened, and seldom crossed the 50- yard line. But the next week the fans found out a lot of new things. They learned that the shady side of the Bowl was no protection against 88 degree heat, and that things weren ' t going to be easy for the team from here on in. For Brown showed that it deserved its high pre-season rating by fighting to the end as Yale eked out a 26-24 triumph. Both teams showed powerful offenses, and neither, it seemed, had much of a defense. In the first quarter McGill intercepted one of Pete Kohut ' s passes on the Yale 41, and took it all the wav to the Brown 18 before 105 1 • v.. 6 he was chased out of bounds. Six plays later, Bob Brink scored on a quarterback sneak. Kohut ' s passes pulled Brown up to 7-6, but Yale scored again on a 29-yard end run by McGill to open up a 14-6 half-time lead. McGill scored again on a 12-yard run after the Blue took the second half kick without giving up the ball. Brown took over, and Ko- hut ' s marksmanship was again good as he hit Harry Josephson to make it 20- 12. Then Yale scored for the last time as Jim Arm- strong took a pitchout on the opening play of the last quarter. Brown took the kickoff, drove downfield on passes, and scored on a plunge. Then, picking up an Eli fumble, the Bruins marked up another one with two passes from Kohut to Pete Bartuska. Another Blue fumble placed Yale in a dangerous position. But the Yale line saved the day by rushing Kohut hard and taking over on downs as time ran out. The two all- important extra points were kicked by Vern I .on. k- and Phil Mathias. The Columbia game the following week was clow, but not as thrilling. Yale ground out a 13-7 victory, gaining 254 yards rushing and none passing. Clearly the better team, the Mi- had trouble finding storing punch, and might even have lost if it hadn ' t been for a A trio of promising sophomores: Ackerman, Dean Loucks, McGill great defensive play by Armstrong late in the fourth quarter. Trailing 13-7, Columbia began to move on two passes by its 60-minute quarterback Claude Ben- ham. The Lions reached the Yale 39, and with sec- ond and two, Benham threw far downfield. The pass was a sure touchdown if caught, but Armstrong was with the receiver all the way and batted the ball down at the last sec- ond. With only two yards to go for a first down, Co- lumbia elected to run and Lopata and Shugart threw them back on two plays as Yale took over on downs. McGill had started the scoring with a 56-yard run around left end late in the first quarter. Columbia tied it up in the second after recovering one of the Bulldogs ' four fumbles on the Blue 49. Ben- ham ' s passing and the running of Dick Carr and Alex Giampietro were big factors in the drive. Yale ' s line held the Lions to two yards rushing in the second half, while the Hi- picked up 143, but fumbles and frustration marked Yale ' s attempts until Dean Loucks finally sneaked over to win it early in the fourth period. Thing) were different against Cornell the next week in the Bowl. Everything worked at once as the Blue gained 253 yards passing and 106 283 rushing while completely outplaying the Ithacans in a 47-21 score. It was a contest for a little over a half. After a 24-yard pass from Dean Loucks to Lopata had given Yale a 7-0 lead, Cornell intercepted a pass deep in Blue territory and tied it up on a 19-yard end sweep. Then the visitors went ahead on a 65-yard pass play from Bill DeGraaf to John Morris. This was the first time Yale had been be- hind all season, but with By Campbell and Ackerman sparking the attack, the Blue led, 21-14, at half-time. The Elis got a break when a fumble stopped a budding Cornell drive in the third quarter and from then on it was all Yale. Brink ran well on the split-T op- tions, and Connie Corelli had the best day of his career, scoring twice. The game with Colgate was billed as a clash of undefeated teams, and when it was over, both teams were still undefeated. Yale had come from behind to gain a 13-13 tie, then saw the potential winning conversion bounce off the upright to end the game. With Jim Doughan and Paul Lopata spear- heading the defense, Yale contained the vis- itor ' s vaunted split-T ground attack, but long passes by sophomore Guy Martin set up two touchdowns. Behind 13-7, Yale finally began a drive from its own 39 with time running out. The crowd of 37,000 was on its feet continuously as it watched the Elis desperately running their plays out of bounds to stop the clock and calling on a passing attack which hadn ' t worked all day. Finally Vera Loucks made a great diving catch of Bob Brink ' s pass on the one and Brink sneaked over to gain the tie. The big news the next week was sophomore halfback Al Ward. A star with his freshman team, Ward had seen little action until he dramatically burst over left tackle on a modi- fied statue of liberty play and went 70 yards for a touchdown in the second period. Dart- mouth had scored the first time it had the ball on a pass from Bill Beagle to Dick Flagg, so this only tied things up. Ward ' s running sparked another second period drive which ended with Dean Loucks scoring from the two after an exchange of fumbles. Although the Yale line held Dartmouth to — 24 yards rushing and kept Beagle in check the Indians had an ever-present threat in Third Row— Griffith, D.; Henderson, T.; Loud, T.; Lopata, P.; Peet, C; Correll, R.; Jensen, G.; Buzzard, R.; Sharp, G.; Mobley, N.; Loucks, V.; Moneymaker, R.; Frembgen, T.; Thomas, B.; Owseichik, J.; Beers, E. Second Row — Loucks. G.; Sterns, R. Hunsicker, J.; Malloy, T.; Jones, R.; Mark, J.; Ward, A.; McGill, D.; Love joy, W.; Ackerman, S.; Makel, W.; Fritzsche, P.; Ryan, M.; Lunsford, C; Schainman, S.; Darmstaedter, G. Front Row— Hansen, R.; Lopez, J.; Armstrong, J.; Gallaway, R.; Phillips, J.; Shugart, T. (Captain); Gow, R. (Manager); Coker, J.; Cambell, B.; Hawkins, W.; Corelli, C; Mathias, P.; Brink, K. ; Doughan, J. n btk- fet v; 1 -m. iiB r 6 V w y - • ■ Captain Lou Turner. His long runs twice electrified the crowd, but Yale ' s defense stopped Dartmouth both times. It was then that the tension which had been building up all season burst into the open. Unbeaten Yale was meeting powerful Army, rated the top team in the East. This was the game the Bulldogs had been pointing for, and 73,600 fans were there for what one sportf.writer had dubbed the battle of the unstoppable force and the immovable object. The first time the Cadets had the ball, Tommy Bell came over center on a quick opener and went 64 yards to score. The next time Army got the ball, Pete Vann hit Bob Kyasky for the score on a 48-yard pass play. Yale had one moment of glory. With the ous. Ackerman, Tom Henderson, and John Owseichik were out for the season with in- juries, and most of the rest of the team was exhausted. Mentally, the squad must have been terribly beaten; for, cheered on by the fans and local sportswriters, it had really be- lieved it was going to beat Army. But for three quarters of the Princeton game the Elis ran all over the Tigers, hold- ing them to three first downs in the first half; but eight fumbles, six of them recovered by Princeton, completely stymied the Blue attack. A fumble also set up Princeton ' s first pe- riod touchdown, which Royce Flippin scored after a drive which began on the Yale 20. Then on the first play of the fourth quarter, In an overflowing lioul, the beginning of the end. sophomore backfield of Dean Loucks, McGill, Ward and Ackerman operating as a unit for the first time, the Blue drove 74 yards in 17 plays. Loucks, who played his best game of the season, gave a brilliant exhibition of smart and courageous quarterbacking, and Ackerman, who was probably the best Yale player on the field that day, scored the touch- down. But Army ' s fast, devastating attack clicked twice more in the first half, and then rolled to three more scores before both teams began substituting freely late in the game. No one will probably ever know how much of an effect this crushing defeat had on the Yale team. Physically, the losses were obvi- Flippin, who was playing in his first game after being sidelined for nearly a month with a broken wrist, broke loose on a buck lateral and went 70 yards to put the Orange and Black ahead, 14-0. Striking with the deadly sureness that characterized their best play all season, the Elis scored twice to knot the count. A 41-yard pass from Brink to Lopata keynote ! the first drive, and the fine running of Ward and Mc- Gill sparked the second. Brink and McGill scored, and Vern Ixnicks kicked the points. But with less than a minute to play, sub- stitute quarterback Dick Emery threw 36 yards to substitute end Don MacElvvee on tin- three. Flippin scored on the next play, and 108 the Tigers were in, 21-14. The casualties were heavy in this one, too. Corelli, Vern Loucks, Lopata, and Armstrong went to the sidelines with injuries which ended the season for them. Crippled as they were, the Elis still put up quite a battle at Harvard. A first period safety and a third period pass from Brink to Campbell gave them a 9-0 lead, and with McGill running at his best and the defense holding well, Yale looked like the winner. But after the tiring Yale line had made a great stand on its own five, Mathias ' punt took a bad bounce back to the Blue 28. Har- vard didn ' t miss this second chance, and the bruising Crimson ground attack scored in five plays. Jim Joslin, a substitute tailback, had sparked the Cantab offense, and he spearheaded another drive to the Yale 39. There Frank White threw his only completed pass of the season to Bob Cochran for the score that put Harvard ahead, 13-9. The tired Yale team began its last desper- SCENES IN THE SEASONEND DEBACLE A Black Knight scores one of many. A last minute Tiger pass breaks the Bulldog ' s back. A Harvard pass ends Eli victory hopes. ate march, but Harvard finally took over on downs, and that was the season. It was a discouraging way to end the sea- son which had begun with such high hopes. But the most discouraging thing was that the losses to Harvard and Princeton had been so close. In the endless discussions of ifs which followed these games, there was a tendency to forget the concrete things the team had accomplished. Its five victories were all more decisive than the score indicated. At its best, the team was a pleasure to watch, and even when luck was running against it late in the season, it showed a spirit which made it dangerous at all times. Captain Thorne Shugart and center Jim Doughan were named to several all-East teams, and the Athletic Association gave Coach Olivar a new three year contract, al- though his old one still had a year to run. Allow Only 7 iioals Booters Capture Big Three Laurels LED by a large sophomore and junior contingent, Coach Jack Marshall ' s var- sity soccer team compiled a season ' s record of eight wins, two ties, and one loss. The major difference between this year ' s team and the previous year ' s was the all important scoring punch supplied by Captain Whit MacQuarrie, junior Bob Dennen, and soph- omores Mike Cooke and Lars Kulleseid. Next fall ' s captain, Pete Bartlett, starred at goal and held Yale ' s opponents to seven goals in eleven games. Juniors Bruce Dennen and Alex Taylor, right and left halfbacks re- spectively, were also main factors in the de- fensive success of the team. Two sophomores and a senior, Fred Williams, left halfback; Bob Pelletreau, center halfback; and John Howson, right halfback, held down the rest All-American MacQuarrie is halted temporarily. Captain Lawrence W. MacQuarrie Coach John Marshall Manager Alexander R. Thompson, Jr. Record — 8-1-2 Big Three Championship of the defensive positions. Yale ' s potent for- ward line consisted of juniors Bob Dennen and Ed Barlow on the wings and sophomores Mike Cooke and Lars Kulleseid at right in- side and center forward, respectively. Mac- Quarrie filled out the team at left inside. The booters set the season ' s pace when Cooke and Kulleseid led the team to an easy victory over Brown, 2-0. As was to be typical throughout all eleven games, Yale dominated the game both offensively and defensively. Kulleseid and Cooke supplied the scoring punch. In their second victory the booters crushed a weak Connecticut team, 4-0, as Kulleseid sparked the team with two goals. Halfback Pelletreau accounted for the third tally while the most adroitly executed play of the game came in the final period when Howson cen- tered the ball perfectly to MacQuarrie who, with his back to the goal, deftly headed it over the goalie and into the nets. The following Saturday Yale played Navy at Annapolis in one of the finest games of the season. Although the final score was 0-0, the Elis got off 35 shots to the Middies ' 11. Yale controlled the ball except for occasional fast breaks which proved futile before the defensive play of Bruce Dennen, Taylor, and goalie Bartlett. Cornell came to New Haven the next week- end in hopes of destroying the Bulldogs ' un- beaten record, but were set back 2-1. Mac- Quarrie led the booters to an early lead in the first period, but Cornell ' s inside left, Sam Cooper, evened the count in the second quar- ter. The Big Red continued to press the Yale defense until Barlow pounded the ball into the goal in the fourth quarter. no Yale ' s powerhouse opens the season auspiciously, shutting out Broun. Bob Dennen made a last quarter goal to give Yale the victory over previously unde- feated Trinity, 2-1. As in the Cornell game, MacQuarrie gave his team a one goal lead in the second period, only to have the score tied on an unassisted drive by Trinity center forward Ken Swanson. The Springfield game was by far the most heartbreaking encounter of the whole season for Coach Marshall ' s team. The booters not only lost the game 3-2 on a penalty kick, but also forfeited Yale ' s opportunity to win the Ivy League Championship which, due to the high caliber of the soccer teams in the Ivy League, can usually only be won by a team that gains an undefeated season. The Elis, starting very slowly, found them- selves on the short end of a 2-0 score after less than a period of play. Yale fought back strongly and, with the superb playing of All- American Captain MacQuarrie, managed to tie the score by the end of the third period. Throughout the final three periods Yale com- pletely dominated play but could not pull ahead and lost in the last period on a pen- alty kick. The soccermen recovered quickly, defeat- ing their next three opponents to make their season record to date, 7-1-1. First, Wesleyan was crushed 3-1. The Wes- leyan tally in the first minute of the game was tied five minutes later when MacQuarrie took a pass from Cooke and booted it in. Cooke then put Yale ahead 2-1 early in the second period. The captain scored his second goal just before the half ended and Yale controlled the ball for the remainder of the game. In achieving its fourth shutout of the sea- son the Blue squeezed out a victory over Penn, 1-0. The lone goal, scored by Bob Dennen in the first period, seemed to signify an easy victory for Yale, but due to sloppy playing conditions and a revived Penn for- ward line, Yale was forced to call upon all its strength to gain its sixth win of the season. The defeat of Army the following Satur- day by a score of 4-0 gave the Elis their most satisfactory victory to date, not only because the announcement of the victory heartened some very sad football fans but, more im- portant, the win showed that the Yale offense could score with a fair amount of profusion. In handing the Cadets their first shutout in Highly-touted Army was whitewashed. Ill seven years, the team played with the skill, adeptness, and coordination that had been only a potential force in previous games. The Cadets, on the other hand, were baffled when their captain and All-American, Scotty Adams, was completely stifled by the Yale defense. Two five minute overtimes could not bring a victor out of a 1-1 tie in the annual battle between Yale and Princeton. Princeton scored first in the second quarter, Barlow smashed through the Orange defense to tie the score in the fourth period for the final tally. Traveling to Harvard with a record of 7-1-2 the soccer team could still win the Big Three if it could defeat the Crimson. This it did when Captain MacQuarrie scored his twenty-third goal of his varsity soccer career. The game was played in a slight drizzle and haze, making playing conditions around the goal almost impossible, with the result that shots were few and far between. It was not until the end of the third quarter that the winning goal was made, only minutes after a score by Barlow was nullified by an offside penalty. The margin of victory was made by Yale ' s superb defensive playing. It would be difficult to say who were the outstanding players of the season. In addition to the first string were Hiram Maxim, Jamie Carey, Paul Bannerot, and the rest of the substitutes who contributed in every way to the success of the team. Special mention must be made of goalie Pete Bartlett, captain of next year ' s team, who has held Yale ' s oppo- nents to 1.09 goals per game in the two years that he has been the varsity goal keeper. Looking toward the 1955 season, the future is bright with the loss of only two first-string players, Captain Whit MacQuarrie and John Howson, winner of the Walter F. Leeman trophy for that senior who best exemplified the qualities of the man who coached Yale soccer from 1922-1949. Third Row — Marshall, J. (Coach); Pelletreau, R.; Williams, ¥.; Ludington, C; Davis, M.; Kulleseid, L.; Murray, D.; Nyberg, F.; Notz, E, (Assistant Manager). Second Row — King, J.; Elwell, D.; Oniana, C; Kohler, P.; Cooke, M.; Ogden, P.; Maxim, H.; Bitting, W.; Thompson, T. (Manager). Front Row — Barlow, E.; Dennen, B.; Biggs, B.; Barrett, R.; MacQuarrie, L. (Captain) ; Bartlett, P.; Carey, J.; Dennen, R.; Whipple, J. . . • £ r r JV S«CEJ Extend Streak to 127 Swimmers Sweep Easterns, AAU ' s THE ritual of pessimism on the part of coaches was for once swept away by Bob Kiphuth ' s pre-season statement concerning this year ' s varsity swimming team. The Yale coach coolly referred to his squad as the greatest sprint team in the history of world swimming, a title which the year ' s records more than justified. The great swimming mentor went on, however, to point out the weaknesses in other events. No one took him very seriously, for compared with the sprint- ers, the rest of the team was bound to seem weak. The loss of Ken Welch, last year ' s cap- tain and diving star, as well as of several others, was keenly felt but more than com- pensated for by the addition of a group of sophomores from a freshman team the likes of which had only been seen once before at Yale. The prodigious freshman team of 1954 had been ranked in the annals of Yale swim- ming history second only to the famous 3 M ' s frosh team of 1950. The 1955 varsity displayed champion- ship form all through the season, extending the winning streak to 127. The tremendous power of the sprint team was centered in several performers : Kerry Donovan, John Niles, Dave Arm- strong, Rex Aubrey, Sandy Gideonse, Dan Corn well, Joe Robin- son, and Captain Mac Aldrich. This aggre- gation includes three Gideonse, Aubrey, Donovan of the half dozen or so men in the history of the world who have swum 100 yards in less than 50 seconds. The season began with a slaughter. The 64-20 carnage was accomplished effortlessly Captain Malcolm P. Aldrich, Jr. Coach Robert J. H. Kiphuth Manager Arthur W. Grahame, Jr. Record 14 — Big Three Championship Eastern Intercollegiate Championships at the expense of a weak Penn team. This was the first glimpse for the spectators of the new dichotomy in breaststroke, and for most it was a bewildering spectacle. They were pleased, however, by the underwater antics of Bucky Moses who copped first in the or- thodox breaststroke. Don Miller thrashed and splashed according to the new butterfly man- ner in the medley race as the team, which also included DuPont and Aldrich, defeated their Penn counterparts by a whole pool ' s length. With most of the stars in the cheer- ing section the vic- tory over Fordham was nevertheless car- ried out without the loss of a single race. The so-called per- fect score of 76-8 in- dicates this. At the last moment junior Sandy Gideonse was called down from the stands to provide the only excitement of the meet, a sensa- tional 49.8 seconds for the 100 yards free style. The Elis then went on to defeat relax in their natural habitat Brown, also by a per- fect 76-8 score. Win- ners included Gideonse, Thomas, Robinson, and Donovan in the free style, while Moses and Leand took the breaststroke and back- stroke. Columbia ' s effort was only a measure 113 A flying start for the backstroking Gideonse. better than Brown ' s and Fordham ' s as the Lions went down to a 67-17 count. The total points of Penn, Fordham, Brown, and Colum- bia together would not have been enough to have won any one of the four meets. The last team to post a win against the Yale swimmers was Army, but the Elis had more and better motives for this year ' s re- venge, a 70-14 affair. Army had its way on the football field but in the tank it was Yale all the way for its 118th. Despite whole- sale panic brought by dire prognostications, the Blue swimmers had no trouble in crushing Springfield 55-29. Moses provided the only in- terest in the meet by break- ing his own pool mark for the 200 yard orthodox breast- stroke. Cornell made the mis- take of letting the Yale team into its new pool and six rec- ords were established for the lank. The 52-32 defeat is one Cornell will long remember in her record books. Ci l- High above Payne Whitney ' s uuters. eonse ' s 1:30.5 in the 150 yard individual medley was the high point of the meet. Other Cornell pool records were set by Leand, Miller, and Aldrich in the 200 yard medley relay; Armstrong in the 220 yard freestyle; Donovan in the 100 yard freestyle; DuPont in the 200 yard backstroke; and Moses in the 200 yard breaststroke. Kiphuth ' s annual extravaganza, the Swim- ming Carnival, had a purpose besides entertainment. A team of Kerry Donovan, Sandy Gid- eonse, Dave Armstrong, and John Niles set a new world mark for the 400 yard free style relay. The time of 3:21.3 beat an old Yale record of 3:31.6. The uninitiated to the requirements for world ' s rec- ords learned that Aubrey could not swim because he was not of the same national- ity as In- teammates. The for- mer Australian Olympic ace could not represent the U. S. to break a world ' s record. He could, however, represent III Yale in an attempt on the intercollegiate record for this relay. This he did in the UConn meet but the effort was unsuccessful by one-tenth of a second. In spite of victories by UConn ace, Bruce Maxwell, in both the 50 and 100 yard freestyle, the Elis went on to win 63-21. No attempt was made on the relay record in the Navy meet as the Mid- shipmen suffered an over- whelming sinking. The Col- gate meet finally brought suc- cess to the attempts at the relay mark held by Michigan. A Yale team of Donovan, Au- brey, Gideonse, and Arm- strong swam the 400 yards in 3:20.5 to eclipse Michigan ' s mark by 1.4 seconds. Gid- eonse ' s split was a sensational 49.1 while Aubrey turned in a great 49.8. The Red Raiders were the 123rd victim by a 69-20 count. Dartmouth ' s 60-24 scalping saw three minor records set. Moses eclipsed his own mark for the 200 yard breaststroke. Gideonse ' s 1:30.5 Dont just lie there! Do push-ups! set the pool mark again for the 150 individual medley. Dartmouth ' s John Glover, barely edging Kerry Donovan, set a new Dartmouth mark for the 100 yard freestyle, 49.8 seconds. Wesleyan was the last victim before the Big Three encounters. The Middletown hosts pro- vided little opposition for the Yale second stringers and were defeated by a 56-28 count. Jack Whitfield and Jack Erickson had a battle of their own on the one meter board with Whitfield finally squeezing by victorious. Harvard came close to ruining the Elis ' winning streak, but Yale came through in the final race to win 44-40. Princeton, in the season finale, did not offer as much of a threat as they bowed to the Blue 68-17. The Elis splashed to the Eastern championship, and tied for second in the Nationals. Climaxing the season, one of Yale ' s finest swimming teams swept the AAU ' s. Third Row— Jones, T.; Hulshizer, H.; Hiller, W.; Fleming, W.; Leand, P.; Merritt, W.; Markel, M.; Fleming, J.; Rolston, P.; Howes, E.; Wardwell, R.; Phair, J.; Lammert, W.; Niles, J.; Gideonse, H.; Schmelling, K.; Graham, A. Second Row — Douglas, R.; Colgate, S.; Robinson, J.; Carlyle, T.; Mowbray, L.; Borders, G.; Munhall, E.; Donovan, K.; Aldrieh, M.; Friedman, P.; Thomas, J.; Whitfield, J.; Moses, de M.; Felder, J.; duPont, A.; Searles, W. Front Row — Brenton, J.; Wallace, L.; Folz, C; Kelly, B.; Chinnery, W.; Ericson, J.; Ellison, R.; Hinrichs, W.; Hansen, R. ; Aubrey, R.; Chadduek, W.; Armstrong, D. 115 rSfc • Robinson Stars Cagers Record Worst Season in Years THE 1954-55 Yale basketball season, the most ungratifying of recent years as far as the win-loss column is concerned, was one in which the quintet was consistently under- manned, and it was typified by long winless streaks. The team lost a struggle with Har- vard for seventh place in the EIBL in the last game of the season, finishing with an overall record of 3 wins and 21 losses. Coach Howard Hobson was faced with the task of extracting the best performance from a team which had known weaknesses in re- bounding, ball-handling, and shooting accu- racy. He was forced to shift his starting line- up several times in the course of the season in order to achieve a proper balance, but the balance which he sought was never realized. Obviously undermanned, Hobson usually was forced to revert to ball-control basket- ball in order to protect leads of six points or better. Unfortunately the Blue team was sel- dom able to build up such a lead, and when it did, it was usually unable to maintain it. The mainstays of this year ' s club were Ed Robinson, Chuck Ross, and Captain Dave Hobson. Robinson consistently led the team in scoring and ended the season with a scor- ing average of 17.9 points per game. Ross was quite effective at both guard and for- ward positions and scored consistently. Hob- son helped to stabilize the team from his guard position. Bab, Strand, Tatlock, Olson, Yellin, and Curran saw action in almost every game. The quintet opened the season against an Amherst five which took advantage of the ragged play of the Elis during the second half to win, 61-56. Poor second half play characterized the successive losses to Navy and UConn by scores of 81-69 and 83-57, re- spectively. Next came a 72-61 loss to Brown, which particularly pointed up Yale ' s defi- ciencies in shooting and ball-handling. Losses to Columbia and Fordham were principally the results of such individual per- Captain David N. Hobson Coach Howard A. Hobson Manager Marvin L. Karp Record — 3-21 formances as those of Columbia ' s Forte, who scored 28 points in leading his team to a 72- 50 victory, and of Ed Conlin, whose 34 points went far in giving the Rams a 75-58 win. Over the Christmas holidays the quintet took part in the Queen City Inv itational Tournament at Buffalo, N. Y., and began to show a bit of improvement. Although the team lost the initial game of the tournament to a superior Canisius squad by a score of 81-67, Robinson scored 24 points. In the Idaho State game the Elis came close to tast- ing victory for the first time in the season, but lost in the last 15 seconds as a result of Les Roh ' s free throw, his 37th point of the Captain Hobson ' s patented jump shot. 11 BATTLING FOR THE BLUE IN A LOSING CAUSE: Yellin, Ross, and Robinson. game. In the last outing of the tournament the five showed definite improvement over their first game against Columbia but still came out on the losing end of a 70-63 score. Against the Lions Ross scored 19 for Yale. After the holidays and before exams the Elis began to show such improvement that many observers began to wonder if the sea- son might not end successfully after all. First came the slow 42-40 loss to a highly rated Penn team. Here the Bulldogs played ball- control basketball for almost the entire game. A third loss to Columbia by a score of 72-56 followed. The first victory of the season came on January 11 in Payne-Whitney Gym as the five, bolstered by Ed Robinson ' s 35 points, upset Brown 73-63. The whole team seemed to be working together smoothly for the first time during the season, especially throughout the 46 point second half. By playing sound basketball and using ball-control methods the Bulldogs nearly made it two wins in a row in the next game with Cornell. The game was one of the most exciting of recent years and ruled in dead silence with the Elis having a chance to tie up the game on a free throw. The ball, however, trickled off the rim, and Cornell had won, 56 55. Playing well as a team for its third con- secutive game, the Blue netted its second victory of the season against Dartmouth by an 83-79 count. The win came in a double overtime, after a long, uphill battle in which the Elis had cut down a 14 point deficit late in the game to tie the score just before the buzzer ending the regulation game. The last contest of the semester was a re- turn match with Penn. Penn ' s speed and shooting accuracy were too difficult to cope with, and the Quakers never relinquished the lead, which they gained in the opening moments. The team was hoping for a fresh start with the arrival of the new semester and still had hopes of finishing as high as third place in the EIBL. The first game of the new term was against a mediocre Army team, against which the Bulldogs hoped to gain the mo- mentum needed to carry them through suc- ceeding games. But the quintet ran afoul of a tight Army defense in the second period after holding a three point lead at half-time. The resulting 84-72 loss probably did much to put the team at a psychological disadvan- tage for succeeding games. Following this demoralizing loss tin- ipiin- tet took consecutive defeats at the hands of Holy Cross, Cornell, Dartmouth, and then lost twice to Princeton. In the Holy Cross game the five ran up against a clearly supe- rior squad headed by All-American candidate Tom Heinsohn, who aided l i- train ' s 80-56 win with 27 points. The story in the next four games was almost identical poor ball-han- dling and long streaks of scorelesaness result- 118 ing in losses. Cornell and Dartmouth took games by scores of 79-59 and 78-62, respec- tively. Princeton won the first of a home-and- home couplet by a score of 62-48, after the Blue had held a 36-27 half time lead. Three days later the Elis suffered their most deci- sive defeat of the season by a score of 92-54, as the Tigers ' shooting eyes were simply too sharp. Coach Hobson ' s men never stopped trying, however, and the first Harvard game saw an improved team take the floor. By employing ball-control methods, the Elis forced the Crimson to come out after the ball and con- sequently foul repeatedly. Dave Hobson set a new free throw record of 17, and Ed Robin- son bucketed 20 points as the quintet took its third game of the season, 79-75. In their last home game the Elis strug- gled desperately against Rhode Island to fin- ish at home with a win. But the taller Rhode Island quintet hit for 52 per cent of its field goal attempts to outdistance Yale, 106-98. Undiscouraged by the fast pace of the vis- itors, the Bulldogs rallied from a six-point deficit early in the game to go ahead 50-48 late in the second period. Rhode Island came back in the second half to take another six- point advantage, only to have the indomi- table Elis surge to a tie at 82-all. But the Rams, shattering the gym scoring mark, surged ahead once more to end victorious. In the return game with Harvard at Cam- bridge Yale lost its chance for staying out of the league cellar by bowing before the Cantabs, 68-53. Yale moved out to a 23-17 lead in the first half before the Cantabs could decipher Yale ' s zone-defense. After ty- ing the score at 23-23, Harvard p ulled ahead and remained in front for the remainder of the game. Although the overall record of the team for the 1954-55 season was quite poor, the quintet maintained a spirit admirable to any losing team. Coach Hobson looks forward to an improved squad for the 1955-56 season and expects to find the balance among play- ers like Robinson, Ross, and members of this vear ' s freshman team. Third Roiv — Robinson, E.; Bab, D.; Finn, W.; West, C; Downey, W. ; Eugene Fitzsinimons (Trainer). Second Row — Kaplan, A. (Manager); Ensley, B.; Urich, A.; Curran, R.; Levine, E.; Tatloek, W. Front Rou— Hobson, Howard (Coach); Yellin, M.; Hobson, D.; Strand, K.; Olson, D.; Karp, M. (Manager). 119 Brooke Sets Record Sextet ' s Problem: No Scoring Punch THE 1954-55 hockey season got under way during the last week in October with strong competition for the berths left open as a result of the heavy losses by graduation. Eight men had graduated, depriving the Yale team of more than half of its scoring punch. With Coach Murray Murdoch still experi- menting and shuffling the squad, the Bulldogs met Northeastern at the Arena on December 4. It was an encouraging start for the season, as Yale, pressing all the way, scored once in the first period, twice in the second, and three times in the final frame to clinch the game. The Elis meanwhile held Northeastern to a single score to win decisively, 6-1. Four days later Yale played host to Boston University, losing a heartbreaker in overtime play. Yale swarmed all over B. U. in the first period, scoring both their goals in that period. B. U. came back with two goals of their own in the second period, but neither team managed to pick up any score in the third period. With the score deadlocked at 2-2, play went into overtime. Yale was too rat- tled to hold down B. U. which scored the winning goal at 4:35. For Capt. Brooke, a record-breaking evening. Captain George C. Brooke, Jr. Coach Murray Murdoch Manager James C. Greenway, III Record — 7-2-13 The Elis take the ice. The Bulldogs next took on the always strong sextette from St. Lawrence. Goalie George Scherer turned in an outstanding per- formance with 48 saves, which kept Yale in contention for most of the game. The Elis scored first, but by midway in the second period St. Lawrence had pulled into the lead by a 3-2 margin. Three more goals by St. Lawrence wrapped up the game for them. 6-2. Traveling to Troy for the last game before Christmas recess, Yale met R. I I. The Bull- dogs turned in their best performance of the still young season against the Engineers. Ken McKenzie played superbly, scoring twice and 120 also helping out with an assist, while John Akers also got credit for three points. The lead seesawed with ale managing to take a one goal lead with three minutes to go in the game, but R. P. I. tied it up at 6-6 with only eight seconds left. For the second time Yale was unable to score in an overtime, and R. P. I. emerged victorious, 7-6. Showing the effects of Christmas vacation, Yale went into the R. P. I. round robin tournament against St. Francis Xavier, To- ronto, and R. P. I. on Dec. 30, 31, and Jan. 1. The Bulldogs suffered two losses and man- aged only to tie R. P. I. The Elis ' only con- solation was the selection of Scherer, Mc- Kenzie, and Gould to the all-star team. Goalie Bourquin battles for the elusive puck Scherer made a total of 108 saves throughout the three-game tournament. After their sustained effort for three days at the R. P. I. tourna- ment Yale suffered a tremendous letdown upon their return to New Haven. The Bull- dogs ' first opponent was Providence Col- lege, and, although ale ' s covering and passing were poor, they still had the spirit to pull off a close 6-5 vic- tory. Bruce Monick was the high scorer with three goals for the Blue. However, in their next game Yale showed a complete reversal of form in the Ivy League opener against Brown. Every man on the Eli team was at his best with Capt. Brooke turning in a fine perform- ance. McKenzie scored the hat trick, while Harvard ' s Cleary scores unassisted against Scherer. Pierre Bourquin turned in three assists for the night to give Yale a 7-4 margin. Yale maintained their fine playing, and several days later came up with an unexpected win over a slightly overconfident Boston College team, 3-2. Scherer again played a great game, in which not a single penalty was called against either team. Yale ' s fourth straight victory was a very satisfying 8-0 trouncing of Army, in which the Blue swamped the Cadets from start to finish. Capt. Brooke went on a spree with five goals and two assists to establish a new individual scoring record. Brooke scored two in the first period less than sixteen seconds apart, then gave Jamie Goodale an assist for the fourth Yale point. In the second stanza Brooke tallied three more markers, once un- assisted, and gave an assist to Jim Brady for the eighth Yale score. For the fifth win of their string the sextette easily clipped A. I. C, 5-2, January 19. The next weekend found Yale outskated and out smarted by Dartmouth in one of the Captain George Brooke. High Scoring Ken McKenzie. Captain-elect Dave Ingalls. major upsets of the Ivy League. The Indians came out the cellar to win handily, 5-3, an- choring Yale in third place in league play. In a return match after mid-years Dartmouth caught the Winter Carnival spirit to subdue Yale again, 3-1. The Green held the Eli six in check almost the entire game with an ag- gressive defense and an offense to match. Jamie Goodale scored the lone tally for Yale late in the second period with an assist from Jay Kahle. Pulling out of their low-score doldrums the Elis rolled over New Rochelle, 12-4, with the help of McKenzie ' s four goals, his sec- ond hat trick of the season. Monick and Brooke both scored twice, and Bourquin, Poinier, Goodale, and Akers tallied one apiece. However, against Princeton in the next match Yale was unable to pick up a single goal as the Tigers blanked Yale, 2-0, on two third period scores. Clarkson was next on the schedule and again the Bulldogs could not make up an early scoring deficit and went down in a 3-2 thriller. That same week Yale traveled to Providence for a return match with Brown only to drop their third straight, with the Bruins avenging an earlier loss at the hands of the Elis. With the score deadlocked at 1-1 going into the third period. Brown split the Yale defense twice, finally winning by a margin of 3-2. With Princeton in town playing before an Alumni Day crowd of 1600, Yale appeared to be on their way to their first Ivy League victory since January 8, but a Tiger goal 26 seconds before the end of regulation play sent the game into overtime. Eli goalie Scherer and the Princeton goalie were spec- tacular in thwarting every scoring attempt to preserve the inconclusive 2-2 tie and frus- trate the Yale aspirations for victory. In the other leg of the Big Three com- petition Yale took on the Harvard sextette in Boston in the first of two games. The Cantabs put on a fine exhibition of skating, stick-handling, and play-making to crush Yale 9-1. Taking a break in the series with Harvard, Yale met Middlebury and broke out of their winless streak by picking up a 3-1 victory. In the closing match of the sea- son Yale again met Harvard before a near- capacity Prom weekend crowd at the Arena. The score reflected little of the magnificent Eli effort against the finest hockey team in the East. The play was of the highest quality. From the spirit and aggressiveness displayed in this contest the spectator could not have known that this was a match between the first and last teams in the Ivy League. Yale, always threatening, constantly harassed the Harvard goalie. Harvard ' s Cleary scored in the opening period to give the Cantabs an early advantage, but Eli Pete Crisp, assisted by Steve Gurney, tied it up at 1-1 early in the second frame. Harvard scored again in the second period and twice in the final stanza to put the final score at 4-1. After the final buzzer the enthusiastic crowd rose and sang Bright College Years to pay tribute to the spirit displayed by the Elis in one of the most gratifying games of the season. Third Row — Wrigley, H. (Trainer); Poinier, J.; Bullwinkel, G.; McKenzie, K.; Ingalls, D.; Greenway, J. (Manager); Crumpacker, T.; Kellogg, A.; Brady, J.; Dick, J.; Murdoch, M. (Coach). Second Row — Scherer, A.; Kahle, J.; Akers, J.; Horton, D.; Shapiro, M.; Wurtele, C; Wennik, J.; Bourquin, P.; Tyson, J. Front Row— Crisp, P.; Gurney, S.; Monick, B.; Brooke, G. (Captain) ; Goodale, J.; Upson, C; Gould, G. 123 Grapplers ' First Losing Season in Decade A VETERAN wrestling team, beset with injuries, brought the Elis a 4-6 record during the 1954-55 season, marring Coach Johnny O ' Donnell ' s ten year winning record. At the outset, O ' Donnell could count on seven returning lettermen: Bob Theriault, Ev Adler, Roland Molinet, Bob White, Captain John Kousi, Worth David, and Rog Hinkson. In the season ' s opener, Yale lost a close battle, 12-14. After White had tied the match with an impressive 14-2 decision, Springfield forged ahead, winning three of the remain- ing five matches. Yale traveled next to Hemp- stead where it led Hofstra throughout the meet, trouncing them 18-12. Following the vacation, the Lions of Columbia were ready for the Bulldogs and downed them 17-11. The next week, the grapplers revenged the slaugh- ter that Penn had given them the year be- fore. The Elis were spurred on by White ' s pin in the 157 pound class to take the meet, 16-13. With their second win, as against three losses, behind them, the wrestlers travelled Captain John D. Kousi Coach John R. O ' Donnell Manager Alexander Haslam Record — 4-6 to Bethlehem to meet the ever powerful squad from Lehigh. There they were given an unholy trouncing by the Steelmen, 29-5. Hitting the road again, the matmen met the Black Knights of West Point and overpow- ered them 16-13. Entertaining the Brown contingent at Payne Whitney, the matmen were squeezed out, 12-14. After Brown had gone ahead 6-9, Hinkson and Kousi brought Yale the lead, but the pin by Brown ' s heavy- weight spelled defeat for the Eli grapplers. Arriving at Princeton the team hoped to cop the Big Three title, but Princeton took the lead and crushed the Elis, 19-9. The Yale varsity wrestlers finished an otherwise lusterless season with a flurry, de- feating an impotent Harvard, 22-6. Third Ron- — Balrh, J.; Haslam, A.; Joh, J.; Frank Foley (Trainer) ; Hinkson, R. Second Row — Hepner, P.; John O ' Donnell (Coach); George Hastings (Assistant Coach); Graham, 0.; Front Row — Theriault, R.; Molinet, R.; Kousi, J.; White, R.; Jackson, S. 124 Tops in New England, Racquetmen Win 11 Captain Brooks G. Ragen Coach John F. Skillman Manager Frederick Goldstein Record — 11-2 New England Champions hip WITH five returning lettermen from the 1954 squad, the 1955 varsity squash team compiled an excellent 11-2 record against top opposition. The racquetmen opened the season auspiciously by winning their first nine matches against Amherst, Penn sylvania, Adelphi, Dartmouth, Army, Trinity, Williams, Pittsburgh, and Wesleyan. Of these matches, all but the Amherst and Army contests were by shutout scores. The closest was a 6-3 victory over a previously unbeaten Army team. Then, however, Yale confronted a Navy squad which overcame an early deficit to edge the Elis 5-4. The fol- lowing Saturday saw Yale lose to a fine Princeton club, 7-2, as the Tigers annexed the Intercollegiate Squash League crown. In the season ' s final two matches against MIT and Harvard, Yale swept both to win the New England Championship. MIT proved no match for the Elis, who won all their matches but the number one position, in which Vare was nosed out after a five-game struggle. Yale ' s superior depth was a decid- ing factor in the Harvard meet, which was closer than the 7-2 score indicates. Four of the matches went to five games and three others lasted through four, as the five Eli seniors playing their last matches were not to be stopped short of victory. Warren Zimmerman and Captain Brooks Ragen, who missed three matches because of a case of measles, played at the number one and two positions respectively. Ned Vare, Al Englander, Ed Meyer, Reed Williamson, Fred Gardner, and Henry Heebner also saw regu- lar action. Winning all their matches, Gard- ner and Vare compiled the outstanding rec- ords. George Unhoch, who was injured early in the season, Charles Stafford, Dave Carter, and Geoff Kimball saw limited action. Third Row — Goldstein, F. (Manager); Meyer, E.; Skillman, J. (Coach). Second Row — Safford, C. ; Carter, D.; Heebner, H.; Williamson, J. Front Row — Unhoch, G.; Zimmerman, W. ; Ragen, B. ; Englander, A.; Vare, E. 125 Fencers Fourth in Intercollegiates WITH a strong senior nucleus from the 1955 freshman team the varsity fencers slashed their way to an 11-2 record, the finest ever attained under the tutelage of Albert Grasson. Gaining easy victories over Ford- ham, N. Y. U., C. C. N. Y., Penn, and the alumni, the Bulldog swordsmen were stopped, 17-10, by Columbia, defending national cham- pions. Jules Cohen, previously undefeated in eighten sabre bouts, dropped his first bout, while Captain Kris Keggi continued his ex- cellent record with the foil. Rallying strongly, the Blue trounced Rut- gers. In the Pentagonals Yale lost a close match to Navy, while defeating all other op- ponents. Keggi placed first in foil, and Cohen narrowly missed winning the sabre title. Defeating Trinity 24-3, the Blue turned to its greatest rivals: Princeton and Harvard. In the most exciting matches of the year Yale won the Big Three title by defeating the Tigers and the Cantabs, 16-11 a nd 17-10, re- spectively. Excellent fencing on the part of Keggi and Les Zuckerman, who won all their Captain Kristaps J. Keggi Coach Albert Grasson Manager Benjamin C. Duggar Record - 1-2 Big Three Championship bouts, brought this title back to Yale. Seniors Frank Moore and Dick Sterns per- formed well in sabre throughout the season, as did juniors Andy Torchia and Ray Carl- son in the epee events. Sophomores Phil Wedemeyer and Bob Goering showed excel- lent records. Adding support were Bill Seaton, Bob Collar, and Bill Greaves. In the intercollegiate Championships the Eli fencers finished fourth trailing Cornell, Navy , and Columbia. The epee team finished fifth, with the sabre and foils team both plac- ing fourth. In the foil division Kris Keggi and Bob Goering qualified for the individual championships. Top competitor for the Elis in the sabre was Jules Cohen, who missed qualifying for the individuals by one point. Second Row — Zuckerman, L. ; I null-. J.; Chatfield, D.; Eaton, W. ; Wedemeyer, P.; Torchia, A.; Goering, R. Front Row — Sterns, R.; Cohen, J.; Keggi, K. (Captain); Sutton, J.; Moore, F. ; Grasson (Coach). 120 Polo Team Reaches Finals in Nationals Captain Joseph H. Williams Coach Albert Marenholz Manager John M. Patton Record — 4-6-1 UNDER the capable leadership of the only returning letterman, Captain Joe Williams, the Yale polo team began its cam- paign with a Christmas vacation trip to San Salvador. The Blue lost their first game 5-3 to a strong Guatemala team but returned five days later to edge San Salvador 4-3 and take second place in the tournament. Returning to northern territory and indoor polo, Yale fought the Camden Polo Club to a 6-6 tie in the first game of the new year. The next Saturday saw the Blue bow to a capable Farmington club led by Yale ' s co- coaches, Al Marenholz and Frank Butter- worth. Although the Elis fought hard to pro- tect a five goal handicap, they were unable to cope successfully with their older, more experienced opponents. On January 15 the team traveled to Ithaca for a night game against Cornell where they suffered a 26-10 drubbing, while at the same time an inspired Yale J. V. team led by hard-riding Peter Jackson overran the Cornell J. V. ' s 19-9 in New Haven. The following week the varsity returned to the winning column with a deci- sive 15-9 victory over Rice Farms, but lost their next game in an overtime period to Squadron A of New York. The Elis lost the second Yale-Cornell game 10-8 but hit their full stride shortly after in a lopsided 19-9 contest against Virginia. Aided by the brilliant play of Doug Bar- clay, Yale edged Virginia 13-12 in the first round of the National Collegiate Tourna- ment held during the first week of March. In the final match Yale succumbed to a championship Cornell team and emerged with a second place standing in the tourna- ment. Second Row — Weymouth, G.; Hickox, J.; Poutiatine, M. ; de Sola, L. Front Row — Hettinger, J.; Barclay, D.; Williams, J.; Lutz, F. ; Jackson, P. 127 All-Junior Infield Nine Takes Big Three; 1st Time Since ' 49 SUNSHINE beamed from the heated con- fines of Coxe Cage during preliminary workouts for the 1954 baseball season. Every regular except Captain Bobby Brown was back from the nine which won 16 and lost 10 the year before, and a smiling Coach Ethan Allen quite rightly admitted there was good cause for optimism despite the unfor- seeable rigors of a tough 29 game schedule. Allen saw the pitching and catching de- partments as the chief unknowns in an other- wise deep and talented squad. Junior right- hander Bob Davis, owner of a 7-2 record and a 1.63 earned run average in 1953, was ex- Captain Robert G. Wahlers Coach Ethan Allen Manager Arthur R. Giesen, Jr. Record — 17-12 Big Three Championship Mathias blasts Navy pitching. from the J Vs. Pete Woll, leading hitter for the freshmen, and Bill Colville, who batted .375 for the cubs, were behind Guidotti and Mathias at first and third, respectively. Out- field strength appeared good also, with Cap- tain Bob Wahlers and John Stein, both .300 hitters, returning along with senior Tom Richey, a JV player the year before. Colville, Guidotti, and Walker could all play in the garden if needed. The men in Blue were to travel a long and rocky road, however, before a thrilling 6-5 win over Harvard on June 16 capped a cred- itable 17-12 season and brought them the coveted Big Three crown for the first time since 1949. This was due to several factors: Davis was bothered with control off and on and finished with a mediocre 4-7 mark; the team hit only .237 and not one regular batted over .300; and the Elis committed the astounding total of 75 errors which let in 50 of the opponents ' runs unearned. pected to anchor the hurlers, who also in- cluded seniors Bill Hickey and Bill Ellis, juniors Connie Corelli and Frank Barker, and sophomores Ken MacKenzie, Earl Taylor, and Dave Ready. The receiving was in limbo, with junior Bob Brink and sophomores Don Pruett and Lou D ' Avanzo all possibilities for the job. The infield, however, posed no worry. The junior quartet of Hugo Guidotti, Ray Walker, Bill Schifino, and Phil Mathias was back and there was depth behind it. Joe Johnson could fill in at either first or second base; Joe Wennik, the freshman captain, was capable at second and short, as was Jim Goodale, up Double play combo agahui Cornell. £ 128 There were many highlights of the season, however, which served to offset these unex- pected debits. One was the consistent bril- liance of southpaw MacKenzie, who won eight of ten decisions and finished with an ERA of 1.51. Another was the fine showing of another sophomore, Earl Taylor, who had a 3-0 mark and a 1.25 ERA. Pruett and D ' Avanzo improved steadily as catchers, and the team after a disappointing early season, swept seven of nine contests before the exam period. This success set the stage for post- examination triumphs over Princeton (two out of three) and a split with Harvard which reflected the ability and power of the team whenever its offense and defense happened to click simultaneously. A 22-man squad made the trip south for a five-game vacation junket. The team walloped Howard University on March 29, 16-8, after building up an 11-0 lead as Colville knocked in five runs with a three-run homer and a double. MacKenzie struck out four of the seven men he faced to nail down the victory for starter Hickey. Cold weather, ineffective hitting, fielding lapses, and injuries to Guidotti and Schifino marred the remainder of the trip as the Elis dropped three of the next four contests. Six Yale errors and eight George Washington hits beat the Blue, 10-0, and Yale was lucky to edge Delaware, 6-4, the next day as it com- mitted eight miscues. Albright and Lafayette, District Two NCAA Champions, whipped the Elis by 8-3 and 5-0 scores to round out the disappointing trip. The nine returned to the friendly confines of Yale Field April 7 and took the measure of N. Y. U., 6-4, as Davis settled down after a rocky start and retired the last 14 Violets in a row, whiffing the final two batters for a strikeout total of 12. Colville ' s three hits and Wahlers ' long double in the Elis ' two-run seventh inning rally brought the Blue up from a 4-0 deficit. Three days later, MacKenzie lost a four- hitter to Fordham, 2-1, as the Rams pushed home a brace of unearned tallies in the first two innings. The pattern was similar in the Springfield game. Yale built up a 5-1 lead as Wahlers smacked a two-run homer in the first, but the Indians reached Davis for seven runs on three hits, scoring six in the fifth Colville comes home. Mathius. Schifino, ft alker. Guidotti. inning, to finish far in front, 14-7. Taylor and MacKenzie turned in two su- perb pitching jobs to bring a pair of wins over Amherst and Cornell in the next two contests. Taylor scattered nine hits and hit a tie-breaking double in the seventh to beat the Lord Jeffs, 3-1, and the Elis ' 11 hits and Cornell ' s eight errors brought a 16-0 victory over the Big Red in the EIBL opener. The Penn game two days later was a different story. Davis walked nine and five scored as a three-run Penn rally in the fourth and a fine relief job by the Quakers ' Chet Cornog overcame a 4-2 Yale lead and sank the Elis, 6-4. 129 BLESSED EVENT: Announcing the safe arrival, in Cambridge, of Joe Wennik. This loss did not presage a mid-season -I u m | . however; MacKenzie extended his streak of consecutive innings without an earned run to 33 on April 24 with a 3-2 win over Providence College. Taylor saved the game in the ninth by retiring the last two men with two runners on base after the Friars had scored a pair of un- earned tallies. Against Colby, Davis found his control as he allowed only three walks in a five-hit effort. The Elis made the most of four safeties and backed Davis with their third errorless game in the last four to bring a 2-1 victory. Navy ended MacKenzie ' s streak on April 30 with a five-run second inning up- rising, four tallies riding home on Ken McCally ' s grand slam homer. The final score was 7-1 as Yale continued in its hatting slump with only four hits. The next day, the Elis were again outhit, 10-6, by Manhattan, but eight passes and five Man- hattan errors brought Taylor an 8-7 win in but thou seest not. relief. Columbia succumbed to a Davis three- hitter and Mathias ' three-run homer, 3-1, on May 4. The junior right-hander hurled his best game of the year, walking only two, striking out nine, and evening his record at 3-3. The Elis continued their winning ways against Dartmouth as MacKenzie set down the first 18 men on 41 pitches and lost a no-hitter in the eight li inning when opposing pitcher Bill Beagle singled. Yale, meanwhile, had pounced on three Indian moundsmen and the final score read, 10-2, on the strength of a 13-hit attack and MacKenzie ' s four-hit M effort. Against Army at West Point, Davis was handed a 5-1 lead in the first three innings, but the Cadets scored three in the fifth and Ellis relieved Davis in the DCXl inning just in time to absorb a 6-5 defrat. A non-league contest with Trinity May 13 resulted in a 9-3 win for the Elis as Taylor went d 2 s innings for his third straight victory 130 and Yale concentrated most of its scoring in a big eight-run fourth. The Blue concluded its pre-examination schedule two days later with a 5-2 triumph over Harvard. Guidotti ' s three hits, one of them a homer in the fifth, and Davis ' perfect two-inning relief stint for MacKenzie featured this seventh Yale win in the last nine games. Davis was the victim in a temporary re- versal of Yale form in the next four games, however. Colgate beat him, 11-1, and after the Elis had eked out a 6-5 win over a tour- ing Santo Domingo team, he dropped a 2-1 heartbreaker to Holy Cross in relief for Mac- Kenzie. In an EIBL contest June 4, Princeton reached Davis for three runs in the first and four in the sixth to hand him a 7-1 defeat, which dropped the Elis to fourth place in the standings. MacKenzie and Ready combined on a four- hitter the next day before a Commencement Weekend audience at Yale for a 5-3 victory over the Tigers. On June 9, Davis came back with a five-hit effort against Williams. The Blue had only three safeties and committed four errors, but won, 2-1. Three big games remained, two against Harvard and one with Princeton. The men of Nassau appeared to have shed their claws June 12 as a 17-hit Yale attack beat Joe Castle and added MacKenzie ' s sev- enth win to an already impressive record. Two days later, Harvard beat the red-hot Elis, 4-2, despite fine pitching by Davis and Ready, as the Cantabs tallied single runs in the eighth and ninth. On June 16, the Blue tucked away the Big Three title at Cam- bridge as Ready stopped a Crimson rally in the last of the ninth to preserve a 6-5 victory. MacKenzie started and gained his eighth win as he and Ready allowed only six hits. Math- ias and Johnson each had two safeties in this happy close to the season. The team elected Hugo Guidotti the 1955 Captain immediately after the game. Ray Walker was named Most Valuable Player and received a silver trophy at the baseball ban- quet. Second Row — Ethan Allan (Coach); Rossamando, J.; MacKenzie, K.; Mathias, P.; Pruett, D.; Stein, J.; Davis, R. ; Brink, R.; Johnson, R. ; Colville, W. ; Herman Wrigley (Trainer); Gieson, P. (Manager). Front Row — Ready, D.; D ' Avonzo, L.; Walker, R.; Taylor, E.; Guidotti, H.; Wahlers, R.; Hickey, W.; Schifino, W.; Wall, P.; Wennick, J.; Logan, J. New England Champs Stickmen 7-5-1 Against Top Competition DESPITE a sixth place 1953 rating the 1954 varsity lacrosse schedule developed into the toughest in Yale history. The 1954 squad played the country ' s top nine teams, six of the class B teams, and only two re- ported sure ones in a thirteen game sched- ule. After a short March practice, the team journeyed to Baltimore where it was swamped 12-2 in its first scrimmage with rugged Navy. The Elis bounced back quickly, however, and put on an excellent showing, dropping a 5-3 heartbreaker to the Mount Washington La- crosse Club at Baltimore. Captain Jack Tay- A save by the Johns Hopkins goalie. Captain John Taylor Coach William A. R. Harkness Manager Peter McLaughlin Record - - 7-5-1 Tie for New England Championship A mid- field citt. lor, Bruce Lloyd, and Tom Eastman scored for the Blue while Bill Lovejoy and Bob Merrick played well on defense, and Meril May averted a greater disaster with a fine performance in the goal. Returning home to face a rugged IVnn team termed up for the game, Coach Bill Harkness indicated that he was pleased with the team ' s improvement over the Southern vacation. His remark proved more than justi- fied as the headlines on April 12 read Stick- men Wallop Penn. The Yale squad unveiled a surprisingly smooth early season attack and an equally encouraging defense as it overpowered Penn ' s bewildered stickmen, 14-3. A look at subsequent headlines indicated most accurately the team ' s ups and downs throughout the season. The trend of the Penn game continued as: Lacrosse Men Maul Im- potent New Hampshires. Scoring with ridic- ulous ease the Blue rolled up a 20-2 count. They continued their winning ways two days later garnering H goals against one for hap 132 less Adelphi. The bubble burst when Army invaded New Haven and won its 14th straight Yale bat- tle by a 9-5 score. Nor were the pieces mended as four days later the headlines screamed: Lacrosse Team Drops Second Straight Losing 12-5 to Strong Johns Hopkins. The Blue momentarily regained winning form with a 14-9 overtime victory against Cornell, Lloyd tallying five times. However, the next headline heralded Yale ' s darkest hour: Hofstra Upsets Stickmen, Out- plays Bulldogs, 10-5. The Hofstra breather had turned into quite a storm while Yale ' s attack turned as cold as the weather. With three losses in its last four games ff hite presses the attack and strong RPI to face, the lacrossemen re- jr x sponded magnificently: ' Stickmen Upset RPI, 10-6, With Second Half Splurge. Scoring seven goals in the final period, the Elis won their sixth game of the season by walloping Williams, 10-2. However, three days later, despite a Yale drive to come from behind and wrest the lead from the powerful Tigers, a late Prince- ton score nipped the lacrossemen, 10-9. The next two games were played haphaz- ardly as the varsity gained an 8-8 tie with Duke, and a 6-4 loss to Dartmouth. However, wrapped up in the final headline of the sea- son was a 9-3 win over arch-rival Harvard and a tie for the New England title. Fourth Row — Harkness, W. (Coach); Buckwalter, W.; Lovejoy, W.; McLaughlin, P.; May. M. ; Malloy, T.; Foley, F. (Trainer). Third Row — Bell, J.; Rutledge, J.; Menton, J.; Jackson. R. ; Van Doren, C; Eastman, T. ; Phelps, S. Second Row — Ostheimer, J.; Jones, H. ; Rider, G.; Meyer, P.; Bunnel, W.; Sutherland, R. Front Row — Bogardus, S.; White, F.; Dillworth. B.; Taylor, J. (Captain) ; Merrick, R.; Ellis, W. ; Forester, W. Captain Kenneth G. Reynolds, Jr. Coach James Rathschmidt Manager Simon Zimmerman Big Three Championship Win Big 3 Crown Mediocre Crew Second in E. A. R. C. THE 102nd anniversary of the Yale-Har- vard boat race saw a closely contested yet decisive Yale victory last June. Stroked by Steve Reynolds, the Yale boat moved out to a one half length lead and, despite re- peated determined challenges from a fine Harvard crew, went on to win by almost a full boat length in the excellent time of 21:58.4. Harvard ' s time was 22:02. Regardless of the fact that the crew had gone without victory during the first three races of the season, Yale was a slight favorite over Harvard in the New London classic due to a fine showing in the Eastern Sprint Championships. The training at Gales Ferry saw the varsity seasoned into a smooth and powerful eight which proved too strong for Harvard in the season ' s final race. The first and only home appearance of the year found Yale pitted against a highly touted Penn crew and a fine Columbia var- sity in the 23rd annual Blackwell Cup Re- gatta held on the Housatonic with a crowd of about 4000 Derby Day revellers on hand to witness the event. With perfect weather prevailing, all three boats left the line at 39 strokes per minute and Penn quickly gained a half length lead. The three shells then re- mained close for the first mile and a quarter of the two-mile jaunt; then Columbia dropped back. With Yale rowing in second place after the racing start, the pace settled at a 32 strokes per minute clip in all three shells with Yale and Pennsylvania slowly drawing away from Columbia. Then, inch by inch, the powerful sophomore-laden Yale boat shortened the Penn lead until Yale drew even and went ahead still at 32 with a quar- ter mile to go. However, the Quakers were not to be denied. Penn upped its stroke to 33 and the two shells moved into the home stretch almost neck and neck. With the finish line getting close Yale still had the lead, and for an agonizingly long time it looked like Yale would win. Penn upped its stroke first, raising the beat to a 37 and finally to a 39, as they worked to cut down their deck-length deficit. The Quaker oarsmen met the chal- lenge and pulled even, finally passing the Elis, winning by a scant quarter length in 10:16 to Yale ' s 10:17.4. Had the race been 50 yards shorter, the Bulldogs would have won it. Columbia finished two lengths behind in 10:22. Yale simply lacked the polish of the Pennsylvania crew at a higher stroke but did exhibit the power and potential ability which showed up later in the season. Out of the bout house . . . into the Housatonic . . . and the cox takes a dip. V ICTORY OA THE THAMES: The Yale crew scores a decisive triumph over the Cantabs. The Carnegie Cup Regatta, held at Cornell on Lake Cayuga between Cornell, Princeton, ale, and a Syracuse crew which was ineli- gible for the cup, showed little improvement in the Yale first boat. Again the contest turned into a two boat race between a fine young Cornell outfit and a Yale crew which had still to find winning form. Delayed for an hour and a half because of choppy waters and rain squalls which swamped two boats in the preliminaries to the feature, the race finally got under way with Princeton jump- ing to an early lead. Cornell and Yale stayed close to the Princeton shell, and the Elis took over at the half-mile mark and hung tenaci- ously to a slim lead up to the one-mile flag. But Yale could not hold off the Big Red, which had been under- stroking the Bulldogs all the way, and the Cornell crew moved to a one half length lead with less than half the distance to go. The Ith- acans steadily pulled away to win by two lengths, with Princeton another three behind Yale, and Syracuse a poor last. Cornell ' s time was 10:30.6 while Yale finished in 10:39.2, Princeton in 10:47.3. and Syracuse in 11:02. For Coach Rathschmidt vard. With the 2000 meter Eastern Association of Rowing Colleges Sprint Championships only a week away, the Yale crew was seeded to finish behind Navy, Penn, Cornell, and Harvard. Faced with this situation Coach Rathschmidt turned to the junior varsity boat, undefeated to that point, moving Steve Reynolds, Stu Leek, Es Esselstyn, Art Armi- tage, and Eliot Lawson up to the varsity. With this new combination together for only two days, Yale ' s chances looked dim for ending the Middie ' s 24 meet winning streak. Navy had six men returning from the Olympic championship team of 1952 and were solid favorites to repeat their winning perform- ances of the previous two years. Racing in the strongest qualifying heat of the morning, „ hopes soared as the Blue finished a scant half length behind Navy, nosing out both Harvard and Columbia. The finals, held on the waters of the Severn at Washington, found Navy in front after the start by almost a half length. Yale and Penn battled for second place as the three boats drew away from the other finalists. Again Yale proved stronger than Penn in the middle of win over 135 the race, taking over second place and chal- lenging the Navy eight, then in the lead by three quarters of a length. ith a half mile to go, stroke Steve Reynolds raised the beat to a 36, slowly closing the gap on Navy, who then boosted the stroke to meet the Yale challenge. The crews were still fighting it out with only one eighth mile to go, and at this point Yale ' s stroke soared to a beautiful 42, exhibiting the best bladework of the year. The gap was closing at the finish which found Navy still a half length ahead. The Middies ' time was 6:03.4, which broke the old record for the championship race, and Yale was clocked in at 6:05.2, and Penn at 6:07.1. Al- though finishing second the Bulldogs got revenge for their two previous defeats by beating Penn and Cornell, which finished third and fifth respectively. Harvard finished fourth in 6:13.6, a good eight seconds behind the Elis, which sent the Blue to the New London race as the favorite. The season was then fittingly climaxed by the victory over Harvard on the Thames River at New London. Unable to garner a win until that point, an exceptionally fine Yale boat proved itself with flying colors in the four-miler, covering the distance 3.6 seconds ahead of Harvard. Steve Reynolds ' s unortho- dox style supplied the punch needed in the winning combination while the necessary power was at last harnessed into a smooth l swinging boat. Despite three seconds and a single victory for the Elis, the season was one which showed continual improvement and a will to win which ultimately paid off. Significant perhaps was the fact that the boat which beat Harvard had but one letter- man, Captain Ken Reynolds. The remaining oarsmen had been either Junior Varsity, Freshman, or third-boat men the year before. One oarsman, Esselstyn, had never rowed be- fore last year, all of which is a tribute both to Jim Rathschmidt ' s coaching and to the desire on the part of the entire squad to im- prove and develop a winning boat. Wight, D.; Russell, I.; Reynolds, K. (Capt.) ; Eckhart, R.; Bidwell, J.; Crawford, J.; Lawson, E.; Charlton, T.; Greer, J. (Cox.), foreground. Jacobs, B.; Reid, F.; Fell, J.; Putnam, D.; Shedd, W.; Blackmore, W.; Davis, J.; Crossman, P.; Usher, W. (Cox.). Lightweights Defeat Lions, Dartmouth UNDER the able assistance of senior David Murray as coach, the Yale light- weight crew, aided by the increase in weight limitation from 150 to 155 pounds and by the return of six senior lettermen, began its season against the Kent School. In the varsity competition over the mile course the Kent School crew gained a technical victory when the leading Yale boat broke its rudder line with twenty strokes left in the race. In the junior varsity heat, the Kent School was declared the winner by a six inch margin. The following week-end, again at Derby, both Yale crews were victorious over Dartmouth by the discriminative margin of four lengths and three lengths respectively. Following this victory, the varsity light- weight crew encountered Pennsylvania and Columbia over the Henley course. With an even start the lightweights moved three lengths ahead of Columbia, but it was unable to shorten the one-length lead Pennsylvania held over them. On the next week-end both varsity and jayvee crews travelled to Cambridge for the traditional Goldthwaite Cup race against Harvard and Princeton. M. I. T. was also en- tered in the race, although not officially. Co-captains Coach William Shedd Patrick Crossman Dave Murray With rain-swept waters and a noticeable head wind, the varsity boat was unable to maintain its third place half-length lead over Harvard in a race which saw M. I. T. finish first, Princeton second, but official winner of the cup, Harvard third and Yale, fourth. In the jayvee encounter a last quarter sprint fell just short of catching the leading Cantab eight. The concluding race of the season was held at Princeton with the E. A. R. C. regatta. ith a second place needed in the morning heat to qualify for the afternoon finals, neither Yale crew became successful, finish- ing third in their respective heats. Upon the termination of the regular sea- son, nine members of the squad plus Cox, under personal financing, began training at Derby for the Henley Royal Regatta. Entered for the Thames Cup as the Yale University Boat Club, the crew r was beaten by the Thames Rowing Club of England. 137 Vnbeaten indoors Trackmen Take IC4AV, 1st in 21 Years WINNING the first indoor Heptagonal championship for Yale since 1950 and the first indoor IC4A title in 21 years, the 1954 Yale track team climaxed the most suc- cessful indoor season in Yale ' s long and proud track history. The outdoor season was high- lighted by an overwhelming victory in the Heptagonals; however, Yale was held to a third place in the outdoor IC4A champion- ships by powerful Penn State and Manhattan. The Yale track squad opened its indoor season by swamping Penn and Brown in a triangular meet at Coxe Cage. Ross Price ran Thresher and Reno edged in the 60 yard dash. the 600 in 1:11.8 to break the old record which he had set the previous year. Yale was unstoppable, taking all the firsts but two, including both relays. The final score of the meet was Yale 91, Penn 35, and Brown 10, giving an indication of the auspicious season ahead. After Yale had rolled over Brown and Penn, the biggest crowd in the history of Yale indoor track turned out to watch the Klis overcome Harvard and Princeton at Coxe Cage for their second consecutive Big-Three indoor title. Captain Mike Stanley, running second to teammate Jack Meader in the mile, came back to win the 1000 going away, while Captain Michael Stanley Coach Robert Giecengack Manager Horace Faber Record Indoor: 4-0 Outdoor: 2 firsts, 2 seconds Heptagonal Championships Indoor IC4A, Big Three Championships other Yale winners were Ross Price in the 600, Bill Donegan and Harry Work in the pole vault, each clearing 13 feet, and Rod Meyer, making his first start of the 1954 sea- son, in a four-way tie in the high jump. Also picking up points for the Blue were Stew Thomson, Tom Henderson, Richard Goss, Fred Lane, Ballard Morton, Henry Thresher, Joe Albanese, and John Cleary. Final score read Yale 59 %, Princeton 42%, Harvard 35. A photo-timer reversed a judge ' s decision in a spectacular 1000-yard race and gave Yale the necessary point to win the IC4A cham- pionship by the narrow margin of a half point over Boston University. Stanley ' s div- ing lunge at the tape put him ahead of Penn ' s Stew Thomson. His strength iius us the strength of ten. Raudenbush for a second place instead of a third and Coach Bob Giegengack ' s Elis gained the crucial extra point and a victory with a total of 19 points to lSy 2 for Boston Uni- versity and 17 for Manhattan. Thomson was the leading point-winner with eight, taking first place in both the shot put and hammer throw. Donegan, Goss, Meader, and Stanley scored the remaining all-important points by their fine performances. Following the IC4A meet Yale went into the Heptagonals and swept it also, to prove beyond a shadow of a doubt that it was the strongest team in the East. With Captain Stanley and Thomson leading the way with record-breaking perfomances, Yale won by five points over runner-up Cornell. Yale ' s other first was rung up by the two-mile relay team of Daniels, Albanese, Meader, and Stan- ley, covering the distance in 7:56.2. The Bulldogs next rolled over Dartmouth, and the following week completed an unde- feated season by beating Cornell. The 74-30 Dartmouth meet was climaxed by Stanley when he bettered his own record and estab- lished a new Yale record in the 1000-yard run. Thomson set a new 35-pound weight record at Cornell with a throw of 57 ' 9% . With the beginning of warmer weather Yale went outdoors in a meet against Navy, Dick Goss. He flew through the air with the greatest of ease. Princeton, and Penn. The prospects looked bright for a great season for the Elis with added strength in the javlin, hammer, and discus, but in the opening meet at Annapolis Navy proved too strong, with Yale second followed by Princeton and then Penn. Yale scored a total of three firsts in the running events and copped five out of six firsts in the field events, but Navy had too much depth scoring in nearly every event to lead in point totals with 61 l 2 to the Bulldog ' s 60%. The following week Yale travelled to Cam- bridge to take part in the New England Relays, a new relay carnival sponsored by Harvard. After their defeat the week before the Elis came back to take six firsts, scoring in everv event. Yale firsts were taken in the Victory through electronics: the photo-timer reversed a decision. sprint medley, the 880-yard relay, and the 440-yard shuttle relay. Thomson, continuing his winning ways, won the discus, and Hen- derson was first in the shot put. The final winner was Frank Meyer, tying for first in the high jump. Avenging a defeat last year, when the Tigers squeezed past Yale by four points, the Bulldogs completely outclassed Princeton by the score of 89% to 50% in New Haven. Thresher was a double-winner along with Thomson, who won consistently throughout the season. Don Miller in the javelin throw and Marty Duckworth running the two-mile event broke into the scoring for the first time m: VALE TALI YALE ALE ALE YALE WJi r I A +±m Fourth Row — Durfee, N.; Sehaller, R.; Meyer, R.; Miller, D.; Duckworth, M.; Goss, R. Third Row — Franz, P.; Lopez, J.; Work, H. ; Reno, L. ; Reeves, W. ; Williams, W. Second Row — Scobey, R.; Thomson, S.; Henderson, T.; Meyer, P.; Lane, F.; Belviso, R. ; Daniels, J.; Seiff, S. Front Roiv — Faber, H. (Manager); Donegan, J.; Meader, J.; Thresher, H.; Stanley, M. (Captain); Mott, P.; Albanese, J.; Cleary, J. Giegengack, R. (Coach). in the season, both winning firsts in their events, while the team as a whole took twelve first place honors. In the Harvard meet the Cantabs turned the tables on the Yale squad, which had mauled them the year before, and the final score showed Harvard the victor by a narrow margin of four points. But the Elis were undaunted by the result of the Harvard meet and went into the Hep- tagonali ready for all-comers. Yale finished more than IT points ahead of the nearest contender in a sensational performance. Thomson -tarred as the first triple-w inner in the twenty-year histon of the meet scor- ing 18 points. His total broke the record of 16 set by Frank Ryan, Yale ' s field coach. The last meet of the year, the IC4A ' s, was a disappointing finish to an outstanding sea- son, but was highlighted by two new Yale records set by Thresher. In a trial heat the sprinter ran the 100 in 0:9.6 which alio equaled the meet record, and in the 220 he set the new Yale record at 0:20.7. At the mmmiii ' s end Henr Thresher was elected to captain the 1 . -4- 1 . . team. With a perfect indoor record and a Strong outdoor showing. the 1954 track team well-conditioned l Coach Giegengack added new laurels to Yale ' s meritorious track history. IKi Harriers Fade to 3-3 Performance THE 1954 cross-country squad showed much depth, and after a strong showing at the beginning of the season, it looked as if they would be able to finish with a record as brilliant as last year ' s. But the harriers were never able to take first honors, and as a result the team slowed down near the end of the year and had to be content with only a mediocre record. In the opening meet against the University of Connecticut and Brown, Yale gave up the first two places, but swept the next five to win. The Elis had 29 points to 31 for Con- necticut and 62 for Brown. Considered as dual meets, Yale also won by the score of 28-29 over Connecticut and outclassed the Brown team 16-46. The next week Yale met Dartmouth and Columbia in another triangular meet. Yale ' s depth again proved to be the decisive factor with Captain Eric Seiff leading scorers Bob Schaller, George Foulds, Harry Wight, and Marty Duckworth into the fourth through Captain Eric A. Seiff Coach Robert Giegengack Manager John C. Gille Fall 1954 Record — 3-3 ninth positions. This sweep gave Yale the victory with 33 points, while Dartmouth had 38 and Columbia piled up a total of 58. Yale met Massachusetts in the following meet and kept their spirit alive with a 22-26 victory. In the next two dual meets, Yale took on Cornell and then Fordham, two very fine teams. Cornell took the measure of Yale by 15-41, and Yale came back fighting against Fordham, but lost a close one 26-29. Yale never regained their early season spirit and relinquished the Main Cup to Har- vard, the Elis also losing to Princeton in the same meet. Cornell controlled the Heptago- nals, with Yale only able to finish in eighth place. Third Row — Gille, J. (Manager); Porter, D.; McCarthy, L.; Fitzpatrick, K.; Vilas, F.; Giegengack, R. (Coach). Second Row — Hedeen, E.; Foulds, G. ; Daniels, J.; Loucks, J. Front Row — Schaller, R.; Stern, L.; Seiff, E. (Captain); Duckworth, M. ; Wight, C. AL S W AL S AL£ 14 f ALE rr N l 0  t A _ Netmen Big Three and Eastern Champs UNDER the aegis of coach John Skillman and the leadership of captain Dick Ras- kiii ' l. the 1954 Yale varsity tennis team, car- rying on in the tradition of previous Yale teams, boasted a fine 11-2 record in addition to copping both the Big Three and Eastern Regional Championships. The Blue netmen began their season aus- piciously with very convincing shut-out tri- umphs over Columbia and Amherst. This trend was soon reversed, however, as the team was defeated by a very strong Presbyterian squad. This heartbreaking 5-4 setback did not seem to hurt the team ' s morale, for they went on to trounce both Brown and Navy by 8-1 scores and to defeat Fordham, Army, Penn, and Williams without losing a single indi- vidual match. Then came the big test for the Elis: na- tionally ranked Miami, who had defeated them twice very badly during their southern training trip over spring vacation. A much improved Yale squad fought hard, but the superb Miami team was still too powerful for them, and the victory which Yale had so coveted was snatched away in a tense 5-4 Captain Richard H. Raskind Coach John F. Skillman Manager Barry Rich Record — 11-2 Bi« Three Eastern Championships match. John Skillman ' s expert coaching really paid off until, in the last and deciding New England Intercollegiate Championship doubles set, Miami overcame a 3-5 deficit to win the set and the match. After this un- fortunate setback, the Blue went on to defeat Cornell, 8-0, in a match that was held par- tially indoors because of rain, and badly- trounced Harvard and Dartmouth. As a culmination of the fine year, the team made a clean sweep of the New England Regional Championships, winning every event. Paced by Bill Cranston, Dick Raskind, Sam English, and Al Englander, the Yale team copped the tournament without the loss of a single individual match. Throughout the year the Yale team was paced by a group of stalwarts whose outstand- ing records reflect the team ' s success. Second row — Williamson, R.; McClellan, J.; Pollack, L. ; Marron. M. ; Des-ner. L. : McCone, M.; Cranston, W.; More, E. Front Row — Rich, B. (Manager); Seymour, B.; Workman, C; English S. ; Raskind. R. (Captain) ; Seifer, R.; Englander, A.; Skillman, J. (Coach). Captain George Wislar Coach William H. Neale, Jr. Manager Richard Harris Record — 7-0 B ig Three Championship Eastern Intercollegiate Championship Second Row — Barton, R. K.; Hemker, F. R. ; Stevens, D.; Lundell, E. ; Vernon, Jr., M. Front Row — Neale, W. H. (coach); Fehr, G.; Wislar, G. (capt.); Vare, E.; Harris, R. (manager). Eli Golfers Repeat Perfect Season YALE ' S 1954 varsity golf team was almost an exact replica of the 1953 team which went undefeated, capturing the Eastern and Big Three laurels. The only significant differ- ences between the two squads were two im- portant absences on the 1954 team, 1953 cap- tain Wally Kilrea and former coach Joe Sullivan. Following in Kilrea ' s footsetps was George Wislar who, as captain, was unde- feated in team matches. Replacing Joe Sul- livan, who left to become a club pro, was Woody Neale, business manager of the Y. A. A. and golf coach at Yale in the 1940 ' s. The Blue powerhouse showed its strength early in the season by trouncing its first three opponents, Amherst, Williams, and Army, without losing a single point. The Holy Cross match brought the first individual defeat as the Elis crushed the Crusaders, 6-1. Jerry Fehr was the victim of the lone set-back, losing to John Tosca, a former Massachusetts state junior champion. The following match against Princeton was the closest encounter of the undefeated season, but even that was not as close as the 4-3 score indicates. It was in this match that Murray Vernon suffered his first defeat in three years of play. It took six birdies on the last eight holes to do the trick for Vernon ' s Princeton opponent. The Blue next proceeded to trounce the previously undefeated Connecticut team, losing only one individual match. In the Eastern Intercollegiate Champion- ships over a rain-soaked Hanover Country Club course, Yale was outstanding for the second straight year. Notable individual achievement in this tournament was Murray Vernon ' s going as far as the finals only to lose on the last hole because of a ten-foot putt which rimmed the cup. This outstanding performance was exceeded in brilliance only by Fehr ' s 66 over the Yale course, establishing a new course record. The shutout defeat of Harvard completed another outstanding season for the Yale golf- ers, adding the Big Three championship to their laurels. 143 activities m , . . ; - f , jW ' fi i a ■; 11 9|f H 1 W ' !■ L W Triple-threat: a study in checks and balances. YALE BANNER PUBLICATIONS IN the executive office the chairman sat with his feet propped upon the dusty desk and read brochures entitled Stowe — A Skier ' s Paradise, and Florida — The Na- tion ' s Sunny Vacationland. In the business office, the business manager twirled his Phi Bete key and refilled the already brimming coffers with yet more filthy lucre. In the editorial office, the managing editor ran his hand through his thinning hair, clutched at an imaginary ulcer, and pled for System. All of which reflected clearly the temper of the times. Unflustered executive policy, smart business, and harried editorial activity — these were the characteristics of 1955. The 1955 Board had its first shot at im- mortality when it attempted to persuade the 1955 Class Council to approve a much dis- cussed Banner-Class Book merger. But the Council, heeding the voices of reaction and hide-bound conservatism, rejected the pro- posal. The hopes for a more foresighted 1956 Class Council ran high throughout the year. Meanwhile, the two publications main- tained a relationship of peaceful coexistence. The Freshman Magazine received new blood with the Sophomore board, but from the appearance of the first few issues, most of it was spilled in vain. The Telephone Direc- tory came out tardily, but accurately. The Banner itself remained the chief source of frustration, and the chief object of thought and effort. The revolutionary idea of laying out a dummy before going to press shook the venerable old institution of casual editorship to its very foundation, but the Banner withstood the shock and even adopt- ed a few of the new-fangled notions. The Good Book for 1955, said the editorial staff, was to be timely yet timeless. With the help of such journalistic upstarts as the Banner ' s colleagues, Time, Life and The New York Times, a highly ambitious Review of the Year section was attempted, and successfully. For the Banner, it was indeed a banner year. Financially, 1955 was a most gratifying experience, if you like money. The Banner put out its hand to Yale and had its palm crossed with silver. Despite such fiascoes as the ill-starred Going Places in Florida ven- ture, the crisp rustle of large denomination bills was heard frequently enough to keep spirits high — and occasionally flowing. There were those who thought that money should be turned back for internal improvements; but the weight of numbers quickly con- vinced these confused individuals that a profit is not without honor, save in its own land. The sinking fund, consequently, was sunk in a sea of Scotch. 147 Agonizing reappraisal. Personnel-wise, the 1955 Board was excep- tionally well-blessed. The Big Three main- tained an average comfortably above Scholar of the Second Rank standards, and the rest of the board was not far behind. Chairman Mayer combined a solid publish- ing background with a joie de vivre and a raccoon coat. Tony was one of the most popu- lar, competent chairmen in Banner history. Business Manager Kaplan was the peren- nial source of amazement to his fellow board members. Juggling an enormous number of courses in one hand and the Banner ' s money in the other, he managed to do phenomenally well with both. Looking up from his adding machine, Eddie would announce, There ' ll be lobsters and champagne at the end of the year if this deal goes through. And, if he had any hand in it (and he always did), it usually did go through. Managing Editor Zeidman, fighting the battle of chronic hypochondria and recurring laziness, managed to produce a Banner which was imaginative as well as comprehensive. Spurring his comrades with a well-aimed toe or neatly-phrased invective, he aroused en- mity and resentment — but work of higher calibre than the past had ever produced. John Little as assistant managing editor turned in a prodigious amount of work, as- suming almost sole editorial responsibility S ■ A The desperate hours. when Phil was incapacitated by weakness, weak will, or weekends. As vice-chairman, John Sherman was unequivocally in favor of it. Treasurer Moore trod the pavements in pursuit of unpaid bills and gained the ever- lasting hatred of New Haven ' s merchants for his efforts. Neal Allen was the black reac- tionary for The Independent, ■ rightist pub- lication which blasted everything to the left of Prince Metternich: as secretary of the Banner be was both workhorse and comic relief. Neil McLanghlan led a devoted group of lenamen In a photographic attack on everything at Yale that would stand still long enough to be snapped. 148 For the first time in the memory of even the revered wise men of the Senior Board there were cheers at a Banner meeting in October. The reason: the announcement of the first annual Bladder-Ball Contest to be held on the Old Campus on the morn- ing of the Dartmouth weekend. e doffed our straw hats, drained several kegs of beer and, as thousands cheered, proceeded to trounce the hordes of W BC and the Rec- ord. In the midst of the playoff with the News, which we would most assuredly have won, the ball was stolen and I being only six feet in diameter I quickly concealed by ring- ers from Dwight Hall. The moral victory, however, was ours, and with it the thrill of having gained a place in the annals of Yale The jaundiced eye. Business Manager and friend in the bag. in which to carve out the Banner ' s one hun- dred and fifteenth year of life. We envi- sioned our offices in hues appropriate to our bright outlook; and if the center room ' s jonquil yellow resembled Chine se egg-drop soup, the other offices were robed in sober ale blue to indicate that we were still rock- solid citizens. We bought more typewriters than we had known existed, and even if they didn ' t work very well, or typed the wrong number of characters to the linear inch, they looked professional as hell. We lined the editorial office with work-tables and, though they were beer-stained and developed splint- athletics, and in the extensive coverage of the contest by Sports Illustrated. It was with the taste of triumph (or was it Schlitz?) that we left the field of battle. But our faith in ourselves was based upon foundations more solid than athletic profi- ciency. The nonchalance which had en- livened but marred so many Banner efforts was gone; in its place was a rampant pro- fessionalism which surprised no one more than ourselves. We felt, and with good rea- son, that we knew what we were doing; and we were quite sure that we would be suc- cessful. We created for ourselves a brave new world 149 ers within a month, at least we had some place to pile our interminable lists of things to do and people to curse. We bought cam- eras, film, and photographic equipment to stock our new- ly acquired darkroom — the location of which is still a mystery to all but the heavy- lidded characters who night- ly emerged from its recesses to deliver the news of the day in pictures. But despite this rosy view of ourselves, and the steady amelioration of our working conditions, and the apparent success with which our ef- forts seemed to meet more often than not, there were times when we were disappointed and disillusioned. If we were heelers, we watched our grades plummeting steadily. If we were sophomores or juniors we watched the seniors go blithely on their way, cock- sure of the rightness of their decisions. And if we were seniors, we watched the strange Liquid assets, people who came into Hendrie Hall to play- cards with the undergraduate bridge club, or mandolins with the folk-singing Hoot Club, or havoc with the cuts in our basement file. We watched the rain as it fell ceaselessly during our busiest season, and we wondered if the Banner had been worth the time and the effort. Neither the new typewrit- ers nor the new coat of paint would make it worthwhile. What would make it so was the memories of a year of anxiety and accomplishment. We would scoff at those who were indiscreet enough to mention aloud the warmth and camaraderie of a long evening before a deadline; we would wince if, at the final banquet, a senior in his cups would speak in maudlin fashion of the shortest, gladdest years of life. But these things were as real as anything we had experienced at Yale, and as memorable. Fourth Row — Fersch, E.; Bearman, L.; Davis, G.; Kalinske, R.; Young, A.; Hirsch, R.; Weitz, S.; Don, J. Third Rou-— Moore, R.; Katz, L.; Hogan, A.; Balbaeh, P.; Notz, E.; Levine, P.; Tracey, J.; Argall, T. Second Row— Tauber. S.; Searle, W. ; Hunter, J.; Hostetler, J.; Haynes, J.; Kipka, R.; MeLaughlan, N. ; Kramer, D.; Bowen, M. Front Row — Little, J.; Sherman, J.; Zeidman, P.; Mayer, W.; Kaplan, E. ; Moore, F. ; Foster, B. ; Allen, N. VtfV. ty v v y i $ f ft . f %■•■- •• ' • -• «• • 150 Roger David Stone Edward Payson Whittemore Managing Editor Charles S. Guggenheimer, II Sports Editor Medford Stanton Evans Feature Editor Robert Williams Bartlett, II Vice Chairman Benjamin Wilson Upton Cate Assistant Managing Editor James McClure Johnstone Assistant Sports Editor Chairman Harry Kenneth Norian Business Manager George Ganville Montgomery, Jr. Advertising Manager William Ernest Goodman, IV Production Manager Philip Langdon Kampf Circulation Manager Rolf Richard Hamburger Editorial Secretary Richard A. Elbrecht Photographic Editor Joseph E. Bachelder, III Charles K. Doolittle Howard H. Jones William A. Kern SENIOR EDITORS Geoffrey D. Kimball Jonathan D. Kutner Thomas McCance, Jr. David G. McCullough Michael R. McGrady Martin H. Scher Clayton R. Smalley Thomas C. Wallace 151 Oldest College Daily THERE was probably more anti-status- quo-at-the-Aeu s feeling lurking at Yale in the year 1954 than ever before. An un- precedented group of freshmen, spearheaded by a counselor, agitated for a more moderate heeling system. Faculty members, resentment swelled by what they considered yellow jour- nalism, advocated a mild form of censorship. As usual, students complained that the Netvs never came out until three o ' clock in the afternoon, and even then had nothing worth reading on its tabloid-sized sheets. Almost everyone talk- ed about prestige and about the people who heeled the News as an end in itself, seldom gracing its doors once elected. The 1955 Board of the News faced these diverse reactions as well as the more me- chanical problems of getting a newspaper into Yale Station box- es more or less every day. Bearing upon us the stamp of our training under the energetic 1953 Board, we remem- bered something of what might go down as the News ' second golden age. But we also knew what could happen, for in the fall of 1954 we had all seen the News in the middle of the bad slump — of which we ourselves had been a part. We set about our task in February of 1954 with determination and the customary dis- unity. Soon, the meaning of six issues a week became real to us, and we wondered just how we would fill them with interesting material. Like most other News hoards, we relied more heavily than we probably should have on meatless missive- ' from the News Bureau and 4 hand in the till, a hand on the tiller on the advertising that came in no matter what we did. But there was room for all kinds of initiative, and some of us took it. The paper we produced was, in retrospect, not brilliant, but controversial; not scrupu- lously accurate, but more so than in the past; it was typographically more handsome and more unique than ever before; and it con- sistently contained the best pictures that nave ever been assem- bled in a college news- paper, and perhaps in any newspaper. But more important to this discussion is the people who work- ed on it. For in our year of tenure, almost all of us learned more about our abilities to deal with others, our own assets and liabili- ties, than we would have considered pos- sible. The News is es- sentially a battle- ground of personali- ties and ideas, a dy- namic and provocative institution no matter what its contribution to the community. And for the people on it, it represents (we say proudly) an educa- tion in itself. Now, who were we? In the business office, we were represented by Business Manager Ken Norian, who was a constant reminder that the News operates on a thin margin, that every bottle of Scotch and every phone call to Briarcliff makes the margin that much thinner. Many were the hours thai Ken spent in his grotto on the third floor slaving over balance sheets, trying to decide who had had that eight-dollar dinner ;it Mory ' s, or puzzling over the nefari- ous vs. iv iii which the Iniversitv pads the Newt heat bill. Handling the OCD ' s finances is a troublesome and complicated problem. 152 and Ken was more than equal to the task. Otherwise, the Business Manager ' s job was more or less academic because of the smooth paving of Ken ' s predecessor, Willie Arndt. The revamped printing arrangement com- pleted in the early summer of 1954 flowed smoothly on, and there were none of the tense moments that had featured the previous year, moments which might have determined whether the News could or could not con- tinue operation. Ken can be all the more respected for his tireless and devoted atten- tion to the minutiae of his job and for the smooth running of his end of the News. Ken was backed up by Advertising Man- ager George Montgom- ery and Production Manager Bill Good- man. Faced with an unavoidable slash in national advertising, and with great pres- sure for space from the editorial board, George could not hope to match the record- breaking advertising percentages of previ- ous years. But he could be seen at his ground-floor desk al- most any afternoon, and often in the morn- ing, wielding a fat red pencil, marshaling the account-executive forces at his disposal. In his Production Man- ager ' s job, Bill not only dealt with his paste- up personnel as employees, but he was also their friend. Despite nightly sieges of chaos, the appearance of the News showed a steady improvement, and much of this was due to Bill ' s efforts. Phil Kampf, who handled the circulation end of things, rounded out the business quartet and provided us with a con- tinual source of laughs because of his propen- sity for complicated systems. Upstairs in the editorial division, we had an energetic and resourceful, if not a bril- A finger on the pulse, a finger in many pies liant, Chairman in Roger Stone. Roger could be seen all through the building during the days — even in such obscure corners as the darkroom and among the heelers. He was voluntarily concerned with every facet of the News and perhaps his most prominent talent was the genial interest he took in the situa- tions and the personalities around him. His newly-painted dark green office was always open to anyone who wanted to talk — and it became a focal point of the building, instead of the inner-sanctum that it had been in many previous years. On his third day in office Roger printed an editorial beating the drum for a revamped college allocations pro- cedure. Shortly there- after, a Aeus-spon- sored poll indicated that the student body was overwhelmingly against any kind of change in the system. But Stone lashed back with a second editor- ial, accusing the stu- dent body of short- sightedness, and laying the seeds for the fac- ulty decision to revise the system, which came the following fall. This was typical of his editorial out- look. Later, he tagged fraternities havens for people who have nothing better to do, then gave a firm pat on the back to the DKE plan to make fraternities more a part of the Yale Community. He blasted apathy, faculty promotions, the Spanish Department, ROTC inefficiency, and a host of other local prob- lems, soon making the editorial page a potent weapon for University improvements. He was very much concerned with the future of American education, and his treatment of the Yale scene, while often harsh, seemed to have the wider problem in mind. On a broader level Roger emerged politi- 153 cally as a dynamic conservative, giving Joe McCarthy the treatment, the problem of in- ternal security more, and the international situation frequent attention. But in the main, he did not venture from the local scene, and if he jumped to conclu- sions about some things, he was forceful and conclusive about many more. He rose to his greatest eloquence when discussing the Har- per-Countryman versus Buckley-Bozell debate — a great coup in itself — and later, dealing with the fail- ure of Law Professor Coun- tryman to receive a promo- tion. In fine, he made the edit page a readable and pro- vocative institution. Within the building, he administered and directed an often aston- ishing range of activities and people. Ted Whittemore put in an exemplary job behind the Managing Editor ' s desk. A familiar figure variously sporting an Ascot, occasional long hair, frequent cigars, a green visor, and always a can of beer or glass of straight Bourbon, Ted soon became somewhat of a legend. He ex- cited admiration among editors, awe among heelers, and used both to formulate a co- hesive body of workers around himself. Ted The Kingmaker was an inspirational leader, with the con- servative capacity of obtaining a maximum amount of accomplishment with a mininum number of words. His inexhaustible energy and vivid imagination kept the News lively and clean-looking, and a major part of the credit for the OCD ' s successes during our board ' s tenure must go to him. Perhaps his major accomplishments were not so much in the stories that appeared on his front pages, but in the aesthetic characteristics of the pages themselves. In his year behind the desk, Ted instigated a minor revolution in FSetcs make-up, by making the front pages far more flex- ible and exciting to look at than they had ever been be- fore. Using pictures effec- tively and combining them with large headlines and pro- vocative arrangements of copy, he molded his pages carefully and originally. Not that the quality of the stories themselves suffered. Ted ' s treatment of 1954 ' s spring shooting at the Paramount will go down as a classic of precision journalism, as will the coverage of the snowball fight the previous January and a host of other splen- did stories. Ted won ' t be forgotten quickly, and all the King ' s men. 154 Style . . . smile . . . and bile. He was assisted, first of all, by Ben Cate. Ben was competent and willing to devote more than his share of time to the News, and his make-ups proved to be progressive and interesting. He was excitable behind the desk, and soon became a legend himself, for his shouts of Incredible! , his eagerness to dock heelers for offenses big and small, and his ability to cap- tivate the building while he was there. But Ted was also assisted by the superlative work of the Photographic Board. Photo Chairman Dick El- brecht, and assistants Dan Lindley, Ned Gregory, Dan Kardon, Charlie Schulze, and Jack Krosnoff pooled their seemingly limitless resources to give the News the most magnificent series of p ictures that it had ever seen, second to none in the college news- paper field, and perhaps only surpassed in slick magazines. From the early promise of talent displayed in their coverage of Vice-President Nixon ' s speech, the pixies demonstrated more ability in the Harper- Buckley debate issue, and came to their peak in a fine series of Monday double-page spreads during the football season. Dick El- brecht, who spent more time at the OCD 4 legend in his oivn time than almost any other member of the board, and whose conscientious work was admired by all, can carry with him the unmitigated praise of those who worked with him, and the great personal satisfaction of a job well done. Over on the sports desk, Charlie Guggen- heimer and Jim Johnstone worked smoothly together to create a cohesive set of sports pages. Charlie, besides keep- ing them full of readable material every day, felt it his duty to maintain good rela- tions with the members of the Athletic Association, and carried out his aim with great success. The hours he spent at this task, unrecog- nized by the OCDmen, are a great tribute to him. In the building, he was more than conscientious about accuracy and style. At times impatient with his co-workers, he could be found in the building almost any evening, mothering his stories from inception to com- pletion. Jim Johnstone maintained Charlie ' s precedent behind the desk, and chipped in jorae truly fine football stories during the fall. Feature Editor Stan Evans, tied up as he was with a swath of other publications in- 155 . . . and steal away eluding Comment and the ill-fated Independ- ent, nevertheless had time to make a signifi- cant contribution to the Neus. The supple- ments on Harvard and Princeton and the series on extra-curricular activities were the product of his versatile imagination. Elsewhere, we had two provocative column- ists in Joe Bachelder and Bob Bartlett. The former occasioned a series of horselaughs in his sociological studies of Yale ' s colleges and fraternities; the latter, incurring the wrath of the Political Union and many other cam- pus organizations, soon became a gadfly hum- ming busily around the Yale scene and caus- ing a wealth of comment, with his Sound and Fury column, variously referred to as I Am Furious and Groundless Fury. Tom Wallace chipped in an erudite Au Courant. We had a fine cartoonist in Dave McCul- lough. We had two devoted senior editors in Geoff Kimball and Tom McCance, a fine writer in Mike McGrady, and two faithful ECO ' s in Marty Scher and Bill Kern. e had some noteworthy events. The pub lication of Wall Street 1955, the Bladder- ball and other games, the widespread heel iiifi controversy of last year, our several mckuses with the faculty all of these put ii- in the public spotlight. We had a great into the night. many parties, small and big. More parties than we should have had for the sake of our budget. We enjoyed all of them thoroughly, as, in looking back, we enjoyed the all- nighters in the composing room, the hours slumped frustratedly over typewriters, the inevitable moments of friction. We learned the importance to us of Fran- cis Donahue, Helen Gorman, and Ann Cher- non. In title our employees, these three were in practice our friends, and we learned to respect them for the million ways in which they smoothed our roads. We changed some things in the Acics. But nothing very seriously. Essentially, the A no stayed the same as it always will be as long as it exists: a campus activity which, more than any other, is capable of developing the the individual to his fullest capacity. No mat- ter what kind of a News we put out, we all recognized this fact, or at least benefitted from it. We heard the loud voices of our erities, and we did our best to answer their complaints. But whether or not we improved the newspaper itself — and we feel we did — all of us walked out of the Briton Hadden Building for the last time with the strong feeling that we ourselves had profited im- mentel) from our experience. 156 Yale RGcdh F0UNJD6D 1872 AiX S rz - ' - i fls      w Jeremy H. Dole, Chairman Ernest M. Lundell, III, Business Manager Edward W. Zimmerman, 4r( Editor Richard L. WoKSNOP, Managing Editor William G. Martin, Circulation Manager Jaquelin T. Robertson, Managing Editor Samuel K. Raker, Treasurer Frank Friedler, Jr., Advertising Manager Hugo F. J. Loudon, Publicity Manager J. D. Barrett E. Boasberg, III R. D. Bowman J. N. Curlett, Jr. T. Donnelley, II C. J. Dyke R. F. Allen R. D. Bentley P. Berdan Christopher Harris, Feature Editor BUSINESS ASSOCIATES P. C. Dyke G. M. Kaufman L. W. Finlay, Jr. T. Kremt J. B. Fraser C. D. Marks R. W. Ganger T. B. Moorhead P. M. Gignoux D. ML O ' Brasky R. H. Joost S. N. Phelps, Jr. EDITORIAL ASSOCIATES R.J.Bland J. A. De Vicuna J. J. Burke A. L. Goodman, Jr. R. C. Childs R. A. Mittenthal I. E. Phillips J. I. Shaw, Jr . S. H. Stark J. E. Taylor, II M. H. Tom R. S. ROSEFSKY J. S. Stevenson C. E. Zimmerman 157 Yale Record unofficial program RINCETON From now on, everything changes. New Chairman slammed his first down hard on his desk, knocking over a stack of old Alabama Rammer ' Jammer exchange issues. We ' ll have no more drinking or smoking. This magazine has been going to hell and WE have to do something. Old Owl nestled further down on his perch and kept right on snoring. As for you, Owl — New Chairman ' s next remark was cut short by the entrance of Old Chairman and Business Manager, singing the second verse of You Cant Convict the Mother of My Sweetheart. Old Owl awoke, blinked, and smoothed his feathers. As I was saying before I was so rudely interrupted, New Chairman said, straightening his tie, we can ' t let the Record go through another year like this. Old Chairman poured out two shots of green gin and offered one to Owl with a wink. Why not? The trend, if you must know, is to a deeper, more intel- fble Record imsx 25 lectual type of magazine — and put away that damned liquor! And just what was wrong with last year ' s Record? queried Owl, drawing himself up to his full height. It was gross and — Shut up! Business Manager snapped. No one ' s asking you. Cleo Moore didn ' t think we were so bad, said an Old Managing Editor who had been under the safe all the time. That was bad taste, smirked New Chairman, paling slightly under the barrage. Elaine Stewart thought we were pretty damned funny, •aid Owl. Old Art Editor sauntered in with a copy of Coni] act Magazine, and was chuckling to himself at Record reprints. Take it away! blurted New Chairman, visibly shaken. Old Owl, feeling comfortable in his now friendly sur- roundings, took a long puff of his Egyptian Deity and blew a smoke ring at New Chairman. We gave the otherwise dreary world a few yaks and a chortle or two with the Record Comics, Old Fea- ture Editor said, blowing the head off his beer. And the Bald Street Jour- nal piped Circulation Man- ager. And the Princeton Foot- ball Program parody. The Wild One. of the room. New Chairman broke down and wept. What have I done — Owl — come back, Owl. Tradition, I promise. He poured himself a drink and downed it. I knew it — he ' s gone! He lit a filtered ciga- rette on the wrong end and cried some more, while the old board members winked at each other. What will be- come of Yale without our nine friendly issues and — He ran from the room chok- The Old Guard: bloody but unboned. And reading the funnies on the radio. Everyone was glowering at new Chairman. Suddenly tightening his yellow cum- merbund, Owl emphatically declared, And when, my dear neophyte iconoclast, you can match the suave wit and sophistication of the Esquire Parody, you can get in touch with me in Mon- aco! With this and a friend- ly Adieu, amigos mios to the old board, he flew out For the Record, a record. The Old Owl: hornless but horny. ing, and fell flat on his face at the feet of Old Owl, who hadn ' t left at all. You aren ' t gone? New Chairman sobbed. Owl put a tender wing on his shoulder. This has hap- pened eighty-four times and I never have yet, he said assuringly. New Chairman wiped his eyes. Arm in wing the two went back into the office. They knew that together thev could face the world. 159 i  4i «i I f 1 ' 5 ' ! 5 IT I Jit J . f ™ •$ 1ft 1 1 r f f f i i i 1 % r H If If i J? m- p Fourth Row — Robbins, R. ; Delson, A.; DeCoster, P.; Chatfield, D. ; Zimmerman, N. Third Row — Heller, R.; Hemsley, G.; D ' Almeida, L.; Peck, R.; Lloyd, D.; Prud ' homme, A.; Russell, D. ; Fine, P. Second Row — Hinnant, J.; Barranger, G.; Benatovich, H.; Foster, T.; Converse, C.; Mureh, L.; Arnold, J.; Quirk, T.; Cooper, N. Front Row — Bennethum, W.; Howarth, A.; Irish, T.; Warfel, W.; Pottle, S.; Owen, J.; Dollard, M.; Wells, S.; Fitzgerald, J. YALE DRAMATIC ASSOCIATION Samuel H. Pottle William B. Warfel John H. Owen Hugo F. J. Loudon William H. Bennethum Anthony J. Howarth Thomas W. Irish President Vice-President Secretary- Treasurer Production Manager Business Manager Publicity Manager David A. Schettler S. Carl hi - Garic Barrani.ek I.EE H. Ml RCH 1956 BOARD President Con erse M. Converse I ice President Secretary Treasurer Thomas G. Wroth Robert D. Russell -IIIMIW M. MwDEI. Claude A. Offenbachei Production Manager Business Manager Publicity Director Technical Director Stage Manager 160 THE year ' s success has not been one of daring innovation, but as Sam says, one of constant solidification. We didn ' t present a Tempest and even the touch tackle game with the Drama School was something the ' 54 Board introduced us to. Instead, we took the innovations of the past few years and entrenched them more solidly in the Dramat scheme of things. The spring musical is the first of these innovations that comes to mind. Since the idea first came to a Dramat board to present a spring musical, the event has taken on a fla- vor of its own. Now all the trimmings have been added. And each year we have con- tinually tried to make the thing more completely a part of the Dramat. First the writ- ing board was set up. This vague and inde- finable entity is and has been accepted as existing. Somewhere, somehow. In what form no one could ever really tell, since it changes its character so much from year to year — indeed from day to day. Stover was a momentous step in the de- velopment of this trend. Dick ' s book and The French Line lyrics and Sam ' s music, plus Leo ' s great skill, all added up to one fine show. And it was a show which solidified more deeply the posi- tion of the original annual spring musical. And the trend continues. John Owen has laboriously gathered together the wits of the Dramat ' s present writing board — six of a kind are they — to set So What! on paper, which will probably cap the efforts of the past few years with grand success. Prosperity caught us in a tempestuous whirl and after a few curtain buying esca- pades, typewriter blow-outs and such, we settled down to a firm but lasting economic determination. With a large empty feeling in our stomachs and the sound of teeth grind- ing, we tightened our belts and went into the wind head first. Warfel led the battle line. Somehow we lasted the storm. And we still managed to produce some first rate productions. The second Stover run, in October, was a means of satisfying those who felt it to be our destiny to take Dramat on the road again. Then, with our eyes ever turned towards originalitv, Leo discovered John Finch ' s The don Man in his time plays many parts. Barranger Oi 161 Downstairs Dragon. And we turned it into a show which is still being talked about. We cut corners where we could. We felt miserly, but proud that we were following the tradition that had built up be- hind us. More and more, Dramat has attempted to present three different types of show each year. The fall show has al- ways been most successful when we ' ve taken something with universal appeal to those who feel, or want to feel, gay-hearted. And most people do feel gay-hearted at that time of year. Between this show and the spring musical it has become customary, if not desirable, to present something a little more classical and clothe it in appropriate academic phrases. So we thought of something that would answer this need and still use our comedian talent — Harvey and John to its fullest: Mo Here ' s Tartuffr. Sam might very well be the first actor-musical vir- tuoso-president we ' ve had in some time, but he ' s also the helmsman of a board which, after an over-enthusiastic be- Top: Speak the speech, I pray you. Left: To split the ears of the groundlings. Bottom: Aye, there ' s the rub. ginning, settled down to a successful term of office. The parties that Master of Revels Warfel staged had all the energy, exuberance and potency of previous parties, but they were somehow dif- ferent. The number of people seemed consistently high, but the punch produced was of a different nature — though it admittedly tasted the same. Owen turned out to be a jab in the arm for practically any department you can name. He sat on Howarth once and made the business department stay up all night selling subscriptions. The to- tal returns were posted on a blackboard, as though it were an important election, as salesmen reported their re- spective successes. And the final tally showed the biggest and best subscription drive Dramat has ever had. After an initial attempt to overstock the supply rooms with canvas, the production engineers produced shows at a lower budget than had ever before been thought conceiva- ble. Somehow they managed to make Tartuffe the cheap- est show of the year. Looking at it from the balcony, one could only wonder how that was possible. No great new ideas de- scended from the machine of the gods, no new gimmick turned up — aside from War- fel ' s whiz-saw, which col- lapsed the first time it was used — to help make Dramat a place of great difference from the previous year. In- stead, we took what we had and made sure it stuck a lit- tle faster. 162 Fifth Row — Baker, P.; Rowen, H.; Ruhni, T. ; Benzel, J.; Greene, T.; Daly, J.; Gergen, K.; Goldman, R.; Calleton, T. Fourth Row — Curtiss, D.; Grab, F. ; Deters, L. ; Gray, G. ; Wright, N.; Massy, W.; Barber, J.; Dickerson, G.; Berger, D.; Yingling, J.; Rachlin, R.; Speed, J. Third Row — Farnum, J.; Silliman, J.; Roberts, R. ; Lumpkin, R. ; Roberts, D. ; Agnew, B. ; Lipman, P.; Abramson, F. ; Kirgis, F. ; Sacks, Z. ; Dieterly, R. Second Row — Johnson, R.; Jamieson, T. ; Goldberg, H. ; Clover, P.; Herrmann, J.; Towell, T. ; Rentschler, J.; Finston, M. ; Top, F. ; Lawrence, D.; Lynn, E.; Dana, E. Front Row — Johnson, R.; Pinto, M.; Putney, T. ; Boorsch, J.; Krause, C.; May, M. YALE BROADCASTING COMPANY James T. Boorsch Charles A. Krause Robert A. Johnson Freeman T. Putney Terence G. O ' Brien Lynde E. May IV Maurice E. Pinto Chairman Public Relations Director Vice ' Chairman Business Manager Program Director Technical Director Secretary SENIOR BOARD John E. Benzel Michael M. Conroy Daniel W. Curtiss Carlyle S. Dewey III John II. Hoskins Thomas E. Keim Donald R. Olson James Rentschler James B. Sherwood Stewart  . Tucker John E. ingling, Jr. 164 IT was with the drinking of beer and sing- ing of songs that we ushered in the spring term of 1954 and with it, another year in the history of WYBC. Jim Boorsch, our newly elected chairman, told us that the Station had never been in better condition and that the coming year would be one which would justify WYBC ' s title of the fastest growing organization on the Yale Campus. However, the new leadership found it had two great challenges to face: one was television: the other was the FCC. In February of 1954 we realized that if television were going to be made into a profit- able and worth- while project the power of its trans- mitter would have to be boosted so that it could reach all ten colleges. The Technical De- partment, under the direction of Ted May, an- nounced that this necessitated the construction of an amplifier which would increase the power of the tele- vision signal. Such an amplifie r for closed circuit television had never before been made. However, the Tech men went to work, and two months and several short circuits later, the amplifier was built and television was reaching a majority of the colleges. Al- though we were proud of the title, we found that being the first student owned and oper- ated college television station in the country offered real problems. Our technical profi- The Rheingold girls: cheers, leers and beers. The voice of the Yale campus. ciency in producing television left very much to be desired, and our lack of knowledge on the subject was equalled only by the size of the effort made by the entire television staff under the supervision of Ronnie Singer. Although we were devoting most of our time to this new field, Public Relations Direc- tor Charlie Krause reminded us that the Junior Prom was almost upon us and that it was time for WYBC to find itself a prom guest. After many telephone calls to New York and several disappointments, we were very for- tunate in having our invitation ac- cepted by Miss Lu Ann Simms, a pop- ular young singer with the Arthur Godfrey Show. As WYBC ' s guest, Lu Ann sang several songs during the intermission of the Prom and brought the name of the Station to the at- tention of all as Lu and Arthur chatted for nearly 15 min- utes about WYBC over a national radio and television network. During the year, Public Relations con- structed the new Yale Station poster display box, began a bi-weekly newsletter, the WYBC Microphone, and had recording and theatri- cal stars disk WYBC station breaks. In the fall two welcoming parties were held for the incoming Freshmen. The first was a giant Stardust rally held on the Old Campus with music, over 300 prizes, speeches by ad- Thornton Wilder: an old pro in a neic medium. A milium party for The Pajatna Game. ministration dignitaries, and entertain- ment by various theatrical stars who journeyed over from the Shubert Thea- tre. The six Rheingold girls were guests of honor at a party for the Freshmen in our studios, and with over 800 eager Frosh crowding in, our walls nearly came tumbling down. Although the Public Relations Department did much to evoke an awareness of our Station both on the campus and throughout the country, we realized that the first busi- ness of WYBC was broadcasting. Overseeing our broadcasting was Terry O ' Brien, heading the Station ' s oc- topus, the Program Department. Under the firm hands of O ' B., new disc jockey hows were organized and put on the air, and the daily schedule of program- ming was revised in an attempt to put new life into the Station ' s broadcasting. The Best of Broadway became a station joke, while on the serious side, the Best Lecture series continued, with faculty members pre- senting what they believed to be their out- standing lectures; and Thornton Wilder held a combined radio and television audience spellbound on a special guest appearance. Drama became a part of regular program- ming this fall with the BBC Theatre. This series, originally broadcast over the BBC in England, featured plays by such authors as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Chekov, and Thurber, performed by some of England ' s finest actors. A special schedule of classical music inter- The underground. |f v J X v ■ _ - ■ Bfl T W A mrx:A A ti pretation was aired along with original classi- cal compositions by undergraduates, members of the Music School, and the faculty. Business Manager Ted Putney ' s proverbial penny-pinching was a constant source of com- plaint to many of us, but under his direction many new programming concepts were sold, with our listeners being on the receiving end of a great deal of merchandise won in various W IK1 contests, Yale Sings, our 12 long playing record, featuring the hrst in Yale ' s small singing groups, continued to be a big seller, receiving nationwide distribution for the first time. When all the books for the year had been tabulated, Ted smiled for the first time and reported WYBC to be in bet- ter financial shape than it ever had been. The Ivy Network, our national sales representa- tive, had their best year too, selling more national sponsors than ever before. Vice-Chairman Bob Johnson made several changes in our heeling program. He held periodic interviews with the heelers, and had regular reports on each heeler written by the Department heads. Thus the Executive Com- mittee was able to maintain an accurate check on each heelers ' progress, and the Sta- tion membership had even more complete criteria on which to judge each candidate up for election. Our secretary, Maury Pinto, insured attendance at all meetings with his humorous postcards, and the views Maury presented in the Executive and General Board meetings will long be remembered for their stabilizing influence. In the fall, WYBC passed another mile- stone in its career: we successfully broadcast a Yale football game as far west as San Fran- cisco. The idea had originally been conceived by Sports Director Glen Gray; then, through the cooperation of the Athletic Association and the various alumni groups around the country, it became a reality. WYBC ' s broad- casts of Yale football games were transmit- ted via phone lines to alumni clubs in all parts of the country, with the Princeton game reaching twenty-three cities, from New York to San Francisco. The service performed by WYBC in bringing Yale closer to its alumni was a source of pride to all of us, as was the fact that WYBC was now broadcasting on a nationwide basis. It was at that time, how- ever, that we were facing the greatest chal- lenge of all. Over the summer the FCC, after many tests, had written to WYBC and informed its directors that the Station was to broadcast on a very limited basis until its overradiation had been eliminated; if the problem could not be solved, the Station was to go off the air permanently. Once again Ted May ' s tech- nical crew went into tunnels, and by the time they were through, they had devised a system which was not only accepted by the FCC but which was endorsed by that agency to be the system which all other college radio stations were to use if they wished to gain official ap- proval. For the first time in its history, WYBC was a complete- ly legal organi- zation. With the end of the fall term came a com- plete Station re- decorating and our new an- nouncer control microphones, adding still an- other profes- sional touch to the Station ' s physical ap- pearance. Many of the improvements in WYBC over the last year can be traced to the work of the Technical Department, and The Rex and I it is to these men that WYBC must be espe- cially grateful. Technical perfection is of lit- tle use, however, without the men to an- nounce, write continuity, edit the news, per- form station public relations, and do the countless other backstage jobs. If this past year is to be con- sidered a success- ful one, the credit must go to all these men who took such an active inter- est in WYBC and who worked so hard to help the Yale Broad- casting Company maintain its reputation as the fastest growing organization on the Yale Campus. Lu Ann and her friends. 168 Second Row — Schnell, C; Seith, A.; Kroloff, C. Front Roiv — Farrell, J.; Dillon, R.; Uhler, L. YALE DEBATING SOCIETY FOR the better part of this year the de- bate squad has unfortunately had to operate without the aid of their director, Professor Rollin G. Osterweis. Considering this handicap the team has done well to amass a record of six victories against five defeats at the half-way point in the season. In the absence of Professor Osterweis the squad has been coached by Carlton B. Schnell with the assistance of Donald Lynch and Richard Dillon, the president of the As- sociation. The other officers for 1954-1955 are : vice-president, Lewis Uhler; member-at-large, John Farrell; secretary, Charles Kroloff: and manager, Alex Seith. Thus far, the varsity debate squad of thirty men has defeated Princeton, Harvard, Am- herst and Syracuse once and Pittsburgh twice, while losing to Oxford twice and Harvard, Amherst, and Pitt once each. Home-and- home debates are forthcoming with Brown and Columbia as well as the annual Yale- Harvard-Princeton triangular debate in May. Of particular note so far this year have been the annual Princeton humorous debate and a journey to Pittsburgh by Alex Smith and Lew Uhler who succeeded in defeating the leader, Syracuse, after five rounds of the tournament. The Princeton debate, on the topic Resolved that the Dior Look Falls Flat, received national press coverage and drew a standing-room-only crowd in addi- tion to resulting in Yale ' s fifth victory in the six year history of the debate. In addition to Dillon, Uhler, Farrell and Kroloff, the following men will be graduated this year: Joseph Bachelder III, Frederick Goldstein, Gordon Kaufman, John Kidwell, Charles Krause, Francis MacLaughlin, Robert O ' Brien, Richard Steadman, and Barney Young. 169 YALE POLITICAL UNION IN these days when almost every other major campus organization seems to be seeking rejuvenation, the Political Union is in the somewhat enviable position of having had its rejuvenation. Ever since the heroic spring term of 1954, the Union has been busily revaluating its purpose, its members, and its own organization. On occasion it has extended its introspective abilities to other people ' s problems as well. The basis of all this reformation has been a coalition of the Union ' s Liberal and Con- servative Parties. The avowed purpose of this combine was to end the rather mediocre rut into which the Union had fallen. The first result of the coalition was the election of Liberal David P. Calleo, 1955, to the Union presidency. Under the resultant Liberal des- potism innumerable committees were set up to discuss almost every phase of Union ac- tivity. After much haggling new policies were ironed out and gradually put into effect. For the most part, they proved highly successful. Perhaps this was as much due to a new feel- ing of enthusiasm and participation as it was to any inherent value in the new program. Among the most radical changes of the new regime was the abolition of the old type Union meeting which was half lecture, half debate. From now on ihe listening audience would be bored solely by the guest speaker and not by the debate as well. On the other hand the debaters, holding forth in separate meetings, were no longer constrained by the necessity for politeness to the visiting poli- ticians, nor by their own lack of information. Under the new system, a number of lectures were held, among them a memorable talk on India by Chester Bowles. We debated the Eisenhower Administration in Resolved, that a year and a half of ineptitude has been worse than twenty years of treason. This provided one of the most uproarious debates in Union history. The same might be said for the meeting when the Union, heady with new self-confidence, responded to the News ' intermittent sniping with, Resolved, that the Yale Daily News is not altogether an abomi- nation. At the end of the term, the Liberal-Con- servative coalition, vowing a continuation of the new policies, won unopposed. D. Park Teter, 1956, was the new President with Peter E. Pattison, 1955, as Vice-President; Richard Yoder, 1956, as Secretary, and Dean G. Bras- low, 1955, as Treasurer. The new Party Lead- ers were Herbert Korbel, 1955: John Neider- corn, 1956, and Donald Hershey, 1955, of the Libera], Conservative, and Tory Parties re- spectively. 170 President Teter began the term with the best membership drive the Union has had in years; over 250 undergraduates were signed up. Lecturers in the fall term included August Heckscher, a former Union President, and former Senator William Benton. The first debate, Resolved that Mr. Dulles is more effective in the air than on the ground, was a rousing success. It was followed, according to plan, by a regular debate every other week. Faculty receptions, inaugurated in the pre- vious term, were given a new effectiveness under the stewardship of Cornell Franklin, 1955. An effective effort was made to main- tain closer ties with alumni by the publica- tion of a Newsletter, henceforth to be a semi- annual production. In short, the Teter Administration was an excellent one, imaginative in its plans and efficient in its work. It was not, however, without its critics. The newly formed Tory Party, under the able leadership of Don Hershey, challenged the whole reform party. The radicals of the spring became the con- servatives of the fall, stoutly defending their newly constructed Utopia. In the final test, the election of new officers for the spring term, the old coalition came through again and completely demolished the opposition. Lawrence I. Hewes, III, 1956, was the new president. By the time the election actually occurred, however, it seemed as if party lines had become blurred and much of the bitterness which had existed earlier in the term was gone. The Union seemed to be entering a new era of good feeling. The new Vice-President is Liberal Don Velsey, 1956, and the Treasurer, Liberal Bruce Schragger, 1957; the Secretary supported by the coali- tion was Tory Richard Arnold, 1957. Perhaps the reform has done its work. A few seniors were shaking their heads. For often with success comes boredom. Third Rou- — Morse, P.; Franklin, C; Jackson, H. L.; Wallace, T. Second Row — Melhorn, D.: Hershey, D.; Korbel, H.; Niedercorn, J.; Calleo, D. Front Rou- — Schragger, B.; Pattison, P.; Hewes, L. ; Teter, P.; Braslow, D. ; Arnold, R. 171 OFFICERS Frederick D. Grave, 1911-S President Charles M. Bakewell, 1905-H Vice-President H. E. Hosley, Jr., 1938 Treasurer Carlos F. Stoddard, Jr., 1926 Secretary MORY ' S ASSOCIATION BOARD OF GOVERNORS To serve until 1956 J. Frederick Baker, 1909 Arthur L. Corbin, Jr., 1923 Robert A. Hall, 1930 Stanley S. Trotman, 1934-S To serve until 1957 Carroll C. Hincks, 1911 Francis W. Bronson, 1922 Edwin F. Blair, 1924 H. E. Hosley, Jr., 1938 To serve until 1958 Burnside Winslow, 1904 Graham F. Thompson, 1907-S Basil D. Henning, 1932 Reuben A. Holden, 1940 HOUSE COMMITTEE Stanley S. Trotman, 1934-S Chairman Allerton F. Brooks, 1911 Arthur L. Corbin, Jr., 1923 ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE J. Frederick Baker, 1909 Chairman Dean Keller, 1923 R. C. Carroll, 1932 MORY ' S SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE Charles M. Bakewell, 1905-H Chairman Francis W. Bronson, 1922 Vice-Chairman Burnside Winslow, 1904 Carroll C. Hincks, 1911 Basil D. Henning, 1932 Reuben A. Holden, 1940 COMMITTEE ON ART AND MEMORABILIA Graham F. Thompson, 1907-S Chairman Francis W. Bronson, 1922 Robert A. Hall, 1930 172 YALE SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINE ACTIVITY in Science and Engineering on the ale campus this year has been as vigorous as ever, and the Scientific is faced with the monthly task of presenting as in- formative a view as possible in all the various fields of research. In addition, there has been a special effort in recent years to avoid a lim- ited technical presentation and to cover a wider ground in the more liberal ' fields of human experience. As a YSM editorial pointed out, The man of science must, at the very least, familiarize himself with the temper of the times. The 1954-1955 board has tried to fulfill these objectives and prove that YSM can talk about people as well as about Struc- tural Stresses and Strains. Turning out a magazine once a month in- volves a formidable dose of high-pitched ex- citement mixed with mechanical drudgery. but it is always rewarded by the satisfaction of a finished product. The Scientific s Chair- man, Jim Feibel, kept the wheels rolling this year with thorough management and effective leadership. In the Editorial Department, Earl MacCormac as Managing Editor combined his valuable experience and skill to put together a first-class magazine, aided by Jud King and Bob Soley on production and features. John Dunlop headed this year ' s Business Department. Jay Levine provided the where- withal of operation as Advertising Manager and Bill Schooley, along with Steve Mottus, helped step up circulation. Publicity was maintained by Julian Fleisch- man, the magazine ' s Yiee-Chairman. Bebe Salzer, Art Editor, created the eye-catching parade of colorful covers on each month ' s magazine. Third Row — Hesse, J.; Schooley, W.: Barrie, J.; Soley, R.; McCartney, A. Second Rote — Blaufxund, J.; Griswold, C; Neilan, G.; Holntan. W . : Gondos, B.: Mottus, S. Front Row — Levine, J.; Salzer, B. ; Fleischmann, J.; Feibel, J. ( Chairman ll ; Dunlop, J.; Socolow. E.; King. C. 173 Third Row — Heyer, G.; Sonne, C. ; Wertz, R. ; Hobgood, H.; Buck, B. ; Moore, S.; Snyder, L. M.; Reverend MacLean. Second Row — Boshears, G.; Reames, M.; Colenback, D.; Piper, W.; Ford, L.; Keating, H. ; Wieland, W.; Kranz, H.; Evans, S. Front Row — Bunnell, F.; Bodenburg, D.; Taliaferro, R.; Miller, D.; Riee, D.; Minus, P.; Vilas, F.; Acker, P. DWIGHT HALL THE unique meaning of the Yale Uni- versity Christian Association, more pop- ularly known as Dwight Hall, as a part of the total campus life is best understood not in terms of organization or committees but as a group of students, seeking to express con- cern through study, discussion, worship, and community service. There is no requirement for participation in the work of Dwight Hall except an interest in any one of the several phases of its program. If the student wishes to examine the tenets of the Christian faith and their contemporary relevance, then he may avail himself of the study and discus- sion groups sponsored by the Campus Council of Dwight Hall. Or, if the student is inter- ested in community service, the Community Council provides opportunities for work at such places as the YMCA, the New Haven Boys ' Club, and the Yale Hope Mission. This past year approximately two hundred stu- dents participated in the work of the Com- munity Council. It is a constant endeavor of Dwight Hall to reach as wide an undergraduate audience as possible with programs relating the Chris- tian faith to all areas of university life. In an effort to acquaint the university with the results of the World Council of Churches ' Second Assembly held at Evanston, Illinois, this past summer, Dwight Hall invited four speakers to discuss the Second Assembly and its relevance to the Christian student. TheM speakers included Professor Robert Calhoun of the Yale Divinity School, the Reverend Richard Wilmer, minister to Episcopalian students at Yale, William Coffin, advisor to Presbyterian students at Yale, and Paul 174 Minus, Vice-President of Dwight Hall. Also in the fall of the year, the Reverend George MacLeod, founder of the Iona Community in Scotland, addressed a gathering of students in Dwight Chapel on the subject of Chris- tian community. A special inter-denomina- tional seminar on The Church and Its Mis- sion was conducted over a period of two months. Under the sponsorship of the Social Action Committee of Dwight Hall, an inter- collegiate conference on The Challenge of Africa was held in February. Another ac- tivity of the Campus Council was the Home Seminar program which brought together a small group of students meeting at the home of a faculty member to discuss some as- pect of the Christian faith. Finally, the an- nual University Christian Mission presented the Very Reverend James A. Pike who served as missioner. He presented a series of four addresses on the theme God in a Time of Decision. It is no small task to plan and co-ordinate the several phases of the Dwight Hall pro- gram. This past year a competent group of officers faithfully addressed itself to the task of planning and carrying out the program. Donald G. Miller ' 55 served as President, David Rice ' 55 and Frederick P. Bunnell ' 55 headed the Campus and Community Coun- cils respectively, Paul Minus was the Student Christian Co-ordinator, and Richard Talia- ferro filled the office of Secretary-Treasurer. The creative talent within Dwight Hall was able to express itself in part through the Yale Christian Association publication, Criterion, which attempted to interpret the aspects of our culture in the light of the Christian faith. The motto of Christian students around the world is Ut Omnes Unum Sint, and this past year it found special relevance in the con- cern of Dwight Hall. A group con sisting of the heads of the several denominational groups associated with Dwight Hall met with the Student Christian Movement Co-ordina- tor of Dwight Hall in an effort to under- stand more fully their essential unity and how they could better serve the Yale Com- munity. This group submitted a report for the consideration of all groups composing Dwight Hall in which they suggested severaj major organizational changes which would strengthen the over-all program of Dwight Hall. 175 Third Row — Rice, Rogers, Miller, Mr. MacLean, Minus, McMullen, Young. Second Row — Mr. Clement, Ford, Pipers, Curtiss, Coker, Mr. Lovett. Front Row — Wertz, Pittman, Runnell, Bodenberg, Hightower, Norian, Thompson. Fifth Rou— McKelvey, E.; Sinclair, R.; Taliaferro, R.; McNeely, J.; Hudson, D.; Farrell, J.; Miller, D.; Coker, J.; Pease, W. Fourth Row — MacKinnon, R.; Phillips, J.; Covington, R.; Miller, M.; Browne, R.; Mr. Murray, Pacala, L.; Evans, J.; Third Row — Minners, H.; Brandt, R.; Wilson, E.; Paine, B.; Kepler, T.; Fall, H.; Epps, R.; Nelson, A. Second Row- Monroe, J.; VanHeuven, W.; Case, D.; Mitchell, R.; Colenback, D.; Buhler, E.; LaMar, S.; Banner, J. Front Row — Mr. Burwell; Hart, R.; Eddy, D.; Clayton, J.; Luther Noss; Evans, D.; O ' Leary, D.; Pittman, F.; Randall, W. 176 UNDERGRADUATE DEACONS WHILE Dwight Hall affords to the un- dergraduate body the opportunity of rendering Christian service to the campus and community, the Church of Christ in Yale represents the worship arm of the It ale Prot- estant Christian community. Under the guid- ance of Rev. Sidney Lovett and Rev. Burton MacLean, student members may express their faith at the regular Sunday morning services, while maintaining membership in their home churches. Interdenominational in its policy, the University Church brings to the pulpit a variety of men chosen from among the na- tion ' s most prominent religious leaders. Assisting in the work of the Church are two boards of deacons — the one composed of faculty members: the other, of senior under- graduates. This year ' s Undergraduate Board of Deacons, numbering twenty-two seniors, performed the ushering duties in the Church, assisted at the monthly Communion services, and called upon freshmen interested in be- coming student members of the Church. Many from the group also participated in the Dwight Hall noonday chapel services: each Thursday, one of the student deacons read the scripture lesson, while another de- livered a short address. Apart from their formal duties, the under- graduate deacons have attempted to keep in mind their broad function of promoting an open and intelligent approach to spiritual development on the campus. And, indeed, in striving to assist Mr. Lovett and his associ- ates in whatever ways are available to a score of busy seniors, they have found the assist- ance to be strongly reciprocal. Profiting, for example, by the aid of such men as John Eusden and William Coffin, the undergradu- ate deacons met together several times for informal discussions and outings, confirming their belief that student officers of the Church can gain as much individually from their experience as they can contribute col- lectively. UNIVERSITY CHOIR THE University Choir, prodded by the calendar as usual, formed its ranks of 56 old and new members within the first week of the school year and took part in the Oc- tober 3 service in Battell Chapel, singing an anthem with only a twenty-minute rehearsal by way of preparation. This struggle against the clock and the calendar has been going on since the Choir was founded over one hun- dred years ago, and only by a careful selec- tion of experienced singers who have at least a fair ability to read music can the group carry out its responsibility. The member- ship includes men not only from the under- graduate body but also from the graduate and professional schools of the University and represents a broad cross-section of col- leges and universities all over the country. The Choir joined with the Glee Club at a special service on November 5 to sing Rich- ard Donovan ' s I Will Sing Unto The Lord, a work written especially in commemoration of the centennial of music instruction at Yale. The story of these one hundred years is bound closely with the music of the Chapel, for it was in order to improve the sacred music in the Chapel that Gustave Stoeckel was appointed to the Yale faculty as its first teacher of music. For the first time since the Chapel music was formally organized one hundred years ago, a new plan was introduced of having both an organist and a choirmaster at each service. H. Frank Bozyan, appointed Univer- sity Organist to replace Luther Noss who be- came Dean of the School of Music, presided at the organ for each service, playing from the north transept console. The choirmaster held forth at the apse console. The arrange- ment proved most successful, particularly as it permitted each man to devote full atten- tion to his special responsibility. The Choir ' s only officer is the monitor- librarian, a position held by Franklin ( Don ) Hudson, ' 55E who was serving his second term in 1954-1955. 177 Second Row — Burke, J.; Father O ' Brien; Regan, R. Front Row — Conroy, M.; Scharf, D.; Regan, T. ST. THOMAS MORE THE religious life of the Catholic students at Yale is nourished at St. Thomas More Chapel on Park Street. Here Masses are of- fered daily for the devotion of the students. High Mass is sung on Sunday in Gregorian chant with ancient polyphonic music on more solemn occasions. The chapel itself is univer- sally admired for the beauty of its style and the charm of its appointments. At the chapel center there is a fine library of religious ref- erence books. There is also an auditorium for meetings and socials and a complete kitchen for breakfasts and parties. The religious program of the chapel center is designed to help the student relate his re- ligious beliefs to the secular knowledge he acquires at the University. The student is helped to grow in the knowledge and love of his faith at the college level. To that end the best lecturers on religious subjects are brought to Vale to tiilk to tin- students. These have included in the past the Rev. Martin D ' Arcy of Oxford, Dr. John Dougherty, fa- mous Scripture scholar, Anton Pegis from the Institute of Medieval Studies, Father Keller of the Christophers, John Cogley from the Commonwealth, Father Philotheus Boehner, German Franciscan philosopher, and many others. Every Spring discussion group meet- ings which attract over one hundred and fifty students are held. Group meetings are held in philosophy, social teaching, religion, mar- riage, Bible, etc. A mission is held each year for three days to inspire the men to a more fervent prac- tice of their religion. Besides the public meet- ings the students have the advantage of pri- vate counsel from the chaplain, Father Edwin O ' Brien, himself a Yale man. Every Catholic student who comes to ale has an interview with the chaplain on his personal and reli- gious problems. 178 HILLEL FOUNDATION A SOLID bond of warm friendship per- meated all the activities and the in- novations. Looking back, the B ' nai B ' rith Hillel Foundation at Yale had a good year. Mel Perlman took over the presidency in January, 1954, and set the pace. Cabinet meet- ings included talks by members and concluded at the dinner table for the first time. Les Ultan administered a successful Forum program, while Sandy Mindell ' s Speakers ' Bureau roamed the state spreading the Gos- pel. We had our annual Seder at the Lawn Club. Rabbi Gumbiner added a seminar on Maimonides to his regular Hebrew classes. The Israeli dance group added new steps under Mel ' s guidance. Chuck Kroloff handled Yale ' s end of the Colloquium held at Prince- ton and boomed forth with an occasional Sabbath Service sermon. Marty Scher led the Jewish Appeal to a record total of $2,781. During the summer Hillel moved into the sun and closer to God. The office was trans- ferred from the Lawrance Hall basement to a beautiful new suite in Durfee Hall. In the fall Joel Joseph engineered a dance and reception for incoming Jewish fresh- men. Mrs. Gumbiner stepped up her Sunday brunch schedule, and a record total of bagels were consumed. The month of October was set aside to celebrate the Jewish tercentenary with forums and a library exhibit. Dick Kulp and Joe Muskat served as Yale ' s representatives at the New England Hillel Conference. A monthly Newsletter was in- stituted to replace the Rams Horn. The Perlman administration ended in January as the foundation ' s great friend Rabbi Gum- biner was lost to the University of California Hillel. To replace Rabbi Gumbiner, Ephriam Fischoff of Massachusetts was appointed. Second Row — Bodenberg, D.; Edelstein, D.; Sterns, R. ; Muskat, J.; Rosow, S.; Mindell, S.; Young, B.; Klein, T. Front Row — Elfenbein, T.; Altschuler, M.; Brier, P.; Joseph, J.; Perl- man, M.; Kroloff, C; Cohen, J.; Kulp, D.; Rabbi Gumbiner. 179 Second Row — Doolittle, C. ; Mr. Skalnik; Seniber, W.; Lanphier, R.; Anderson, R. Front Row — Schettler, D.; Raker, S.; Mr. Shank; Flatow, F.; Smith, G. SOCIETY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS ALPHA PHI OMEGA Second Row — Dickson, J.; Neuhardt, R.; Dieterly, R.; La Canza, R.; Waterbury, D.; Price, T. ; Foreman, J. Front Row — Onderdonk, A.; Slover, W.; McCartney, A.; Sutton, J.; Marr, G. ; Jurvis, L. ; Chiabotta, R. 180 Second Row — Snuder, L.; Cooper, H.; Calleo, D. ; Wroth, T. ; Esterly, J.; Wallace, T. Front Row — Fons, S. ; Sassoon, R.; Sandy, S.; Franklin, C; LaRoche, L. JARED ELIOT YALE CINEMA Dial, D.; Lanphier, R.; Hammer, R.; Rrier, P. 181 YALE AVIATION CLUB AT the beginning of 1954, Yale Aviation became primarily an institution for teaching students to fly. This was the result of a reconsideration of the club ' s policy by its officers. To facilitate this purpose, the club sold its Cessna 140 to purchase a Piper Cub, thereby easing the burden on the club ' s other training plane, an Aeronca Champion. Late in the fall, Yale Aviation engaged in air-rescue work when Bob Jackson man- aged to locate a swamped sailing dinghy lost one night by the Yale Corinthian Yacht Club in Long Island Sound. In January the old executive committee of President Dave Acton, Vice-President Bob Jackson, Treasurer Henry Heebner, and Secretary Jim Lipman retired and the new President, John Packard, along with Jack Gertzog as Treasurer, Vern Loucks as Vice- President and Robert B. Smith III as Sec- retary started immediately on a new member campaign that has greatly increased the size of the club. Because of this new increase in membership, Packard has stated that he hopes to obtain a new plane suitable for the more experienced pilots of the club to fly on long cross-country journeys. In the spring the club made plans to partici- pate in the annual Eastern Collegiate Flying Meet held at Williams and hoped to initiate an invitational meet of its own to be held here for all the college flying clubs within a day ' s flight of New Haven. Once again all the Yale Aviation Club ' s planes will be available to club members for flying during the summer recess and may even be taken home by members to use for two to three week periods. There has also been dis- cussion as to procuring permission from the C. A. A. to start a miniature air line service to Smith, Vassar, and Wellesley using Yale Aviation planes on a flexible we ' ll go when you want schedule. To date this fascinating innovation in the Yale scene has gone no further than the contemplation stage, but they say, where there ' s a will there ' s a way. Second Roit — Gertzog, J.; Ingalls, D.; King, C; Loucks, V.; Smith, R.; Bogan, S.; Stevens, R. Front Row — Packard, J.; Heebner, H.; Acton, D.; Jackson, R.; Lipman, J.; Siedenburg, R. 182 YALE OUTING CLUB CELEBRATING its silver anniversary, the Yale Outing Club completed one of its most active years with an overcrowded sched- ule of camping expeditions, cabin trips, square dances, and ski weekends. Highlights of the fall season included the annual Lake George canoe trip, on which it was reported that Treasurer Ken Crowell was over-run and almost scalped by hostile tribes from Smith and Vassar, and the semi- annual Engine Camp with over 100 men and women participating. During the winter, when members were not skiing at the Club ' s own cabin in the Berkshires, they were taking part in festivi- ties with many other colleges. Climax of the winter season was the annual OC-sponsored IOCA SNOSKI, held at Pico Peak, Rut- land, Vt. Approximately 150 representatives from 23 colleges attended this action-packed weekend of racing — serious and novelty — square dancing, skiing, and good times. Dur- ing spring vacation a hardy band of YOCers journeyed to Tuckerman ' s Ravine on Mt. ashington to enjoy some wonderful spring skiing. As the year drew to a close, Prexy Steve DeForest announced his last bird-walk, Veep Frank Olson paid his respects (and rites?) to the Club ' s infamous hearse, and Secretary Bob Lesher finished up the final newsletter. Embarking upon the Club ' s second quarter- century, the newly elected officers, Dick Roberts, president: John Walzer, vice-presi- dent; Mike Middleton, secretary, and Win- ston DeForest, treasurer, optimistically viewed next year ' s prospects. In spite of the loss of such capable Blue Shirts as Bill How- land, Phil Noyce, Win Perry, Tom Plaut, Bill Scher, Parker Towkle, and Carl Verber, now elevated to the status of sheepherders, ' others were prepared and eager to fill their places in planning for an even more exten- sive and ambitious program of outdoor ac- tivities in 1955-56. Second Rou— Walzer, J.; Peters, J.; Perry, W.; Noyce, P.; DeForest, W.; Verber, C; Roberts, C. Front Rou- — Middleton, M.; Howland. J.; Crowell, K.; Olson, F.; DeForest, S.; Lesher, R.; Scher, W.; Plaut, T. f t t t 1 f t ' fbvoy9Q KL W W ■ :IM{ ' ■■ A m. « IBM 183 YALE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY BOARD Byron A. Eliashof Robert G. Lesher Thomas P. Strauss Peter A. Tibbs MEMBERS Philip W. Cardon Robert T. H. Davidson Richard A. Elbrecht Daniel A. Lindley John D. Niles Janice Rozenthals Lawrence F. Rea Melvyiv B. Schupack OFFICERS President Secretary-Treasurer YALE SPORTS CAR CLUB, INC. J ames Ayer Thomas Barrington William Becklean Anthony Chase Frederick Clemens Warren Cox Edward Easton Geoffrey Harrison John Healey William Heizman III John Krosnoff Anthony Leidner John McAlister Edward Malley Walter Mead Sidney Miller William Mosle Edward Najarian Erling Onsager Michael Parker Lewis Robinson Robert Rospond George Sawyer Daniel Sise Edmund Smith Alexander Thompson Robert Thompson Theodore Van Wormer OFFICERS Edward Bull Roy Kiesling David Douglas Edward Oxford President Vice-President Secretary Treasurer Second Rou- — Cook, E.; Watson, P.; Myrus, C; Mr. Stevens; Fistere, J. Front Row — Crowther, N. ; Kurtz, T. ; Ballou, J.; Swazey, J. CHRISTIAN SCIENCE ORGANIZATION Theodore Kurtz Carew McFall Edward Cook 1955 marks the sary of the thirtieth anniver- Christian Science Organization on the Yale Campus. It was founded in 1925 in accordance with the Man- ual of the Mother Church, the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts. Its purpose has been to present Christian Science to the University community and to make it available to those who seek it further. Weekly testimonial meetings are held after dinner Tuesday evenings in the Branford College Chapel. There are readings from the Bible ami the denominational textbook, Sci- ance and Health, by Mary Baker Eddy, and a part of the service is devoted to the giving of experiences and general remarks on Chris- tian Science by members of the congregation. The organization also maintains a study President Vice-President Secretary room in Lawrence Hall on the Old Campus. In this room visitors are afforded the serenity for meditation and prayer. Here are the writ- ings of Mary Baker Eddy, the discoverer and founder of Christian Science, and other au- thorized literature as the Christian Science Journal, Christian Science Sentinel, and Christian Science Monitor. At least once a year the group sponsors a speaker from the Board of Lectureship of the Mother Church. This past year the speaker was Dr. Archibald Carey of Detroit: his topic was How Christian Science Can Help You. Through such means as the week I meet ings, the reading room, and the annual visit- ing lecturer, the organization is an integral ami a valuable part of the life of the Chris- tian Scientist at Yale. 186 Second Ron — Mr. Migdalski; Egolf, R.; Mr. Merriman. Front Row — Wood-Prince, A.; Ward- well, A.; Farrand, M. ; Mowbray. L. YALE FISHING CLUB Mark Farrand Louis K. Mowbray Alain Wood-Prince Allen Wardwell II Robert L. Egolf President Vice-Presiden t SecretarY ' Treasu rer Editor Senior Advisor THE Yale Fishing Club was founded with the purpose of bringing together fisher- men at Yale, presenting motion pictures and programs by well-known anglers and writers, and organizing diverse fishing excursions. It has been activities such as these which have annually attracted a large number of enthu- siasts. Meetings are held approximately ten times throughout the school year, and the fall and spring groups of members make informal trips to various fishing areas in Connecticut and Long Island Sound. During Spring vaca- tion there is a club trek to Florida, where members engage in both inland and deep-sea angling. Besides the undergraduate membership there is a large and growing number of alumni and honorary members throughout the country, many of whom maintain an ac- tive interest in the club by attending meet- ings and contributing material for the Fish- ing Club Bulletin, the official publication, which includes articles on various aspects of fishing and club news. In addition to lectures by fishing experts, the club ' s programs are composed of various moving pictures, including several made by Ed Migdalski, icthyologist and one of the club ' s two faculty advisors, on his world-wide expeditions for Yale ' s Bingham Oceano- graphic Laboratory. The other advisor is Daniel Merriman, Master of Davenport Col- lege and director of the Laboratory. 187 Second Row — Feeney, M. ; Muhonen, D. ; Thebaud, R. ; Strasburger, L. ; Sumner, W. Front Row — Booker, J. (Manager) ; Lockhart, J. (Captain) ; Cogswell, R. VARSITY RIFLE TEAM THE 1954-55 season began with the foot- ball weekends of the early fall. Matches were fired with Ivy League opponents both at home and away. In late November, after a decisive win over Princeton was marred by a disappointing one-point loss to Harvard, competition began in the 20-team New Eng- land College Rifle League. Shoulder-to-shoul- der matches within the league were arranged wherever possible. The team, sporting a creditable 3-1 league record and with high hopes for the remainder of the season, suffered a severe, but tempo- rary setback with the loss of star sophomore Roger Cogswell due to a shoulder injury. At the time, Cogswell was ranked second in the individual scoring for the entire league with an outstanding 286.8 average. In the absence of Cogswell, they lost 3 conseeutive matches on a post-exam road trip. The team, however, snapped back to close the regular season with victories over WPI and R. I. State. Highlighting the long season was a non- league win over traditional rival U. S. Coast Guard Academy, the first in four years. The team also broke the magic total of 1400 three times during the season. Placing second to the Coast Guard in the NECRL Group Finals at New London, Yale earned a place in the League Championships held at Boston the following week. There the shooters placed third. The team placed second in the Southern New England Sectional of the National Intercollegiates. When the national scores were in, Yale had placed second in New England. In the Connecticut State Tournament the same week, Yale won back the Schindel Memorial Trophy, symbol of collegiate supremecy in the state. 188 AIR FORCE RIFLE TEAM BECAUSE of graduation and a cut-back in the size of the Cadet Corps, the Air Force R. 0. T. C. Rifle Team found itself at the beginning of this year with only two re- turning men, Captain Mike Thebaud and Manager Pete Haerle. The team, however, has been fortunate in experiencing a larger turn- out this year than at any time during its his- tory. Showing excellent spirit, this year ' s squad has been the recipient of unlimited co- operation and instruction by the officers of the Air Science Department. Under the tutelage of T Sgt. J. R. Smith, the club has improved steadily throughout the year. By the end of the Fall term, their record stood at eight wins and 17 losses. The spring term, however, has proved to be in- finitely more successful and from all indica- tions, this Spring ' s record should be most impressive. Thebaud has been the consistent high scorer for the team. Other important scorers have been Pete Haerle, a sophomore, and Sam McCalmont, John Wilson, and Bob Rankin, all freshmen. Although the team was a bit green this year, the young talent on the squad gives promise of better seasons to come. Much of this rapid improvement can be attributed to the acquisition of one dozen new Winchester 53 ' s at the beginning of the school year. At first the team found it somewhat difficult to master the use of them, but constant practice remedied this. The Win- chester Club has magnanimously donated their facilities twice each week — a privilege which the Rifle team has greatly appreciated. So far this year most of the matches have been postal matches thereby enabling the team to compete against teams from all part? of the countrv. Second Row — Johnston, R.; Rankin, R.; McCalmont, S. ; Pryor, L.; T Sgt. Smith, J. Front Rotv — Feeney, M.; Thebaud, R. (Captain) ; Seelye, M. liPSSa IPS W m ' B . r R r ' r L : -J- S ■ ¥ w ' f ir il fj j :, ■ ' 1 • % y m ™ i • ' t y i% m . J . 3 kfl ' Ls- ' K ll ■ ■ W- «| UT rVW : T M . H w um w aV% i ' M¥m Avr c Jk., . 88 ■•me ' fl ' ffii MkiM 1 .• I Wr t jm i« ' ■_■ ■ - B ,..- ■ • Ml . B M m m. 189 Second Row — Ellis, W.; McAlister, J.; Phillips, J. Front Row — Westfall, W.; Marshall, W.; Freedman, J. Absent — Esterly, J. GUILD OF YALE BELLRINGERS THIS group, although little publicized, cannot help being obvious. Its first strokes at eight in the morning mark the time when Old Yale attended daily chapel. New Yale, still slumbering at this hour, re- gards the chimes as a kind of alarm clock. This is hardly a correct name for the Hark- ness Chimes, as they are not mechanized but are rung by an extremely musical organiza- tion called the Guild of Yale Bellringers. These men are selected competitively for their ability to read music, keep in rhythm, and maintain interest. One interesting fact is that these bell- ringers hardly hear what they play. Because of this they must have the above mentioned qualities. Yale ' s chimes are considered the heaviest in the world, and the Yale com- munity hears them four times daily, begin- ning with Scarlero, Italian Tune at eight o ' clock, the Largo from Dvorak ' s New World Symphony at noon, Wagner ' s Bell Motif from Parsifal at six, and several notes of a Gregorian chant at ten. Over 500 songs constitute the present repertory of the chimes. The Guild follows the University calendar closely. By playing at all the major academic functions and processions, it tries to keep all the scholastic Doctors in step. In Sep- tember the Guild played for the Divinity School Convocation honoring, among others, the Archbishop of Canterbury. In November, at the celebration of the 100th anniversary of music instruction at Yale, brass ensemble music was played for the first time from the Tower. Special rings were also held during Advent and the Christian Mission. One event of peculiar interest was the re- cording of the Yale Bells by Mercury Record Corporation. Sounds made by the bells were incorporated into the finale of Tschaikovsky ' s 1812 Overture, a recording which prompted the New Yorker to comment: ... a mar- velously victorious-sounding racket. How- ever, despite the Talk of the Town, the ineluctable Guild celebrates 34 years of bells at Yale and is proud of it. 190 THE academic year 1954-55 completes one century of organized music at Yale. Yale music has grown into what Marshall Bartholomew calls a pro- gram of formidable dimensions, pervading every facet of undergraduate activ- ity. Music has assumed an important place in the undergraduate curriculum; it has become an avocation with many people, a subject of serious intent with many others; and it is by far the most popular extra-curricular activity. More than 500 people participate in the University ' s music organizations: fifteen singing groups, football and concert bands, the University orchestra, and several dance and jazz ensembles. The teaching of the theory of music is now a part of the curriculum, and the history of music is taught in the belief that it considers an aspect of culture highly significant in the total scheme of history. Music at Yale today covers a vast range of interest and affords a distinct kind of education and enjoyment to its participants. The value of Yale ' s music in music is best summed by by Leo Schrade: The study and the participation program should be instrumental in realizing a coordinate complexity of disci- plines. . . . The culture of a musical society depends much more on a vast mem- bership of connoisseurs and amateurs taught to articulate taste than on the marvelous skills of professional musicianship or creative composers. 1949 : Concerto for Trumpet and Bassoon by Paul Hindemith. 1953: The Pultizer Prize winning Concer- to for Two Pianos and Orchestra by Quincy Porter. Yesterday ' s Music TWO hundred years ago, the Calvinist tradition at Yale was striving to rid the small college of the insidious influence of Ungodly Songes and Ballades, and the booklets of Uni- versity regulations stated, Every student shall abstain from singing. It was not until 1813 that twelve students were allowed to form a Yale Music Society, but for many years thereafter the practice of singing on the Old Yale Fence, inaugurated in 1833 when rails replaced the old sharp boards, was disparaged by the University. In 1854, Joseph Battell gave $5000 for support of a teacher of the science of music, and Gustave J. Stoeckel, a German immigrant, was named to the position of Instructor of Music. Stoeckel organized the first Glee Club in 1860, and by 1863 the Club was performing outside the college. Soon, a banjo club, which was to continue in existence until the 1930 ' s, was per- forming along with the Glee Club. At the same time numerous singing groups — among them the Beethoven Bums, the Catter- wallers, and the Theological Quartet — were springing up. An- other one of these groups, the Whiffenpoofs, was founded in the early 1900 ' s. By 1920 the names of the Glee Club and of the Whiffenpoofs were to many synonymous with that of Yale. In the meantime, further funds were able to create the first Yale professorship in music in 1890. It went, of course, to Gustave Stoeckel. Four years later he left his chair to Horatio Parker, who spearheaded the further development of the music program as dean of the new Yale School of Music which, in 1917, moved into its first permanent quarters in Sprague Hall. Since that time, the School ' s graduates have included Charles Ives, Douglas Moore (now dean of the Columbia School of Music I, and Roger Sessions; and on its faculty have been Paul Hindemith and Pulitzer Prize winner Quincy Porter. Parker died in 1920 and was replaced by David Stanley Smith. This same year also marked the advent of the first Yale Band which, in 1927, was led by one Rudy Vallee. In 1938, a Department of Graduate Studies in Music was founded, mark- ing Yale ' s acceptance of music as a ranking subject. A few years later, undergraduate courses in music were inaugurated into the curriculum. Yale music had finally come of age. Cole Porter led the 1913 Glee Club. ff hit Grisuold played in the Banjo Club of 1927. The Mohicans, un early singing group. One of the first pictures of the Glee Club. Keith Wilson directs the Yale Band on a spring evening at Cross-Campus. Marshall Bartholomew lecturing dur- ing the Music Centennial. The Talbot Brothers bring Bermuda jazz to Yale. . . and odcuf ' l IN 1955, Yale music is a mixture of old and new traditions. The Glee Club still sings the old chestnuts, but the small singing groups are more inclined to the favorites of Tin Pan Alley. Many in the Yale Community go to hear orchestral con- certs in Woolsey Hall, but many others stand for three hours to hear a jazz concert in a fraternity. Music at Yale has come to mean many things to many people. The Band can be seen marching in Yale Bowl on a Saturday afternoon in the fall, playing a different kind of program to a different kind of audience in Sprague Hall on a winter night, and performing outdoors on the Cross-Campus on a spring evening. The Glee Club now travels to the Mid- West, the Carib- bean, and Europe; it sings Mozart ' s C-Minor Mass in New Haven one weekend and in New London the next. Over three hundred music participants have the opportunity to sing in four glee clubs, a church choir, college and Dramat musicals, and approximately twelve small singing groups. An instrumentalist may choose between the Band, the University and New Haven Symphony Orchestras, or small woodwind and brass ensembles. One can walk into a fraternity on a Saturday and expect to find George Feyer, the Talbot Brothers, the Whiffenpoofs, or Eddie Wittstein. The choices and the opportunities are as wide as the listener ' s or the participant ' s predilections. The School of Music takes a direct part in many of these activities and is often largely responsible for any innovation that may take place. Its students may take part in many of the primarily-undergraduate activities. Their recitals are frequently presented and, like the faculty, they often compose and arrange music for presentation at Yale. The School may sponsor a lecture by Vaughan Williams or a concert of Monteverdi, Petzel, and Gabrieli played from Harkness Tower. Music at Yale today is illustrative of the diverse pattern of American life. It exemplifies many of the characteristics of this life and exhibits the continuing trend toward a diversity of styles and an increase in the understanding of a truly broad education. It is this which makes Yale ' s position nearly unique, not only among other colleges but also in American music. 193 o f ( m H If 1 r r J £ t ■ ♦ « I i n n i Mi Fj f  fioit ' — O ' Gorman, S. ; Holding, W.; Hendrick, R. ; Kirkbride, R.; Townsend, D.; Richards, E.; Gordon, D.; Cochran, S.; Back, G.; Hinkley, J.; McKelvey, E. ; Carter, J.; Stein, J. Fourth Rou — Volz, N.; Kendrick, T.; Hull, P.; Randolph, J.; Stanley, E.; Griswold, T.; Ingersoll, J.; Miller, L.; Berenblum, M.; Steggall, J.; Somerville, J.; Sinclair, R.; Young, G.; Third Row— Conlan, F.; Wilson, W.; Phillips, J.; Martin, J.; Taylor, R.; Low, F.; Miller, O.; Gill, C; Nolo, A.; Park, H.; Robertshaw, F.; Bullard, R.; Gulliver, A.; O ' Brien, R. Second Row— Englander, R. ; Embleton, J.; Frazier, W. ; Kepler, T.; Eddy, D.; Van Heuven, W. ; Grow, W.; Thompson, P.; Lew, J.; Lamar, D.; Evans, D. ; Kramer, L.; Dowd, E. Front Row — Granville, R.; Clayton, J.; Liebman, K.; Riggins, R.; Hudson, F.; McCagg, L.; Fenno Heath (Director); Flanders, J. W. (President); Siphron. J.; Downey, J.; Pittman, F.; Hardv, R.; Clark, J. YALE GLEE CLUB OFFICERS J. William Flanders, Jr., ' 55 President Lauriston H. McCagg, ' 55 Manager F. Donald Hudson, ' 55E Publicity Manager Joseph R. Siphron, ' 55 Historian James L. Downey, ' 56 Stage Manager 66npHEN sing to old Yale. This year, JL particularly memorable in that it marked one hundred years of singing at Yale, was one of good singing and memories of good singing. Having returned from a fulfilled and song- filled trip throughout Western Europe, the Club seemed to have greater congeniality and unity. Fenno Heath, more- over, having ended his novi- tiate year as director of the Yale Glee Club, confidently embarked upon another. The first semester was oc- cupied with learning new mu- ie both for the centennial celebrations and for the annual Christmas trip. Fenno ' s newest arrangement, The Skye-Boat Song, exemplifies his ever-increas- ing stature as a musician. Joint concerts with Princeton and Harvard produced their customary hearty receptions and resulted in unofficial musical victories for Yale. An aug- mented and more imaginative publicity cam- paign this year brought capacity crowds to both concerts. Although the Christmas trip was less ex- tensive than usual, the tour was perhaps more gratifying in that the Club maintained its vocal abilities and capac- ity for parties to the very end. Beginning in Manches- trr. New Hampshire, a guests of the Governor, the Glee Club then proceeded to Prov- idence where it sang to a pleased audience at the Vet- erans ' Memorial Hospital. Joining Iva Dee Hiatt ' s Smith 194 Glee Club, the Club sang selections from the Bach Magnificat, not only in Providence, but also to a full house in Boston ' s impres- sive Symphony Hall. After the next concert, held in Town Hall, the Club was invited to an almost too-well-attended debutante party. The schedule for spring term more than compensated for an unhurried fall season. The informal singing group song fest pro- vided one of the year ' s vocal high spots. While fewer groups than usual participated, the quality was possibly even better than in recent vears. Earlv announcement of the Junior Prom Concert was rewarded in the size and enthusiasm of the audience. Per- formance of the magnificent Mozart Mass in C Minor with the well-trained Connecticut College Chorus was undoubtedly the apex of the season for most members. The year ended suddenly with a weekend stay in Plain- field, New Jersey; the display of University singing talents at the Woolsey Hall Jambo- ree; and the traditionally sold out Com- mencement Concert. And still flourish she, like a hale green tree, when a thousand years have flown. 195 Fifth Row — Parker, H. ; Marshall, C; Frev, C; German, A.; Moorhean, T. ; Magee, H. ; Taylor, A.; Huey, T.; Smith, D.; Lloyd, D.; Bartlett, R.; Ruffin, E.; Fourth Ron— Miller, C. ; Eiehhorn, J.; Remirk, F. ; Taliaferro, R. ; MacKinnon, R.; Broad, R. ; Hoerle, R. ; Wilde, R.; Miller, C; Rand, E.; Youngman, J. Third Row — MacKenroth, L.; MacStravir, R.; Richards, A.; Fisher, R.; Partnoy, R.; Allee, C; Gibb, A.; Cannell, S.; Hall, W.; Brown, R.; King, J.; Rinaldi, C. Second Row — Hewett, R. ; Wittenberg, S. ; Jump, T. ; Gossels, W. ; McCarthy, L. ; Zimmerman, C; Huber, P.; Hughes, J.; Conte, J.; Pierce. C. ; MacLean, D. Front Row — McArthur, A.; Foster, J.; Reichenbach, J.; Blackburn, B.; Wood, B. ; Wester- man, P.; Faulkner, P.; Linett, D.; Soderberg, R. ; Randol, W.; Snyder, A. APOLLO GLEE CLUB Peter T. Faulkner ' 55 President R. Bruce Wood ' 57 Business Manager David T. Linett ' 56 Publicity Manager A. Brooke Blackburn ' 56 Stage Manager THE 1954-55 season saw the Apollo Glee Club embark on one of its most ambi- tious schedules in recent years. Under the able direction of Clayton J. Westermann ' 53, the Club appeared at sixteen events during the Winter and Spring concert season. The Club made its debut at Mamaroneck, Y V., in January and participated in the ' 100 Years of Music at Yale program before mid-year exams. In February activities began with a joint rehearsal with Briarcliff Junior College at New Haven on the 9th, in prepa- ration for the formal concert given at Sear- borough-on-th -Hudson, X. Y., on the 26th. The first home concert saw the Apollo Glee Club acting as hosts to the Pembroke College Glee Club at Silliman College. To round out the February activities the Club performed for the Church of the Redeemer at New Haven, the University Christian Mission, and the annual mid-year alumni meeting. March saw two social concerts and one public performance, the professional appear- ance being at Weston, Connecticut. On the social side the Club visited Miss Porter ' s School at Farmington and extended Yale hospitality to the Smith Freshman Chorus at Timothy Dwight College. A strictly profes- sional month for the Apollo Glee Club was April, when two formal concerts were sung, one at Perth Amboy, N. J. and the other at Darien, Conn. As is the custom, the Club participated in the annual Yale Singing Jam- boree at Woolsey Hall. The season closed with a visit to Wilton, Conn. u the 6th of May and the biggest home event, a joint concert with Bradford Junior College the following day. 196 THE WHIFFENPOOFS It all started in Vermont. It ivas September. They met to rehearse and gen- erally think about the coming year. They came from all over. Yes, the big, fat red-head and the little, skinny one with glasses — all of them — kissed Mom- good-bye, and went to Vermont for two weeks. 197 Maybe you think it wasn ' t fun. Just ask one of them, he ' ll tell you. He ' ll tell you about that missed putt on the eighteenth. He ' ll tell you what it ' s like to run out of gas in the middle of the woods when you ' re cold and hungry. He ' ll tell you about that trump he couldn ' t get out. He might even tell you what it ' s like to get your foot crushed by a motor launch and then to drink Haffenreffer till your eyes water and your head whirls, but you keep singing. And all the time Grandma rocking in her chair sighing, ' Where ' s Bunt? ' while Huddy and the boys play cards and swear. Later on they came to school. There were green cups, oh God! there were green cups. Always the same, but always different. There were cigars too — big brown ones. The kind that made you cough and spit, and the kind that made you laugh and order another drink. There was Whitey, and Paulie too, friends of Tom. Who would have thought the old man had so much smut in him? They took trips. It was in a basement in Pennsylvania that they lost their virginity. He just got up and walked out right in the most important part, and they knew it would never be the same again. That Christmas vacation they traveled. All they could do was fight and keep fighting till they couldn ' t hold it any longer — you know the rest. They went on week-ends. One week-end they went to Long Island on Satur- day night, and I tell you I saw it there looking right at me with its chartreuse teeth. It was horrible. I don ' t remember much after that, but the next day in the afternoon no one would open the windows in the gymnasium. ' Please! ' I said, ' Please open the windows! ' And you could tell by the queer look on 198 Standing — Joseph E. Siphron, Howard F. Park III, F. Donald Hudson, Dwight Hall Townsend, William B. Holding, Gavin W. V. Young, Frederick O. Robertshaw. Seated — James H. Doak Jr., Herbert C. Upson, William L. Porter (Pitch Pipe), Robert W. Dotan (Popocatepetl), Ashbel G. Gulliver, John H. Stein. people ' s faces that they wanted them open too, but no one so much as tried to open them. Vermont Revisited Finally it came. They took a week-end off and went back to the place of their origin — this time with girls. It was in the middle of winter, and snow was full upon the ground. The experience was not so much spiritual as it was physical. Each was free to go and come as he pleased, and each one pursued his own course of action as he thought best. Some did this, others that. Some skied, others took ' nature walks. ' Some scratched backs, others did other things. There was singing around the bridge table at night, and big bowls of ice for people who couldn ' t walk. I heard of at least six of them who went down the hill in a toboggan, right in front of everybody. Sunday morning just before they left, they all said they had had a good time, and that wasn ' t it a good thing that they did this. They had rehearsals. I don ' t know exactly how many they had, but I know they had pretty many. They had them at a ' White Tower ' except on Thursdays, when the people who lived there didn ' t want anyone watching them. They told these people they would look the other way, but it didn ' t do any good. The main part of the rehearsals was the business meeting, where one guy would ask permission of the rest to do something he had already done. Then they would take a little time off to learn new things to sing, because they were sick to their stomachs of the old things they sang. Now they were talking about other things. Things like Bermuda, record- ings, and sweaters. I don ' t know, maybe they ' re right, but so what if they aren ' t. Someone ' s got to do it. (He lit a cigarette, and went out into the rain. I 199 Second Ko:v — Smith, J.; Noto, A.; Sandvoss, R. ; Hall, W.; Webb, E.; Rossen, R.; Franciscus, J. Front Row — O ' Gorman, S. ; Steggall, J.; Neary, G.; Markert, R.; Wilson, W.; Kingsbury, J. ALLEY CATS THE Fall of 1954 found the Alley Cats with somewhat depleted ranks due to the departure of seven seniors and two Jun- iors to the Whiffs, but hopes ran high when the dust had settled. A solid group of nou- veaux chats and the return from khaki of Gerry Two Fingers Neary made the com- ing year loom bright. After an arduous few months of note-pounding in the Calhoun Music Room, Maestro Neary announced that the time was at last ripe, and the group launched into its annual series of self-bene- fits. In fact, by now the Alley Cats have taken undisputed first place in the hearts of Connecticut ' s Women ' s Clubs for their spon- taneous wit and savoir-faire over coffee and cakes despite a seemingly unbreakable habit of arriving an hour late. The list of music this year was as usual, diverse. Such solos as the poignant Georgia by Rolf Beef on the Hoof Sandvoss and tin- vibrant Jennie 1 by Bill Hall, when combined with tin- intricate artistry of the multi-quartet Tea for Two gave the audi- ences what the Osawatomi Observer called melodic magic. The droll humor of Adam ' s Rib and the modern chords of Bananas, the lusty quality of the spirituals and the old favorites made this year ' s reper- toire highly entertaining and varied. Audiences were far-flung, from the col- legiate crowds at Mt. Holyoke to the smart set in scenic Florida. This was the second year that the Cats have managed a successful invasion of the South, the ground having been broken and the beachheads established last year. First Tenors were seniors John Animal Steggall and Tony Bueno Noto and fledg- lings Tim Wilson and Roger Rossen. Bill Hall, Gooey Franciscus and Rolf Sandvoss handled the Second Tenor chores, while Og- gie Miller, PFC Neary, Jack Smith and our own Jack Webb chortled enthusiastically at the Baritone level. Low men were Jim Kings- bury, Scott O ' Gorman and Bob Laissez Faire Markert, the business manager. J Mi Second Rote — Sharp, K. ; Somerville, J.; Williams, F. ; Hull, P.; Stetson, J. Front Ron- Figgott, J.; Forker, G.; Vennum, T.; MacKinnon, R.; Shaw, J.; Reimann, W.. Absent- Kramer, D.; Rutledge, J.; Slater, A.; Spofford, N. AUGMENTED SEVEN THE fall season for the Augmented 7 opened with the usual capers at various fraternities on football weekends, and closed with the late fall jaunts to points north. Per usual, conflict arose between those with and those without dates, which added to the al- ready hectic race from party to party. Smith College welcomed us on house-party weekend with a demand for four engagements (much to the chagrin of Forker, who had sung everything since freshman year, and side-kick Lou, who had heard same for an equally long period ) . Nevertheless, Sharp continued to lay them in the aisles with Tuxedo Junction, while Hull produced other effects with his rendition of Adios. Reimann and Pigott kept the crowds swaying with their guitars as the group continued in the calypso tradi- tion. During the winter hibernation, leader Ven- num attempted to sneak in a few of his im- possible arrangements but met with little success in view of the traditionalists in the group. He was later appeased, however, by- Hull ' s arrangement of My Funny Valen- tine, delivered to Conn College by the golden voice of Johnny Somerville in an early Spring engagement. Spring saw the addition of Stetson, Kramer, and two guitars, handled admirably by Rut- ledge and Spofford. This was the beginning of a more intense calypso routine, and cer- tain other strange rhythm instruments aug- mented the group even more. While MacKin- non fought to be heard above what Forker termed the orchestra, the bass section of Shaw, Williams, and Slater continued to dis- rupt rehearsals with the usual antics and im- provised bass lines. The climax of the Spring was a mad dash from some obscure teacher ' s college in New York, where a joint concert with the Spizzwinks ( ? ) was given, to Welles- ley for a concert the next day. In spite of the hectic activity, the group convened at the annual banquet to agree that it had been a successful vear. 201 Bullard, R.; Taylor, R.; O ' Brien, R.; Flugstad, T.; Knight, H.; Gordon, D.; Stewart, H.; Hovde, A. E.; Liebman, K.; Embleton, J.; Curtis, J.; Gregory, R. BAKER ' S DOZEN WELL prepared in advance by a summer of singing on an island in Lake Ontario with the Vassar Goldusters, the Baker ' s Dozen returned to New Haven in rare form for tackling the fall week end parties that lay ahead of them. After proving as early as Mountain Day that their pre-season training had been as productive as it was recreational, they fulfilled more engagements by Decem- ber than they had in any previous full year. These appearances followed the usual autumn mixture of fraternity blasts, college dances, and houseparties; and whatever the occasion, there was always the ubiquitous claque of their summer companions dominating every audience that was being entertained. W lien school recessed for the Christmas holiday , the Baker ' s Dozen embarked on an extensive singing tour. Starting in Phila- delphia at the debutante party of their doughnut ' s sister, Kate Knight, they then journeyed to New York for a similar per- formance at the St. Regis Roof. The thirteen troubadours were next seen at the Greenbriar Hotel in White Sulphur Springs, West Vir- ginia, where they spent five days. The Green- briar lavished sumptuous attention upon its guests from Yale, whose appreciation for the extraordinary hospitality was greatly en- hanced by the fact that it was absolutely free. Allowing themselves just enough t jun- to drive back to school, the BD presented a full length informal blast chez Embleton. During the round of Prom concerts and spring week ends, the group added a lot of new songs to a repertoire already inflated by their summer season. Tops among the new- comers were several songs arranged by Coco- nut Dick Gregory, like Wandering and No Restricted Signs in Heaven, as well as the Top Hat medley, the Boola parody, and Association Island. In spite of all ef- forts, the Schlitz Beer commercial was at last inquiry still unclaimed by the sponsor. 202 ORPHEUS and BACCHUS THE O and B ' s, dedicated to the theory that song is next to useless without wom- en and wine, began this season rehearsing for their pre-college engagements at the Blossom Estate on Long Island. After performing for numerous beach par- ties and other social functions, while at Quogue, the group journeyed to Westchester to celebrate the coming of age of the madem- oiselles Ellen, Peggy, Edna, and the four old ladies of the London blitz. Edna provided Mike Pattison with one of the dampest eve- nings in his experience. It must be mentioned that Joe Clayton never sounded better than during those memorable few days. The football season consisted of engage- ments at fraternities, local organizations, the Med. School, and assorted institutions of higher learning for young ladies. Other engagements included alumni din- ners, Molly Griswold ' s debut, and a joint ap- pearance with the Vassar Night Owls, this last having been made possible by a most re- markable number. The house party tradition, ably established by the Gardners, was maintained by Orpheus Randolph who accommodated the whole group, plus dates, at his ancestral estate, Ridgefield, where Prometheus Gibb shopped for a Brando motorcycle. Rehearsals were lively gatherings this year, with Rand dribbling his rubber checkbook around the floor accompanied by a lusty chorus of Shh Boom from Conlan. The long, smooth faces of two of the members were current topics of conversation. The re- hearsals usually ended with Allee sleeping on a bed of roses (unaccompanied), and with Bacchus Ingersoll changing his plans before a packed house at Ho Jo ' s. The worst shock of the year came when Australia ' s own L. McCagg informed us that Jonathan W. Group was on G. W. and couldn ' t sing with us any more. J. W., being notorious in the Dean ' s office, was forced to abide by Yale College rules. Second Row — Allee, C; Rand, E.; Hinklcy, J.; Gibb, A.; Conlan, F.; Clayton, J. Front Row — Richards, E. ; Ingersoll, J.; Randolph, P.; McCagg, L.; Gardner, F. 203 Second Rmv — Hines, K..; Myru.% ( ' ..: Arnold, P.; Miller, B.; White, R. ; Perry, F. Front Ron — Smith, R.; Englander, R.; Martin, J. (Manager); Putsch, H. (Musiral Director); Pease, W.; Downey, J. SPIZZWINKS (?) THE Spizzwinks(?) were fortunate this year in regaining Henry Putsch as mu- sical director, but lost John Evans as soloist clue to illness. Dick Bull and Ed Selig had to drop out also, and ihe group was lucky to find such an able replacement in Dick Smith, who recently returned from wintering last year on the Riviera. Handling the managerial duties for the Winks was James Martin, who returned from hibernation at Saratoga Springs, New York. Wally Pease was given the sinecure of Publicity Manager. The year also saw the introduction of lapel pins as group identification. The Spizzwinksf ? I started off the season singing at Phi Gamma Delta over the clink of cocktail glasses, which is a good way to -i.irt any season. After several more local engagements, the Winks journeyed to Scars- dale for one of their more spectacular per- formances. Branching out further, they sang at the Hartford Club in Hartford, Conn. En- couraged by the reception at these places, they went to Miami Beach, Florida, during the spring vacation. The Florida engagement proved very successful under the auspices of Ken Hines, one of the newly-elected Spizz- winksl?). Prior to the Florida trip the group sang only locally, at places such U Pine Orchard, Berkeley College, and at the Freshman Prom. The Florida excursion all agreed, was a fine conclusion to an excellent season. The new members elected this year were Pete Arnold, Bart Miller, Reid White, and ken Hines. T hey will fill out the positions of the graduating seniors, who are Henry Putsch, Jim Martin. Wally Pease, and Dick Smith. All in all, it can be said that the 1954-1955 season due to the combined efforts of tin- group was eminently successful. 204 Second Row — MacStravic, R. ; Jackson, S. ; Loud, T. ; Ritchie, W.; Jerman, A.; Almond, D. Page, R. Front Row — Lamar, S. ; McArthur, A.; Reichenbach, J.; Allen, G.; Kepler, T. AMBYSTOMIANS BISHOP ' S DEVILS Scheinfeld, D.; Huber, P.; Rinaldi, C; Nelson, K.; Kugeler, H.; Blackburn, A.; Zimmerman, C; Churchill. N.; Rilev, J. 205 Second Ron- — Lndwigton, I).; Hughe , J.; kendrick, T. ; Travers, L. ; Pryor, A.: Grcenway, H.; Gill, C. Front Roiv — Hewett, R.; Cochran, S.J Thompson, W.; Durfee, C; Foote, J.; Towle, P.; Hard, F. DUKE ' S MEN Jug Jug to dirty ears. 206 JESTERS THE Jonathan Edwards Common Room was crowded with nattily-dressed J. E. men and their dates. It was the annual J. E. Singing Group Jamboree. Over in front of the row of shining taps stood twelve men in hard black ties and pale moist faces. The ties meant they were the J Esters. The nervous looks meant another year was to start. Two weeks and many beers later, with their sparkling performance still ringing in the ears of those who had heard them, the same twelve men, now flushed with victory, jour- neyed to Connecticut College. Success followed success. Master ' s tea fol- lowed master ' s tea. A command performance at Holyoke, and back to Yale in a storm of requests to sing Princeton Weekend. Madly off again after Christmas to spark a formal concert with the Apollo Glee Club, before an audience of eleven hundred. But as in all success stories, it was the untold hours of strain and sweat that made the J Esters what they were. They rehearsed Don ' t Get Around Much Any More so much that passers-by along High Street, after a few weeks of nightly pressing noses to the glass, began to believe it. Tossberg had dates every night to ease the tension. Kopp uttered strange noises at Fiedler after a while, as Garlock mumbled in French from little books by way of apology for the arrange- ments he brought in. Cornwell took to the water to relax his muscles. Weber and Leinen- weber said that their daily (sic) hour tests were nothing compared to it. Brewster went straight for the couch after every song. Ste- venson as business manager could afford to escape in style, while music director Werner nearly blew his pitch-pipe out. Starr even pulled a ligament. Yes, this was the price of success. But as they raised their cups one warm May night in the J. E. courtyard, realizing though not speaking the joys that lay behind, they knew it had been worth it, as one by one they dropped off to sleep. Starr, W.; Tossberg, T. ; Werner, D.; Leinenweber, J.; Kopp, K.; Fiedler, J.; Garlock, R.: Brewster, C. ; Cornwell, D.; Weber, R. ; Stevenson, J. 207 YALE BAND 66 A ND now, for the first time anywhere, ± . we present the Yale Band Story! On the field, six men appeared playing Yankee Doodle and forming a miniature Y. The story continued: Rudy Vallee ap- peared, the Big Band of today, and, led by a space cadet, the Band of tomorrow rendere d a very dissonant Bulldog. The crowd roared as the Princeton show came to an end. Led by Robert Cecil, the Yale Football Band made 1954 its most colorful year in history. In addition to their instruments, bandsmen struggled with ribbons, TV dials, and huge white letters. A broken down bus caused near chaos at the Columbia game, as half the Band panted into Baker Field just thirty seconds before the half time show be- gan. New ideas in the form of musical droo- dles and charades were tried, although a parody on the Dior look never passed the planning stage. The hit of the season came on Dartmouth weekend, when the Band presented its first Pops Concert, with Tex and Jinx officiating. The Band, with the aid of faculty conductors, the Alumni Banjo Club, and other groups, was a great success. Under the leadership of Keith Wilson, the Yale Concert Band, organized at the close of the football season, achieved another im- portant first. Early in February, the Band conducted a clinic as hosts of the Connecti- cut Music Educators ' Association. A concert in Woolsey Hall inaugurated the affair which included special demonstrations in double reed and wind instruments. The remainder of the year found the Band with a busy schedule. Featured selections by Borodin, Milhaud and Handel echoed throughout several college campuses and civic auditoriums. The popular cross-campus concert series was repeated. 208 • m • societies fraternities i; SOCIETIES SKULL AND BONES Founded 1832 Lloyd Thomas Bryan, Jr. Stephen Elliot DeForest Gerald Florian Fehr Robert Haigh Gow Charles Grady Green Hugo George Guidotti, Jr. Roger Allen Hansen Frank Donald Hudson Stanley Morris Johanson David Gaub McCullough Philip Hoffman Mathias Paul David Searles Thorne Martin Shugart Richard Cooke Steadman Ray Carter Walker 211 SCROLL AND KEY Founded 1842 Byron Chesser Campbell Peter Ottley Crisp Jan Gunther Deutsch William Ernest Goodman, IV George Higginson Barker Gould Stephen Spaulding Gurney Kristaps Juris Keggi Geoffrey Dodge Kimball George Granville Montgomery, Jr. Samuel Heald Pottle Nathaniel Reed Joseph Rider Siphron George Storm, Jr. Charles Fowler Van Doren Edward Payson Whittemore 213 . ■ , ' ► v 11 r? illIiII« «M ,.• ' •« I • . ■ . , «H HiL Ji m ■I : • ' - ri • ■ i J. • . ' BERZELIUS Founded 1848 James Louden Armstrong, III Harvey Morton Benatovich Clifford DeWitt Castle, III Benjamin Wilson Upton Cate James Howard Coker Jeremy Haskell Dole John Christopher Farrell John Dwight Gibb William Henry Hawkins Robert Alfred Johnson William Ming Sing Lee Donald Gray Miller, Jr. Donald Pendleton Scott William Happel Weaver Donald Adam Young 215 : v ■k | • i V ; - f BOOK AND SNAKE Founded 1863 Barrington Boardman Kerry Michael Donovan Robert Wrenn Doran Richard Wayne Goss John Marshall Hogg Ernest Magnus Lundell III William Lyman Porter Brooks Geer Ragen Frederick Oldshue Robertshaw Frank Barton Thompson, Jr. Charles Hiram Upson Herbert Carleton Upson Richard Claibourne Vance Tucker Hunn Warner Francis Waters Wilson 217 WOLF ' S HEAD SOCIETY Founded 1883 George Clymer Brooke, Jr. Stuart Wilson Cragin, Jr. Joseph Dwight Crowley Robert Edward Davis Nathan Barry Durfee, Jr. Dulaney Glen James Allen Lopez Thomas McCance, Jr. Lawrence Whitney MacQuarrie, Jr. Harry Kenneth Norian John McQuiggan Phillips Fergus Reid, III Stephen Reynolds John Bassett Rhinelander John Henry Stein 219 +m ELIHU Founded 1903 Barton Michael Biggs Frederick Philip Bunnell James Johnston Carey James Doughan Thomas Barker Eastman Daniel Bailey Ford, Jr. Frederick Gardner James Campbell Goodale Rolf Richard Hamburger Richard Moffett Heller Alan Jay Hruska Frank Rogerson Meyer Peter Staub Meyer Anthony Prud ' homme Kenneth Stone Robson 221 222 FIXAL SOCIETY SAINT ANTHONY HALL Founded 1869 J. A. Allard J. F. Almouist G. M. Ball E. W. Blair S. W. Blodgett, Jr. J. B. Carter D. B. Christie J. P. Cowles M. W. Cushman J. W. David J. H. Denison, III W. M. DUNSTAN J. L. Eaton G. J. Ellis, Jr. W. Emery, HI P. T. Faulkner J. W. Flanders, Jr. A. Gibb. Jr. O. L. Graham, Jr. C. J. Green. Jr. T. A. Henderson J. W. Hinkley, IV A. G. Kellogg, Jr. H. T. Knight J. H. Koenig R. A. Lamontagne L. H. Lapham R. E. LOMBARDI J. Loudon M. F. McCone E. B. McKee, Jr. F. H. Magee M. R. Marron R. W. Mason, Jr. O. D. Miller, Jr. M. Millikan F. C. Mitchell R. Platt, Jr. N. E. Ransick, Jr. J. T. Robertson B. Robinson, Jr. J. K. Ross. Jr. H. S. Russell J. A. H. Shober P. B. Smith D. C. Sperling J. V. Tunney R. E. Voigt J. H. Williams E. L. Wilson 223 224 I it aii: IS Mi IS THE FENCE CLUB Founded 1830 1955— C. N. Barrett, B. Bayne, J. B. Bell Jr., B. Boardman, C. R. Bourland Jr., H. L. Brooks, Jr., A. Brown Jr., M. C. Candee Jr., D. H. Carter, J. M. Cooper Jr., S. W. Cragin Jr., M. M. DeCamp, T. E. Donnelly II, K. M. Donovan, A. A. duPont, S. O. English Jr., R. W. Goss Jr., J. C. Greenway III, J. B. High tower, R. C. Hodgkins, P. L. Kampf, G. D. Kimball, J. Lim- bocker Jr., T. McCance Jr., D. G. McCullough, N. S. MacEwan, F. K. Maassen, B. R. Metcalfe, G. G. Montgomery Jr., A. Prud ' homme, T . Reed, J. B. Rhinelander, J. M. Scott, P. H. Stehli, J. H. Stein, G. Storm Jr., W. L. Strong III, C. H. Sudler III, C. M. Tavlor, M. Thoman, J. N. Whipple Jr., A. D. Williams Jr. 1956— E. L. Barlow, C. T. Bingham ' Jr., J. M. Brown III, W. M. Cushman Jr., C. K. Doolittle, J. A. M. Douglas, C. G. Durfee, J. L. Evans Jr., J. R. Fell Jr., R. R. Fox, A. Francke HI, S. P. Gilbert, C. F. Gill Jr.. J. N. Hafner, G. S. Hodgkins, J. B. Horton, T. C. Jamieson Jr., C. P. Lord, H. P. McLaughlin Jr., R. F. Moore Jr., A. More- land Jr., W. B. Mosle Jr., C. R. Omafia, L. H. Pavne, J. P. Phair, S. N. Phelps Jr., J. M. Rae, P. B. F. Randolph, S. Robbins Jr., T. E. Robinson, J. E. Rutledge, H. H. Silliman Jr., J. B. Speed, C. N. Spofford, G. A. Starr, P. C. Stearns, E. C. Vare, J. K. Webster, C. H. C. Wight. 1957 — W. Alexander, D. S. Armstrong, G. G. Atkeson, J. D. Barrett Jr., D. A. E. Beer, H. A. Bingham, E. O. Boshell Jr., R. D. Bowman, M. R. Brooke, P. B. Browne, J. N. Brownell, W r . S. Carlisle Jr., J. N. Curlett Jr., J. A. DeVicufia, R. H. Fullerton Jr., H. T. Gillis, W. A. Hogan Jr., E. C. Ingalls, M. Kenefick, P. M. Leand, E. M. Lundell HI, J. R. McCullough, J. E. Mever III, W. O. Miller, E. W. Morris Jr., G. C. Neary, J. L. Newbold HI, J. W . Oliver Jr., J. M. Pat- tison, R. H. Paul III, D. M. Roberts, J. L. Robinson, B. A. Rowland Jr., T. F. Ruhm, M. A. Rvan, J. I. Shaw Jr., J. F. Stockwell, I. L. VanAlen Jr., H. G. VonMaur, R. S. Walker, A. Wardwell II, P. B. Weymouth Jr.. R. White III, D. R. Wilmerding Jr. fi 1 • + % 226 CHI PSI Founded 1843 1955— D. R. Adams, H. D. Barclay, W. H. Barton, J. T. Boorsch, B. W. Cate, R. A. Comeau, R. Craigmyle, J. D. Crowley, G. W. Cutting, M. G. DeLand, J. Frohling, W. A. Fry, G. G. Gillespie, E. N. Giobbe, J. J. Glasser, J. N. Hays, R. M. Heller, A. J. Hettinger, J. W. Husted, C. F. Mackenzie, W. N. Mallory, A. S. Meister, K. Murchison, J. R. O ' Brien, A. G. Pettit, L. S. Pinover, R. M. Poley, R. T. Richardson, J. G. Riley, R. C. Stabler, R. L. Stovall, R. F. Thompson, J. W. Vastola. 1956— J. T. Bidwell, L. F. Bishop, E. M. Bull, T. J. Charlton, E. S. Cheney, R. H. Coffin, A. B. Davis, J. L. Denby, C. R. Denker, E. J. Dudensing, M. T. Feeney, A. L. Goodman, G. A. Harder Jr., A. C. Koch, R. S. Koehler III, S. P. Kolachov, W. P. Laughlin, R. B. Macdonald, M. P. Maley, A. N. Marshall, J. Morris, J. T. Okin, I. E. Phillips, T. R. Robb, A. S. Rudolph, S. K. Scher, H. Segalas, P. H. Shattuck, R. E. Streeter, N. J. Sullivan, A. A. Thomp- son, T. Vennum, C. E. Welles, J. R. Williamson. 1957 — C. Z. Abuza, J. Appel, F. H. Beam Jr., G. G. Bellis, B. J. Case, A. C. R. Charlton, K. B. Cheney, T. S. Chittenden, S. Colgate, R. D. Farrow, L. W. Finlay Jr., W. H. Hamm III, E. L. Johnson, K. B. Kauke, F. L. Kirgis Jr., J. A. Lachner, D. C. Minton, B. C. Moore, T. P. Perkins III, B. Scoville, J. R. Seitz Jr., J. P. Swin- chatt, J. F. Turben. f t A %s f y % V V --- 22H DELTA KAPPA EPSILON Founded 1844 1955 — M. P. Aldrich Jr., F. J. Allison, J. C. Andrews, J. A. Appleton Jr., J. L. Armstrong III, H. C. Atterbury Jr., J. B. Balch, B. M. Biggs, A. P. Browne Jr., L. T. Brvan Jr., C. K. Burke, W. R. Butler Jr., B. C. Campbell, J. J. Carey, P. O. Crisp, R. W. Doran, N. B. Durfee Jr., T. B. Fastman, C. S. Farrow, C. C. Ferenbach, G. E. Fulton Jr., R. D. Gallaway, R. N. George, G. H. B. Gould, C. G. Green, J. W. Hamilton, R. W. Haskel, W. H. Hawkins, R. A. Hether- ington Jr., S. B. Jones, W. M. S. Lee, B. K. Lloyd, L. W. MacQuarrie Jr., M. A. May Jr., F. R. Meyer, P. S. Meyer, J. H. Michael, P. B. Newman III, G. W. Norton III, J. A. Ost- heimer IV, J. M. Phillips, G. S. K. Rider, F. O. Robertshaw, K. S. Robson, R. S. Saint, T. M. Shu- gart, K. W. Strand Jr., R. B. Sutherland, F. B. Thompson Jr., R. C. Vance, W. R. Wood Jr., J. D. Work, T. O. Ziebold. 1956— J. F. Akers, H. D. Banks, E. G. Barkwill, P. H. Bartlett, P. B. Bartlett, J. DeF. Bishop, C. B. Blair, T. Bradley, G. W. Chapman Jr., W. W. Colville, C. W. Cook Jr., G. R. Corwin Jr., W. E. Cranston, J. B. Daniels, B. P. Dennen, J. R. Dennen Jr., M. A. Everett, D. Falvey Jr., H. A. Gideonse, A. W. Grayson, C. P. Hayne, D. C. Horton Jr., S. E. Hunter, W. C. Hutchins, D. W. Johnson, J. A. Kern, W 7 . T. Kilbourne II, W r . P. Lovejoy, J. P. McCaffrey, C. J. P. McCarthy, J. C. McNay, T. R. Malloy, J. E. McGregor, J. P. Menton, W. E. Mercer Jr., J. S. Niles III, J. F. Paquette Jr., W. J. Peniston, G. B. Prince Jr., D. S. Pruett, J. M. Rae, W. T. Rav Jr., A. G. Scherer III, J. B. Shaw, G. A. Stoddart, R. S. Suddarth, P. A. Tomei, W. R. Trippe III, E. B. Wall, J. K. Wallace Jr., C. P. West Jr., P. Woll. 1957— S. H. Ackerman, J. C. Brady Jr., C. S. Brown, D. G. Brown, G. A. Bullwinkel Jr., W. T. Chin- nery, D. Corn well, R. B. Currcn Jr., L. S. DeLuca, J. F. Eades, J. G. Franciscus, P. B. Britzsche, J. R. Golden, A. P. Halsev, R. H. Heimer, W. Hinrichs, H. M. Hulshizer, J. A. Joh III, R. K. K. Jones, V. R. Loucks Jr., j. A. Mark, D. S. McDonald, W. A. Moeller, J. C. Mesics, S. F. Miller, J. W. Murphree Jr., R. C. Neff, C. M. O ' Hearn Jr., R. H. Pelletreau Jr., J. R. Peters Jr., G. W T . Philpott, P. W. Pillsburv Jr., J. Poinier Jr., J. S. Speer III, B. L. Thomas, J. B. Tyson, M. B. Wallace III. f % 230 PHI GAMMA DELTA Founded 1848 A 1955— A. D. Baldwin II, H. N. Black Jr., G. 0. de Labry, R. G. Dull, J. C. Estcs, D. R. Evans, G. F. Fehr, J. D. Furman Jr., W. B. Goodwin, B. Gross, J. E. Haynes, D. N. Hobson, H. G. Hyman, A. D. Leahy Jr., J. E. Linck Jr., F. K. Lutz, L. E. Madson Jr., W. E. Medford Jr., A. P. Murrah Jr., S. E. O ' Gorman, R. Olson Jr., W. F. Pease Jr., E. W. Peck Jr., P. B. Phelps, R. N. Quinn Jr., B. G. Ragen, W. Randol Jr., P. R. Sawers, P. D. Searles, R. Siedenburg, R. S. Smith, J. W. Steggall, G. P. Tilley, J. M. Valles, T. E. Van Gorder, V. A. Weber Jr., M. C. Yellin, B. T. Young. 1956— H. H. Blundin, R. A. Bromley, J. E. Butler, W. J. Cantley, C. R. Connolly Jr., N. I. Crowther Jr., C. B. Cunningham, G. W. Darmstaedter, W. H. DeForest, J. K. Don, D. F. Higgins, R. M. Jacobson, C. S. Johnson, C. H. Kreider Jr., P. A. La Riviere, J. S. Letts, W. B. Long, J. P. McCarthy Jr., J. W. J. McCrosky, T. D. McDonald, J. C. Meeth Jr., J. E. Moore, T. B. Moorhead, H. L. Parker Jr., J. P. Rhoads, P. W. Rolston, C. N. Ross, S. J. Ruddy, P. B. Stull Jr., W. Tatlock, W. H. Watkins, H. H. Weicker, A. deR. Wood-Prince, G. L. Wright Jr., J. C. Youngman Jr. 1957 — G. G. Bellow, R. W. Correll, S. Cunningham, R. N. Gillespie, P. J. Haerle, P. L. Hill, C. C. Jensen, H. C. Jones, R. O. Jones, R. J. Krogh, F. J. Laux, C. F. Leahy, R. P. Lewis, B. A. Lieberman III, E. H. McKee, B. C. Mobley, H. Peterson Jr., P. K. Ragen, F. A. Slowick Jr., S. Webb, A. F. Wertheim. a jt 4 2H2 ZETA PSI Founded 1888 1955 — C. R. Barrett Jr., G. C. Brooke Jr., J. E. Carpenter, H. L. Caulkins II, E. Davis, D. A. Devendorf, J. W. Dodge, N. S. Farrell, J. F. Foster Jr., E. R. Frisch, R. Gachot, D. Glen, W. E. Goodman IV, C. S. Guggenheimer II, J. A. Hastings, F. R. Hemker, A. C. Herzig, J. S. Howard, K. A. Ives, R. A. Johnson,. J. M. Johnstone, J. D. Kelley, J. H. Kerr, R. E. Kipka, T. W. Lamb, H. F. J. Loudon, W. S. Mayer, H. K. Norian, A. H. Perry, A. K. Raine, F. Reid III, S. Reyn- olds, J. S. Rogers, J. Sherman, R. D. Stone, R. V. Stout, D. T. Uehling, C. F. Van Doren, W. W. White Jr., E. P. Whittemore, F. W. Wilson, G. C. Wilson, P. B. Wilson, F. S. Wood Jr., R. S. Yates. 1956— F. M. Alger III, N. H. Bayard, H. E. Bilkey Jr., H. C. Bjorkman, S. Bonsai, P. W. Buckwalter, R. C. Bullard, H. M. Byington, R. C. Childs, W. R. Clark Jr., T. Cooley, B. Davis, E. B. Dunn, R. J. Eckart Jr., C. B. Esselstyn Jr., M. E. Fahy, K. G. Fleischmann, T. N. Foster, J. B. Fraser, T. H. Frentzel, D. S. Hayes, J. N. Henning, J. F. Horn, M. Howard III, P. B. Hurt, A. Jenkins III, R. F. Jones III, A. H. Ladd III, W. B. Lammert Jr., R. A. MacLean, T. D. Mallory, G. H. Manges, A. C. May, J. R. Meadows Jr., K. A. Mills Jr., L. H. Murch, E. C. O ' Mal- ley, W. S. Reid, F. McC. Remick, E. C. Richards, J. W. Rindlaub, E. S. Ruffin III, D. B. Smith, B. A. Stern Jr., L. A. Strauss, A. S. Taylor II, L. H. Ulf, R. B. Wheeler, D. H. Wight, W. Zim- merman. 1957— B. P. Arneill, G. T. Boyd, J. C. Brenton, C. W. Carson Jr., P. S. Davis, C. P. Dewey Jr., G. J. Dunn, S. V. Flagg, J. G. Frierson, A. Grinnell, R. Guggenheimer, A. F. Hock- stader, A. W. Jones Jr., J. G. King Jr., J. C. Kuhn, L. I. Kulleseid, C. T. Ludington Jr., R. M. Machold, C. H. Sewell, P. A. Smith, R. Smith, H. C. Thompson III, H. S. Valentine III, J. F. Walzer, T. V. Wood Jr. ff f. ft ft if 2 11 ST. ELMO SOCIETY Founded 1889 1955— F. L. Barker, J. J. Beni, D. B. Boies, K. R. Brink Jr., W. G. Buss Jr., S. D. Byron, M. A. Casey, C. De W. Castle, C. Corelli, W. D. Cunningham, R. E. Davis, J. Doughan, J. A. Elliot, G. C. Fetherston, D. B. Ford, B. R. Foster, C. P. A. Frankenthal, J. D. Gibb, J. S. Gill, J. C. Goodale, R. H. Gow, S. S. Gurney, R. D. Guzeman, R. A. Hansen, A. J. Hruska, J. P. Isaacs, R. D. Jackson Jr., R. A. Johnson, J. M. Johnstone, D. J. Kirk, J. D. Kousi, J. M. Luxemburger, P. H. Mathias, R. B. Mayor, R. K. Molinet, F. E. Moore Jr., S. R. Murray, W. L. Norton, D. A. Pegg, L. M. Pollack, R. H. Raskind, W. L. Schiff, D. P. Scott, J. R. Siphron, H. S. Spitzer, D. S. Thompson, H. G. Thresher, D. H. Townsend, C. H. Upson, H. C. Upson, R. C. Walker, R. W. Webb. 1956— W. J. Adams, R. A. Anderson, A. N. Arnson, P. L. Battista, E. R. Beers, 0. J. Bizzozero, R. M. Catlin, L. A. D ' Avanzo, M. Fenton, R. P. Foote, F. G. Frese, E. C. Hall, W. K. Hoskins, D. S. Ingalls, J. J. Logan, C. B. Lunsford, J. A. Lyons, A. McCartney, A. Moore, J. J. McNamara, T. M. Nicklaus, A. A. Orr, H. H. Porter, R. D. Ready, P. S. Tarasovic, F. L. Tits- worth, J. B. Wennik, W. F. Wieland, W. B. Williams, C. A. Wurtele. 1957— P. N. Baker, J. Breslav, D. S. Clarke, R. J. Corry, O. W. Farley, T. E. Frembgen, S. A. Hopkins, J. Q. Hun- sicker, R. K. Kalkhoff, P. R. Lopata, W. A. Mahoney, D. L. McGill, J. M. McLelland, F. J. Mon- gillo, J. P. Owseichik, C. D. Peet, R. R. Pegg, M. Raker, E. M. Reusch, D. Sawyer, G. J. Vojta, A. G. Ward. B|| w M Kv- - ' - m tW . 236 CHI PHI Founded 1898 1955— G. S. Braley, R. N. Brower, J. F. Clark Jr., M. M. Conroy, C. F. Ellis, E. W. Flynn, F. B. Foster, R. W. Frankenheimer, H. G. Guidotti, F. D. Hemmert, R. E. Hendrick, P. Hoffman, W. A. Kern, P. R. Kerrigan, A. A. Lane, A. Lantiez, R. Law, J. C. Lawson, H. Lynch Jr., J. Marinan, L. Miller, E. Najarian, T. O ' Brien, M. E. Pinto, H. Postlewait, J. E. Pratt, J. D. Prokop, K. C. Scott Jr., C. Wangman. 1956 — B. Anderson, R. Anderson, E. Brede, M. Carey, J. Cheston, F. Flatow Jr., T. S. Flugstad, F. L. Gilbert, R. Glick, J. T. Glenn, A. W. Grahame, R. L. Hinkson Jr., R. A. Katz, D. Kebok, G. Linderman, E. D. McCarthy II, J. Packard, M. J. Penta Jr., H. Rowen, R. Scobey, 0. K. Shannon III, C. E. Shedd, M. A. Smith, H. Southworth, E. J. Tyler, G. Unhoch Jr., R. Vila, D. White. 1957— D. V. Almond, M. Bromberg, O. 0. Freeman Jr., R. Girdler Jr., D. B. MacLean, W. T. Myers Jr., R. W. Ryan Jr., H. S. Shaff, J. R. Tracey, K. W. Tuttle. if t. t t i - « i it J A . 238 BETA THETA PI Founded 1892 1955— N. R. Allenby, J. E. Bachelder III, H. M. Benatovitch, J. A. Breckenridge, R. L. Bul- lard, C. J. Curtis, L. F. d ' Almeida, J. H. Doak Jr., R. W. Driscoll, J. R. Dunlop, A. S. Eng- ender, P. F. Franz, F. Friedler Jr., H. C. Friedmann, C. W. Goodyear IV, D. Gregg III, F. B. Hard Jr., J. H. Heed, F. M. Henry, D. N. Hoadley, J. M. Hogg, W. B. Holding, J. C. Ingersoll Jr., E. M. Johnston Jr., H. H. Jones, R. A. Kapelson, E. S. Kaplan, C. A. Krause III, E. C. Law- son, D. H. McKnew Jr., B. R. Monick, H. A. Morgan, H. F. Park III, C. E. Peterson, N H. Prothers, P. H. Quackenbush II, L. R. Reno, E. H. Sandford, W. C. Schrader, R. C. Steadman, R. C. Strain, T. F. Tuttle, J. E. Wengert, K. W. Wheelock, J. F. Wisner. 1956—0. W. Alex- ander, C. P. Allee, E. Boasberg III, H. J. Brown Jr., T. E. Calleton, W. YT. Crowdus II, G. L. Davis, A. K. Delson, W. K. Doggett Jr., J. L. Downey, E. B. du Pont, P. C. Dyke, G. N. Forker, M. J. Gaines, D. A. Gordon, F. J. Henderson, R. L. Herndon II, R. W. Hollander, J. G. Hudson, C. M. Marshall, W. G. Martin, C. S. Miller, W. E. Newton, R. T. Page, J. L. Parsons, C. D. Pierce Jr., C. W. Runnette III, R. W. Sagebiel, T. V. Scott III, R. F. Shapiro, J. D. Stephenson, W. B. Stevens Jr., J. W. Studt, E. F. Taylor Jr., J. E. Taylor II, R. S. Tully. 1957— D. K. Bain, A. L. Boasberg, H. Chauncey Jr., C. D. Chittenden, F. P. Conlan, E. H. Cook, J. Crosby II, C. W. Cushman, E. B. Doggett, R. W. Douglas, J. S. M. Erickson, C. J. Goode Jr., J. E. Halbkat, Jr., G. G. Hollingsworth, J. L. Kahle Jr., J. M. Kohler Jr., W. P. Langford, T. E. Loud, W. J. Martin Jr., G. S. Merritt Jr., R. S. Morris, W. P. Ritchie Jr., T. J. Rohner Jr., J. F. Ross, C. R. Schaller, M. L. Shapiro, R. R. Smith, F. H. Taylor, J. D. Thompson Jr., J. D. Watson, S. R. Wright. n C i 1 1 1 1 « r % •  ♦ V ■ .. V • ■ Second Rotv — Shapiro, R.; Williamson, R. ; Lord, C; Banks, H. Front Rou — Jones, R. ; Schiff, W.; Searles, P.; Pratt, J.; McKee, E. INTERFRATERNITY COUNCIL PRESIDENT P. David Searles SECRETARY James E. Pratt H. Daniel Banks Richard F. Jones, III Charles P. Lord E. Bates McKee, Jr. Walter L. Schiff Kohert F. Shapiro J. Reid Williamson, Jr. Phi Gatntna Delta Chi Phi Delta Kappa Epsilon Zeta Psi Fence Club St. i nth any Hall St. Elmo Society Beta Theta Pi Chi Psi JKI freshmen C-vV CLASS OF 1958 THE mid-September sun helped alleviate the somewhat paradoxical emotion of suppressed anticipation which prevailed upon the members of the Class of ' 58 as they wan- dered through Phelps Gate to settle in the aging dorms of the Old Campus. The first days of Freshman Week only intensified the uneasiness and confusion of fresh- men who were shuttled through registrations, meet- ing after meeting, and placement tests. The physical exam at the gym strained muscles which had loafed through the sum- mer, and a major- ity found them- selves due to make up calisthenics re- M quirements in the winter. Salesmen from every type of cleaning and laundry establishment urged their contracts while the Banner, the News, and the Record snapped up early subscribers. Sales resistance flickered and fell before the onslaught of purveyors of col- lege necessities. But the confusion had its bright moments, too. Friendships formed easily under the uniting force of the common problem — adjust- ing to Yale. There was the trip to Hammonas- set and the Rheingold party which attracted myriads of onlookers and beer drinkers. Fresh- man Week left time to hunt down the New Haven flick houses with their balanced variety from dry English comedy to double feature westerns; for twenty cents more there was Cinemascope, and at the Shubert the more discriminating could have a second balcony glance at the legitimate theater. By Satur- day, with the Connecticut game, school spirit and a developing sense of unity had been generated in the class, and the individual was beginning to feel a part of Yale. He forgot his hometown, his former school, his previous ac- complishments and turned toward the future. He saw that the future held choices per- tinent to Yale, and pertinent to his whole situation. Besides the peren- nial college issues of studies and so- cial adjustment, he saw himself in- fluenced by the broader issues of the draft and the international situ- ation. Some tried the ROTC pro- grams and often found them use- less. Others de- cided to let the draft solve itself, perhaps silently hoping that the physical exam would prove them 4-F. There was a wavering concern over politics. Most of the class liked Ike and nearly all held highly emotional views on McCarthy; a few could even support their emotions with facts; but in general, the average freshman limited his position in time and space to the present and his college activity. The future also held a few changes for the newcomer. Harold Whiteman had become Dean of Freshmen, while Arleigh Richardson moved from the English department to fill Whiteman ' s former position. At the same time, the Freshman Administration lost its independence and was made responsible to Yale College and the School of Engineering. In addition, a plan was initiated whereby faculty advisors consulted each freshman in- 243 dividually and offered constructive criticism on academic plans. The new system proved quite successful as the usual number of late course changes dropped considerably. The most significant change was the estab- lishment of the new college allocation system which gave freshmen no choice in picking their upperclass homes. The change was a manifestation of a controversy which had been reappearing for many years. In the past, some colleges have been flooded with applications, others get none; the result has been typed colleges. Calhoun harbored athletes, Timothy Dwight offered her protective Georgian walls to engineers, while social climbers pursued those activities worthy of the young gentle- men in the sophisticated courts of Pierson and Davenport. The changes was also a mani- festation of a broader controversy between conformity and individuality. While the col- leges usually belied their ascribed cl iches to some extent, the psychological effect of the presented image was often overpowering. Within each college the individual felt pres- sure to conform to the college norm: on the Old Campus the individual felt urged to coni- ply to one type or another. Certainly it would he disgraceful to apply to Silliman. Those who favored the change held that democracy within the colleges was desired and that this goal could best be reached in a college of individuals. Furthermore, the new system would reduce the highly over- rated importance of college allocation to the individual. The opponents of the change be- lieved that a cross-section of individuals would never function as a cross-section, but would break into cliques. More people would be happy, they held, if allowed to associate in typed groups. Besides, the new system would destroy college spirit. The Class of ' 58 seemed to disfavor the new plan, but it had little to say on the situation. It remains for practice to decide which plan is better. The beginning of classes brought routine to the Old Campus as the newcomer began to adjust to his schedule and pursue his path in the vast network of the university. The first ten minute quizzes brought sobering realization to some; to others they were the same old stuff. Some felt spurred by the in- tellectual challenge; others minimized studies as they saw futility in grinding over what they felt to be useless facts. There was also anti-intellectual social pressure, as many avoided studies in deathly fear of being termed weenie. Classes had brought a change in attitude and provided a reali ti« touch to the brochure idealism of the Yale Course Catalogue. Many felt mcrch the touch 244 of realism, while too few really contemplated the long range advantages of study and that college courses were meant to be more than reservoirs of useless facts. On the whole, how- ever, the class showed scholastic balance. There were a high number of warning grades, but this was balanced by a smaller percentage of failures. The passing of fall also opened Yale social life to the freshmen. The usual mixer dances at Smith, Vassar, and Connecticut were well intended, but provided no more than a slug- gish beginning. The university followed suit with a series of dances as the belles of Al- bertus Magnus and Prospect Hill transgressed the Gothic pomp of Dwight Hall to be bird- dogged and re-bird-dogged. But it was the football weekend with its plentitude of bot- tles and beauties that provided the real social initiation. Fraternity Row and the liquor stores were somewhat illegitimately exploited, but the illegitimacy was compensated by the added experience which was making the Class of ' 58 feel more attached to its surroundings. After Thanksgiving the Old Campus under- went a change in atmosphere. The parties had passed and the work increased, but with some saving grace the quizzes slacked off as the student began to assume academic re- sponsibility. The touch football games on the campus were replaced by posture exercises in the upper stories of the gymnasium. Christ- mas vacation provided a three week break in the late semester drudgery before finals. Exam period was greeted with mixed emo- tions. For some it passed lethargically under the monotony of review, while for others it was a two week panic as averages and schol- arships hung in balance. But despite differ- ences in attitude, the Old Campus breathed a sigh of relief at the finish, and the class had established itself scholastically. The new semester began quietly and less colorfully than the preceding fall. The chilly winds and winter sleet cooled any enthusiasm that might have arisen at the prospect of a new start. Whatever novelty Yale had held for the freshman had long disappeared as he quickly resettled into the familiar routine. Many forged through eight week heeling comps, often to find themselves deluded by pre-conceptions of organizational activity. Office-scrubbing, typing, and door-to-door soliciting hardly befitted the would-be mogul. Those who were rewarded with a new knit tie could look back on the drudgery as re- warding preparation for future responsibili- ties, while others had to be content with the experience itself. Late February brought the Freshman 245 Prom, a battle of the bands, and a glorious whirl of parties. March plodded on while many felt the late winter slump; the infirm- ary swelled and the Health Department is- sued its pastel pills. Yale was seen at its worst; the brown and dingy Old Campus seemed to match the brown and dingy mood of the class. The alarm clocks rang earlier, the walkg to Commons were longer, and the food was lousier. The pressure of work and the lack of social life caused an emergence of frustration and anxiety which was abated only when spring vacation soothed strained nerves. April and May passed effortlessly in the mild spring weather and the mellow evenings of daylight saving time. With College Week- end, the men of ' 58 familiarized themselves with their upperclass abodes, and began to pin their hopes on sophomore year. For eight months they had tussled with a new way of life, and whether or not they liked the new- life, they had become an integral part of Yale. The outlook for them was bright. Statistic- ally, they differed from no other class. The usual ratio of six prep school students to four high school students persisted, and scholas- tically the class was identical to that of the preceding class. But early predictions from the administration tagged the Class of ' 58 as one of the best. 246 ■■lifttr ij £ cj- Eli Book Page 75: All of the University Dining Halls are under direct University su- pervision, which is your best assurance of good service and quality. Eli Book Page 12: The Freshman may, at first, feel himself seemingly by-passed by the main surge of University activity. GREAT EXI Around Labor Day each year, the anxious pre-matriculating Freshman finds himself confronted with a tempting pocket-sized work, entitled innocently The Eli Book. This booklet, contend its authors, is designed to give you, the Freshman, some idea of Yale — its traditions, activities, and organizations. An extensive survey of the Yale scene has been made and condensed into this guide in order to answer many of the questions about the University, and about college life in general that will arise during the year. kJ-H 7 W Eli Book Page Wi The Univer- sity is here to prepare men for the duties of living in a ncic and complicated uje; if tin- tra- ditions of Yale hold true its f ur- fn s n ill not fail. ECTATIONS We are certain that the integrity of our friends, the editors, is beyond reproach, and that their invaluable publication would never approximate either intentional or uninten- tional misrepresentation of fact. Our purpose is straight forward; we are merely avid sup- porters of principle, and in our cherished idealism we cling to the belief that half truth does not constitute the whole truth and noth- ing but the truth. Above all, we have not the slightest intention of discrediting this fair work; especially since it is published by Yale Banner Publications. f fkm, (riiht Eli Book Page 24: ' HEELING ...the heeler carries out jobs pertinent to his board ' s ob- jectives. Eli Book Page 11: FRESHMAN WEEK . . . but for the most part, freshmen will find that they have time to themselves. Eli Book Page 7: It should be kept in mind that the Old Cam- pus rooms are served with Di- rect Current electricity. FRESHMAN ACTIVITIES SINCE they were thrown into a new en- vironment, the incoming Freshmen were perhaps more acutely aware than anyone else of the extra-curricular problem, one of the oldest and most controversial issues on the Yale scene. They noticed it when they auditioned for the glee club, when they turned out for football, or when they at- tended their first heeling meeting. It was soon obvious to them that activities played a major role in campus life, and they revelled in professional independence. The high school class presidents and the prep school moguls were faced with the somewhat unpleasant truth that it was impossible to play quarter- back, write for the News and sing Mother of Men at the same time. Those who did participate found that activities often de- manded more than their professors. A sing- ing rehearsal cut or a heeling assignment missed held more dire consequences than an overslept history quiz. The administration believed that extra-curricular was a necessary part of proper education, but that the pres- sure for big wheelism perverted the goals of self-education. To say the least, the situa- tion needed adjustment. Early in the year Dean Whiteman issued a challenge to the Class of ' 58 urging its members to be independent, yet to improve the standards set by its predecessors. In the field of extra-curricular activities especially, Whiteman pointed out, the Class of ' 58 had the duty of striving for more mature conduct. It should arise to active revision and not pas- sive acceptance of the past, not that the past had been necessarily bad, but the standards being student-made, they had their shortcom- ings. Abuse of the right to self-development, stated Whiteman, could only lead to neces- sary restraint by the Administration, a case in point being the postponement of heeling the Student Agencies until Sophomore year. It is too early to determine how the Class of ' 58 has reacted to the challenge, but early predictions can be optimistic. The activities of the Freshmen were necessarily confined 251 0t k fr [ M.i Blue Fitzgerald Kat2 Moore Pfeffer Pool since most had to conquer the scholastic problem first, and few facets of active life were opened to Freshmen until late in the year. Nevertheless the bulk of the class re- sponded as the glee clubs, the prom, the ath- letics, the publications, the various clubs and societies penetrated every corner of the Old Campus. The Administration displayed some sympa- thy and understanding as it added several physical improvements to facilitate campus activity. The Dwight Hall lounge was re- modelled and part of Durfee Hall was reno- vated to provide a new recreation room and social center. Completion of this room de- pends on profits received from weekend dances. In Bingham Hall a g .me room and a fully equipped woodworking shop were in- stalled; and, of course, Connecticut Hall, serving its first full year as an activity center, provided a popular rendezvous for snacks and television. A comprehensive intramural athletic pro- gram was launched with the touch football tournament, for which the Old Campus was divided into four districts with a total of fourteen teams. Almost as if championships were awarded for originality of name rather than skill, the district winners were: North, the Honorable Order of the Dirty Sneaker; North Middle, the Bell Busters; South, the Typhoons; and South Middle, the Bingham Boozers, who later copped tournament hon- ors and gold football charms for their efforts. The winter s eason saw a more active program with formalized basketball, squash, and swim- ming tournaments, and an ambitious spring program was planned. In early December the Freshman Prom Committee was elected to plan with enthusi- asm the one weekend devoted to the Class of ' 58. The twelve members included Richard Katz chairman; Robert C. Shack leford, door manager; Edward I. Moore, treasurer; Lin- den S. Blue, William Fitzgerald, Richard Pfeffer, Peter E. Pool, Michael Rafferty, Wil- liam J. Stack, Jr., William Stubenbord, Peter Taft, and Franklin S. Wimer. The planning |t;iid off with a glorious three day splurge that commenced Friday with a buffet supper in Commons and a joint Freshman Clee Club and Chorus concert. The usually drab and musty Woolsey Hall was conxcrted into a sparkling ballroom as Ray McKinley and Tiny Markle provided a danceable back- ground. Fraternity Row was thrown open Saturday, and Sunday was considerately left free for weary couples to recuperate. While most organizational activities were delayed until spring, the existing Freshman groups experienced a successful year. A de- bating team of eight members was selected from nearly twenty-five applicants, and plans were drawn for dual meets with Choate, Taft, and Hotchkiss as well as a triangular meet with Harvard and Princeton. Coached by Bruce Schnell, the Freshman club served as a preparation ground for the varsity team and employed the Oxford system of debating. The Freshman Dramat made a brilliant debut in early December with a presentation of two one-act plays and three pantomimes in which the acting, staging, and business management were handled entirely by Freshmen. The first play, Lee, a young man ' s puzzlement over a past love affair, starred David Breas- ted, while Martin dayman played the lead in The Little Boy and the Great She-Bear, a fairy tale which unfolds into comedy. Both presentations were lauded by the News as first-rate entertainment. Meanwhile other members of the class were drawn off into upper-class activitie; the jazz bands combed the Old Campus for that Dixie Cornetist, and many an able second tenor found himself being fought over as the sing- ing groups snatched new talent. The heeling competitions attracted many, and the old policy that a heeler should work fifty hours a week seemed to be changing. Cooperative reforms urged by both the organizations and the Administration provided for less heeling hours, and scholastic averages were averaged with heeling points. Here in one very im- portant field a balance was being reached. Others waited for sophomore year to enter the extra-curricular world when fraternity rushing would start. On the other hand many found social security and personal satisfaction in their own private interests and avoided the activity whirl altogether. But while the activity development in the Class of ' 58 was in its primary stages the spirit of independence necessary for both extra-curricular and scholastic success was emerging. A growing responsibility was evolv- ing, and the new class seemed sobered in sta- bility. It has been a quiet year with no riots, although it is true that it is the first year under the new riot rule. But a riot rule alone cannot really control a class nor in any extra- curricular field is restriction enough; stabil- ity must be inherent. It appears that Dean Whiteman ' s challenge has been accepted, and that the Class of ' 58 will contribute to a more intelligent way of college life. Rafferty Shackleford Stacl Stubenbord Taft Wim I S fw tf t sf II 4 ♦ • 1 . A Fifth Row — Arnold, P.; Purves, A.; Baunach, L.; Koehler, H.; Gottlieb, B.; Frenzel, P.; Winkworth, D.; Opsahl, W.; Moore, P.; Chase, A.; Bailey, R. Fourth Row — Moran, B. ; McCullough, W.; Cassel, J.; Cullinan, R. ; Parker, G.; Stetson, J.; May, G.; MeMurrey, R.; Miller, J.; Travers, L.; Gustafson, N. ; Miller, B. Third Row — Lochner, H.; Barker, R.; Loucks, M.; Stubbs, R. ; Sehwettman, H. ; Strong, E. ; Blatchford, C; Blue, P.; Sehoonmaker, S.J Ringe, H. ; McClellan, E. Second Row — Heiman, T.; James, G.; Elliot, R.; Eppes, R.; Genskow, J.; Lein, K.; Marks, E.; Halton, N.; Harries, K.; Lapham, P.; Aikenhead, T.; Rogers, T. Front Row — O ' Donovan, C; Rival, W.; Bauer, T.; Smith, R.; Smith, C; West, W.; Webb, E. J.; Carey, J.; White, A.; McComb, D.; Sanderson, K. GLEE CLUB IN keeping with its fine past record, the Freshman Glee Club saw another success- ful season under Director Arthur Frantz. The Club presented its initial concert in Com- mons during the Christmas festivities. The schedule continued with a sellout Freshman Prom Concert, as well as joint concerts with the Dwight School, Miss Hall ' s, Westover, and Rosemary Hall. The annual Jamboree in late April concluded the year ' s activities. Much credit goes to the active participation of the Club ' s officers who were Terry West, presi- dent; Chris Smith, manager; and Jack Webb, assistant manager. CHORUS THE Freshman Chorus opened its ninth year of existence with the Freshman Prom Concert and went on to sing joint presentations with Smith, the Low-Heywood School, the Berkeley Institute, and the Brearly School. The Jamboree climaxed an- other successful season during which Director Robert Conant ably combined a comprehen- sive concert schedule with an entertaining social program. Helpfully contributing their services throughout the year were Nelson Thayer, president; Tom Gross, manager; and Ed Connors, librarian. Fifth Row — Hoffman, P.; Kinzel, A.; Ehrlirh, U. ; Rathbone, C.j MeCalment, S.; Seymour, M.; Sehock, C.J Owen, W. Fourth Row — Towle, A.; Spencer, J.; Partridge, L. ; Lee. R.; Martin, D.; Blue, L.; Dittrick. A.; Uihlein, M.; Kennedy, I). Third Row— Kindred, J.; .1 .ill, mi. H. ; Kireinidjian, C.; Straus, T.; Swazey, J.; Donnel, C; Rosen, J.; Norman, B. Second Row— Kahn, J.; Hoekaday, P.; Williams, F. ; Dickson, J.; Kink. E.; Jenner, R.; Brandt, R.; Schiavone, J.; Post, R. Front Row — Hellar, G.; Hale, E.; Connors, E.; Thayer, N.; Conant, R. (Director); Gross, T.; Clow, D.; Davis, M.; Tattcr ficld, J. ± - rt kr FRESHMAN ATHLETICS FOOTBALL IN a pre-season evaluation of the freshman football team coach Gib Holgate com- mented, They may be short on size and numbers, but they will definitely be long on spirit. Though the line averaged under 200 pounds and the turnout of 90 candidates was scmewhat less than in previous years, Hol- gate ' s prediction was borne out as the fresh- men brilliantly repeated the undefeated rec- ord of its highly regarded predecessors. A strong backfield led the attack, while an ex- cellent line completed the winning combina- tion. After the Tigers threatened early in the game, Yale capitalized on a fumbled punt. After staging a goal line stand in the second half, the cubs plowed 98 yards for their second six-pointer. Final score: 12-0. On a soggy field at Cambridge the Cantabs succumbed to the Holgate assault as the Bullpups wrapped up the season. Winter- bauer starred as he passed to Bob Sigal for the first score and set up a second on a 22 yard toss to Dick Skewes. A final touchdown resulted from a 62 yard breakaway run by fullback Jim Kinney which secured the con- test, 20-0. In producing the victory string, the cubs fought many close contests, showing strongly as a second half team. In their first game at Columbia, the Bullpups pulled away from a half-time tie to score a touchdown and a field goal for a 16-6 win. A week later Cornell fell 14-7 in the final 25 seconds on Dick Winterbauer ' s tally. And, after a scoreless first half abounding in fumbles and penalties, Brown was toppled 12-0. The team repeated its late period magic against Dartmouth, win- ning 13-6. The freshmen entered the Big Three fray as underdogs against a strong Princeton team. Although the team lineups were shuffled often, the basic backfield consisted of Winter- bauer, a consistent star at quarterback, Sigal and Bob Conway at the halfback positions, and Kinney and Tom Lorch alternating at fullback. Mike Cavallon and John Pendexter handled the end spots excellently, with Skewes and Baird as capable reserves. Ed Moore and Kent Bales held down the tackle slots, while Lee Clark, Jack Embersits, and Georges St. Laurent divided the guard duties. Pete Wight played faithfully at center and, along with Winterbauer, was elected co- captain. 257 SOCCER Meanwhile, Coach Al Wilson ' s freshman soccer team was also piling up a very credit- able season with an impressive 5-2-2 final record. Throughout the season the cubs dem- onstrated an effective scoring punch and a strong defen se. The team began play slowly, as the first two games resulted in a tie and a loss. The booters, however, unfolded their talent to take the next five games, climaxing this victory streak with a 2-0 win over a potent Wesleyan club, this probably being the best contest of the season. In the Big Three round robin the team faired less suc- form a powerful scoring trio which accounted for eighty per cent of the squad ' s total goals. Harvey Jacobson and Fred Rodgers were the mainstays in the fullback positions. The goal was tended by Scott Murphy, who allowed a mere handful of shots to slip into the net. CROSS COUNTRY While the freshman cross country team posted only a mediocre record, some out- standing talent was developed. Lack of depth, however, proved to be the downfall of Coach Bob Giegengack ' s harriers. The runners dropped their first dual meet to Brown, and cessfully. The Princeton match was a frus- trating 2-2 tie with two scoreless overtimes. In the final contest against Harvard the Cubs were able to produce only one goal, as the oung Johns secured a 3-1 victory. Captain Sam Allen held down the center half-back position, well flanked by Phil Ste- venson and John Stetson. The forward line furnished the team with an excellent offen- - attack. The LindaltOg brothers, Dave and Carl, handled the left side skillfully, while renter forward, Luis Aguilar joined ri lit forwards Bill Andrews and Ren Dimond to a week later placed second in a triangular meet with Dartmouth and Columbia. Daring the following weeks the cubs lost races to Massachusetts, Brooklyn Prep, and Fordham. In the Big Three Meet staged on the 1 ale Golf Course, the yearlings could place no better than third. In a late season rally the freshmen outran Horace Mann. 23-32. while in the 1C4A meet Captain Tim Etogen placed eighteenth In a field of 118 runners. Besides Hngcn Other regulars were Jack Carey, Joe Sears, John Kingston, Jack Hubbell, and William Cornelius. 2:.;; 7 f ?rf -,«f P«f «f 5 r f 7f T Sf f 8 §65 1 z i W T ! ! J i  . ! w T L 7 21 24 34 55 £ 86 39 35 16 31 IB L ' ,r f wr 1 4 X J a FRESHMAN FOOTBALL: Third W— Marsh, W.; Buenting, J.; Kohr, J.; Reese, T.; Le Mohieu, J.; Bouscaren, C; Phelan, H. ; Pillsbury, H.; Moore, E.; Baird, N.; MacLean, W.; Embersits, J.; Koplow, M. Second Row — Corwin, J.; Gerson, G. ; Dandry, J.; Swidler, T. ; Pendexter, J.; Whipple, O. ; Skewes, R.; St. Laurent, G.; Cavallon, F.; Clark, L. ; Schoettle, M.; Burt, H.; Lubke, A.; Bales, K. Front Row — Manny, M. (Manager); Conway, R.; Taylor, T.; Sigal, R.; Wicz, R.; Kinney, J.; Wight, P. (Co-Captain); Winterbauer, R. (Co-Captain) ; Hust, J.; Loreh, T.; Frenzel, P.; Henkel, O.; Coker, C. E.; Triplett, H. SWIMMING Moving indoors with the coming of winter, the freshman athletes were met with the chal- lenge of a phrase which for thirty years has been synonymous with Yale swimming teams — an undefeated season. The freshman swim- ming team had a 120 win string to defend, which Lawrenceville snapped, but the loss was certainly not one to be ashamed of, as Lawrenceville had one of the best squads to be seen in prep school circles for many years. Coach Harry Burke ' s swimmers were again a strong team boasting competent performers in all events. The early season ' s record was well padded with crushing victories over Hamden and East Haven High Schools, while the Springfield yearlings were easily dis- patched on the same day as the ill-fated Lawrenceville meet. In Dwight Hutchison the cubs had a star diver, while Bob Perry was a consistent winner as a sprinter and relay anchor man. The team was well-balanced with Russ Hibbard, Phil Barney, Charles Dunlop, Ted Probert, Charles Faurot, Deed Hardin, and Frank Pierce. BASKETBALL With a new coach, Dick Osborn, and with an impressive array of talent, the freshman basketball team appeared to be headed to- ward a winning season. Competition started in early December when the cubs, hampered FRESHMAN SOCCER: Third Row— Kwei, R.; Ames, T.; Stevenson, P.; Andrews, W.; Foster, F. ; Breasted, D.; Rogers, J.; Darby, J.; Murphy, S. ; Wilson, A. (Coach). Second Row — Fiske, J.; Kwei, T. ; Lindskog, D.; Diamond, F. ; Jacobson ,H. ; Callaway, R. ; Stetson, J.; Bascom, C; Fritzinger, J. Front Row — Schiavone, J.; Bragg, W. ; Lindskog, C; Blan- shard, A.; Hedden, J.; Allen, J. (Captain) ; Rodgers, F. ; Sears, G. Second Row — Jacobson, R. (Man- ager); Sargent, T. ; Bober, A.; Baird, N.; Glynn, G.; Phelan, H.; Watson, D.; Semonin, P.; Osborn, R. (Coach). Front Row — Green- baum, R.; Butler, P.; Lee, J. (Cap- tain) ; Whelpley, J.; Logan, J. by lack of practice and poor ball-handling, dropped the starter to a powerful Hillhouse aggregation. After this setback the cubs pulled together to win their next five games. The first victim was Milford Prep 64-46, and in the following contest the squad overpow- ered a hustling University of Connecticut quintet 86-73. Against Brown, Captain Johnny Lee scored 27 points as the team used a fast break to win 96-73, and in beating Columbia and New Britain Teacher ' s Jayvees, forward Nolan Baird tallied 28 and 29 points, re- spectively. Quinnipiac, employing an unbeat- able zone defense, broke the victory skein, but the freshmen quickly recovered, clubbing Cheshire Academy 100-45 to set a team scor- ing record. With another rout over Andover 70-31, the team seemed prepared to handle the roughest competition. This was borne out as the quintet surprised a star-studded Holy Cross five and won 82-71. Besides Lee and Baird, the starting five was rounded out by 6 ' 10 Jerry Glynn at center, while Ralph Greenbaum and Jim Logan managed the guard spots. Other regu- lars were Harry Harlow, Tom Sargent, Paul Semonin, Allen Sheals, Paul Butler, and Jim Whelpley. FENCING The early record of the freshman fencing team left only a hazy picture of what could be expected by spring. For most, fencing was Second Row — Cornelius, W.; Hub- bell, J.; Talrott, W.J Kingston, J. Front Row — Cille, J. (Manager); Carey, G.; llogen, T. (Captain); Sears, J.; Gieaengack, R. (Coacbi. 260 Second Row — Hasting, G. (Coach) ; Christ, D.; Wight, P.; Shostal, P. (Manager); Laidlaw, R.; Schoene- mann, P.; Kohr, J.; O ' Donnell, J. (Coach). Front Row — J as pan, J.; Reese, T. ; Collins, E. ( Captain ) ; Stewart, C; Fitch, A. Third Row— McCoy, R.; Martin, J-; Gerstell, F. Second Row— Alwin, J. (Coach); Thayer, N.; Rathborne, C; Barhite, W.; Sto- ner, B.; Skillman, J. (Varsity Coach. Front Row— Smith, R.; Ringe, H.; Sloane, H. (Captain); Jackson, C; Schoonmaker, S. Third Row — (Missing) Lapham, A.; Miller, R.; Norton, J.; Onsa- ger, E. (Captain); Post, R.; Sos- noski, N. Second Row— Miller, I. (Manager); Block, P.; Dodd, B.; Day, C; Ferrante, J.; Grasson, A. (Coach). Front Row — Turner, J.; Riker, S.; Kiremidjian, D.; Sim- mons, R. ; Sammons, J. 261 Third Row — Mr. Schneider (Trainer); Hewitt, O.; Pillsbury, H.; Taylor, T.; Wallace, J. (Manager); Starratt, R., Joslin, E., Mr. McNeil (Coach). Second ffoM -Smith, C.; Mell, H.; McNamara, D. ; Ward, P.; Goodyear, L. ; Kloppenburg, J.; Johnson, L. ; Diamond, F. Front Row — Achilles, T.; Corwin, S.; Beadleston, A. N.; Ault, L. (Captain); Pollet, D.; Chapped, G.; Klein, A. a completely new sport, but under Coach Robert Grasson the team could look forward to a rewarding season. In their first two meets the yearlings eked out 14-13 victories over Hopkins Grammar and Riverdale, but Co- lumbia proved to be the squad ' s first down- fall. However, already outstanding perform- ances had been turned in by two first-rate sabremen, Fred Onsager and Phil Block, while Bennet Dodd and Dave Kiremidjian had shown good potential. SQUASH Coach John Skillman ' s freshman squash team spent many long hours working out, but met no team competition until February. In its initial contest with Andover the squad made an impressive debut as Nelson Thayer, Fred Gerstell, John Martin, and Sam Schoon- maker won their matches to provide a 4-1 victory for Yale. Buz Ringe opened in the number one position, and George Sloane was elected captain. ,ft ft ' fi ,p JVjP Pi  c 2( 2 HOCKEY After a few weeks of pre-season practice, Coach Don McNeil evaluated his freshman hockey team as the most hustling outfit I have ever coached at Yale, and his early prediction seemed well justified. The cubs did suffer a setback in their initial encounter with a powerful Brown sextet, but recovered brilliantly as they crushed Choate 8-1. Taft fell easily, as did Burriville High School, while the freshmen rapidly improved to hit their mid-season stride. Rummie Goodyear, Al Beadiest on, and Jerry Kloppenburg led the offense, while Captain Lee Ault played with stellar skill in the goal. Others showing nents. Regulars Jon Jaspan, 123, and Tom Schoenemann, 177, also turned in decisive vic- tories to complete the matches. It seemed that Coach John O ' Donnell could expect a brilliant record from his squad, and that the frosh would soon be filling varsity berths. The athletic year was little more than half completed, but the Freshman class could count on establishing a satisfactory record. The fall had been excellent, and the incipi- ent winter season had its bright spots al- though it was still too early to generalize about most of the teams. There were still spring sports to come. The crews had been rowing on the Housatonic and in the tanks strong possibilities were Dave McXamara, Floyd Dimond, and Seth Corwin. WRESTLING It is easy to be too optimistic in athletic speculations, as only too few teams fulfill predictions, but the freshman wrestling team appeared bound for a highly successful sea- son. Competition began late in the winter, but in their first two meets the matmen soundly trounced Columbia 33-2 and Andover 36-0. In the latter meet, Andy Fitch at 130, Bob Laidlaw, 137, Van Stewart, 147, Captain Ed Collins, 157, John Kohr, 167, and Pete Wight, heavyweight, all pinned their oppo- since September, while baseball and lacrosse hopefuls were processed in Coxe Cage, but again the picture was nebulous. It was espe- cially heartening to see the development of new talent on the football and basketball squads, and apprehensions about the seem- ingly forthcoming gaps in the varsity teams disappeared. Despite the swimming team ' s unprecedented loss to Lawrenceville, Yale could remain assured that the Kiputh tradi- tion would be upheld in the future. It was also heartening to see the spirit of sporting competition emerge from the pressure of studies and an atmosphere of athletic de- emphasis. 263 J Oh we ' re looking, looking for the Yale Animal, For a male with a Yale pedigree. Oh we ' re looking, looking for the Yale Animal. But where the hell can he be? THE YALE ANIMAL It ' s a feather in our cap . . . that more and more people are asking for Rheingold Extra Dry than ever before. BREWED BY jffo nUin ' n ?J6be€4t Ue , BREWERS FOR 118 YEARS. ESTABLISHED 1837 t.lebmann Brewerleit, Inc., Nrw York, N. Y., Orange, N. J, 268 A TRADITION WITH MEN WHO DEMAND THE FINEST IN PERSONAL JEWELRY PANIKOFF Manufacturing Jewelers Athletic Awards — Presentation Gifts Look For Us At Our New Location After August 1955 37 BROADWAY NEW HAVEN The Yale Animal An excellence in Quality and Leadership Styling is evident in all of our nationally-advertised brands . . . reasonably priced BESSE RICtlfY NEW HAVEN ' S LARGEST STORE FOR MEN S BOYS At Yale On the corner of York St. at Elm DOWNTOWN NEW HAVEN AT 778 CHAPEL ST. KENT of LONDON Est. 1777 ENGLAND World ' s Finest Brushes and Combs 630 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK CITY 269 ASSOCIATED STUDENT AGENCIES SERVICE AT YOUR DOOR Run by Students • For Students • At Student Prices Under Direct Supervision of Yale University 137 High Street Ext. 2446 I h, Yate Animal P9UZ Ol (uouijius ddo) 133JUS 11VM Z8 A tpunvyo yjjmiol i 10 DISCOUNT and You Must Be Pleased or You Will Not Be Asked to Pay DNINV31D AHd ON V AHQNI1V1 THE S. BARRY JENNINGS CO. Manufacturers of VENETIAN BLINDS Distributors of RADIATOR ENCLOSURES METAL WEATHERSTRIPPING HOPE ' S STEEL WINDOWS WATSON METAL FRAME SCREENS ALUMINUM COMBINATION WINDOWS STAINLESS STEEL COMBINATION DOORS mini i: rii 1 1) I (1 Factory and Office 12 NASH STREET NEW HAVEN, CONN. 270 A SOUND INVESTMENT IN GOOD GROOMING iued fcvk MEN ' S TOILETRIES by 271 Yale Animal Grand Light Supply Co. Suppliers of — Electrical Fixtures Lamps Fluorescent and Incandescent 833 STATE STREET NEW HAVEN, CONN. The new Tremont Motel opened 1954 Only 2 ' 2 miles to New Haven Green Enjoy Motel Convenience With Hotel Services AIR CONDITIONED TELEVISION SETS FINE APPOINTMENTS Outside Telephone Service in Every Unit Tremont Motor Court, Inc. Derby Ave., near Forest Road West Haven, Conn. Telephone FUlton 7 6671 272 Alumni are still eligible... to SAVE WITH PATRONAGE REFUND SIGN UP FOR AN AUTOMATIC MEMBERSHIP MAIL ORDERS FILLED YALE CO-OP Since 1885 273 J. Goldberg Sons PLATE GLASS and MIRRORS SAFETY AUTO GLASS TABLE TOPS PICTURE WINDOWS 523 STATE STREET NEW HAVEN, CONN. ST 7-2241 WESTON-THURSTON COMPANY Wholesale Dealers in CHOICE MEATS POULTRY BUTTER EGGS 20-22-24 New Faneuil Hall Market BOSTON, MASS. USED by CHAMPIONS — and those who hope to be Champions SEAMLESS 555 HANDBALLS Athletic Goods Division SEEMLESS RUBBER COMPANY NEW HAVEN 3, CONN., U. S. A. 274 The class of The New York Life Insurance Company is proud to have been selected to write the endowment insurance in connection with the Class Gift Fund of the Class of 1955. Endowment insurance policies offer an efficient and convenient method by which the members of the graduating class can provide for their 25th Reunion gift to the Lniversity in accordance with long-stand- ing tradition. Through such insurance, maturing in 25 years, the Yale alumnus can be certain the University will receive his intended contribution in full, as origi- nally planned, even if he should not then be living. This is one of the many ways in which life insur- ance is now being used to make sure that plans made todav will be carried out in the future. 1955 GIFT FUND NEW YORK LIFE INSURANCE CO. HOME OFFICE: 51 MADISON AVENUE, NEW YORK 10, N. Y. CONNECTICUT BRANCH OFFICE KENNETH S. PLATTS, Manager Broadway Bldg. 1 07 Broadway New Haven 1 1 , Conn. 275 James D. Landauer Associates, Inc. Real Estate Consultants 501 MADISON AVENUE New York 22, New York UNIVERSITY ! • roil STREET. NEW HAVEN NEW YOKE • rilNClTON I In Yale Animul Levine and Levine Co., Inc. Manufacturers of Women ' s Coats Colchester, Connecticut 276 ywen A. i V IcLjarrahan Lo. Ralph P. Webster, Jr. Timothy M. Donovan Engineers and Sub-contractors Reinforcing and Structural Steel Erection Welding, Tower Erection and Rigging SINCE 1926 16 PELHAM STREET Cambridge 42, Mass. School of Design Physics Lab. Yale ' s Favorite Tobacconist Since 1934 mm johnny A Pipe and Blend of Tobacco for Every Personality PIPE CENTRE OFF OLD CAMPUS 5 STEPS FROM CHAPEL ON COLLEGE ST. 277 Be in the LEAD with ERWIN FRIED Magnums - Quarts - Splits College Liquor Shop 1042 CHAPEL STREET Opp. Vanderbilt Tel. UN 5-1208 Free Delivery ERWIN FRIED, Permittee An advertisement worth turning upside down to read. UUO ' U9ADLJ M9N 133-US A|J9AD y g£ SAVM3Aiaa (doi ovia) ooa ovig S013ld DI131H1V 313dDNOD a3XIW-ACIV3a SONiaOQ 1S31 • SNOI1VAVDX3 wopwquoQ ppmnr£ ' ' I ' SNOS P UD M D SS61 t 8l M. B. FOSTER ELECTRIC CO. Electrical Contractors 240 GEORGE STREET NEW HAVEN • STRUCTURAL WATERPROOFING • MASONRY REPAIRS OF ALL KINDS • ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFS D. I. Chapman, Inc. 7 HOWE ST. NEW HAVEN PHONE ST. 7-1211 278 flouiARDjoiinfon) 28 Famous Flavors 279 New Haven Painting Decorating Company, Inc. 401 CROWN STREET NEW HAVEN, CONNECTICUT Tel. No. SPruce 7-5385 C (inut J orm.% — the most economical method of laundry packaging. Cuts costs to about half that of any other method of packing. C amelock Folders — for store merchan- dise packaging. L ampbelL Tags — all types and sizes, including stock, sale, price, inventory, pro- duction and instruction. Standard or made to specifications. C ampbeii Folding Cartons — made to order, printed or plain. CAMPBELL BOX AND TAG COMPANY Main and Banner Streets South Bend 23, Indiana For your special enjoyment . . . throughout the year try iMt RUirS brewery fresh EXPORT BEER FIRST FOR THIRST ANYTIME XP0Rf The Hull Brewing Company NEW HAVEN CONNECTICUT 280 The Henry G. Thompson Son Co. ' G O 277 Chapel Street New Haven, Conn. Un 5-0881 281 COHEN POWELL VAULT-SAFE VANS Household goods are as safely stowed as in a vault in our modern vans. More- over, your most intimate home furnishings are as sanitarily cared for, as though they were still in your own rooms. Your articles are almost magically picked-up and set- down, with no care on your mind, when we Move or Store your effects! Complete Brokerage Service • Listed Securities • Local Securities • Commodities Ask For Our Weekly Review And Its Recommended Issues Established 1881 Members New York Stock Exchange and other leading Exchanges 75 Pearl Street Hartford 3 Tel. 7-0121 Other Connecticut Offices Located in New Haven, Torrington, Danbury, Waterbury and Meriden THE Buckingham Hon 1 h COMPANY CONTRACTORS • HEATING • VENTILATION • PLUMBING 64 GROVE STREET NEW HAVEN 11, CONN. Telephone LO 2-3157 282 Good jobs do grow on trees! Consider that practically all paper made today comes from trees . . . that the paper industry is the fifth largest in America. The paper industry requires men who possess character, intellectual discipline, executive potential. Men who can bring such assets to the Paper Industry can get good jobs. These jobs are growing in number and in opportunity within St. Regis Paper Company. As trees grow, so grow good jobs! If you are interested in discussing a career in a leading paper company, why not write in confidence for an appointment? St. Regis Paper Company 230 Park Avenue, New York 17, N. Y. St. Regis products are manufactured by St. Regis Paper Company, one of America ' s largest integrated paper manu- facturers, with resources ranging from raw materials in its own forest preserves to modern mills and plants and nation- wide distribution. 283 LESTER LANIN optimum in musica Wishes to Thank Yale Men for Their Patronage • DEBUTANTE PARTIES • PROMS • ASSEMBLIES • WEDDINGS Throughout The Nation 1776 BROADWAY . . . NEW YORK CITY !? Jewelers to Yale Men Since 1 900 [Presentation Ljiltd FOR ALL OCCASIONS Expert Facsimile Engraving Chapel and Temple Sts. on the Green The Yale Animal 2K4 If It ' s Electrical — We Do It ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION APPARATUS SUPPLIES REPAIRS WESTINGHOUSE DISTRIBUTORS for WESTERN NEW YORK BUFFALO ELECTRIC CO., INC. formerly MCCARTHY BROS, and FORD, INC. ELECTRICAL HEADQUARTERS More Than 55 Years of Service 75 West Mohawk Street Buffalo 2, N. Y. 285 McBIRNEY ' S . . . where Yale Men go running for the very best in . . . Wines and Liquors 344 ORANGE Opp. Arena Tel. UN 5-7055 We deliver to your college gate Joseph Cohn Son • CONTRACTORS • PAINTING • DECORATING • WATERPROOFING 220 Whalley Avenue New Haven, Conn. BRING YOUR LAUNDRY AND YOUR DRY CLEANING to Majestic Laundry with these extra features: OPEN SEAMS MENDED 48 HOUR SERVICE MISSING BUTTONS REPLACED 3 Campus Stores WHALLEY Cor. Howe BROADWAY Next to Liggett ' t CHAPEL STREET Across from YMCA In Appreciation of Your Patronage we extend To All Yale Students a 10% DISCOUNT on all Automotive Service performed by C00LEY CHEVROLET CO. 158 Whalley Avenue Service Entrance 517 Elm St. LO 2-010) 286 287 GEORGE B. H. 7Jtacomjb£A COMPANY (BuildjihA At Yale: Design Laboratory Research Center: Physics and Biology Units Accelerator Building Addition Shuster ' s Express Inc. Daily Service Between Conn. - N.Y. - N.J. - Mass. Home Office Colchester, Conn. $amsi $. WlcQonmll Importer and Roaster of the Finest Coffee APPROVED AND SERVED at Yale by THE DINING HALL AND COLLEGES 139 MEADOW STREET NEW HAVEN 288 A Yale Tradition for 27 Years f- ltii A (73arber non 82 % WALL 284 YORK YOU MIGHT NOT LIKE PRINCETON FOR STEADY BUT A VISIT TO THE NASSAU TAVERN HOTEL YOU WILL ENJOY ACROSS FROM CAMPUS AT PALMER SQ. For over half a century WHITLOCK ' S has been headquarters for TEXT BOOKS - CURRENT BOOKS - STAT IONERY PENS and PENCILS - TYPEWRITERS - BANNERS YALE NOVELTIES and other Student Supplies THE YALE STUDENT STORE ESTABLISHED ISOO 15 BROADWAY 276 YORK STREET open 8:30 a.m. to 8 p.m. 289 COMPLIMENTS OF SHERATON the proudest Name in HOTELS COAST TO COAST IN THE U. S. A AND IN CANADA IN THE U. S. A. AKRON: Sheraton-Mayflower . . . ALBANY: Sheraton-Ten Eyck . . . BALTIMORE: Sheraton-Belvedere . . . BOSTON: Sheraton Plaza . . . BROOKLINE, MASS.: Beaconsfield . . . BUFFALO: Sheraton Hotel ...CHICAGO: Sheraton-Blackstone, Sheraton Hotel . . . CINCIN- NATI: Sheraton-Gibson . . . DETROIT: Sheraton-Cadillac . . . INDIANAPOLIS: Sheraton-Lincoln . . . LOS ANGELES: Sheraton- Town House . . . NEW YORK: Park Sheraton, Sheraton- Astor, Sheraton-Russell . . . PASADENA: Huntington-Sheraton . . . PROVI- DENCE: Sheraton-Biltmore . . . ROCHESTER: Sheraton Hotel . . . SAN FRANCISCO: Sheraton-Palace . . . SPRINGFIELD, MASS.: Sheraton-Kimball ... ST. LOUIS: Sheraton Hotel . . . WASHING- TON: Sheraton-Carlton, Sheraton-Park. IN CANADA MONTREAL: Sheraton-Mt. Royal, The Laurentien . . . TORONTO: King Edward Sheraton . . . NIAGARA FALLS: Sheraton-Brock . . . HAMILTON: Royal Connaught. 290 Acknowledgments The editors of the 1955 Yale Banner wish to express their appreciation to the many individuals and organizations who gave freely of their time and talent. Our association with them has made our task a far more rewarding one. To the staff of the Robert W . Kelly Publishing Corporation for their technical guidance and unflagging patience. To Mr. Stephen Kezerian of the University News Bureau for his timely sug- gestions and continued interest. To Mr. Edward K. Thompson of Life and to Mr. Pierce Fredericks of The New York Times for their invaluable assistance in the preparation of Sight and Sounds, 1954-1955. To Richard Elbrecht, 1955, and John Niles, 1956, of the Yale Daily News for their photographic contributions. To the skilled pens of those who are responsible for the art work: Jaquelin Robertson, 1955, for the divider pages; Christopher Harris, 1955, for The Yale Animal; and John Embleton, 1956, for Great Expectations. To Mr. James Boyden of the ale University Press and to the staff of the 1955 Class Book for their cooperation and unselfish assistance. To Jay Storm Studios and eber Studios for their matchless group portraits. To the faculty of the Yale School of Music for their advice and guidance in the preparation of Music at Yale. About the 1955 Yale Banner . . . the text has been set in Bodoni Regular, with display heads, for the most part, in Bodoni Bold. The paper for the body of the book is Lustro Gloss made by the S. D. Warren Co. of Boston; for the Anthology, Warren ' s Lustro Dull. The book has been printed by the Robert W. Kelly Publishing Corporation of New York City. The engravings are the work of the Basil L. Smith System of Philadelphia; Hampshire Engraving Corporation of Manchester, New Hampshire; Stoddard Engraving Company and Willcox Photo Engraving Company, Inc., both of New Haven. Photographic Credits Atomic Energy Commission — page 26 Paul Berg, St. Louis Post-Dispatch — pages 65, 71, 94 Enterprise Blue Print Company — page 2 Boston Herald — page 109 Bulova Phototimer — page 139 Stanley Cochran — pages 60, 94 Bill Doll and Company — page 13 Emiddio DeCusati, School of Fine Arts — frontispiece Daniel Ford— pages 61, 63 French Information Service — page 70 Graphic House, Inc. — page 13 Harvard Crimson — page 121 Mark Kaufman, Sports Illustrated — page 20 John Lane Studios, Poughkeepsie — page 252 Life Magazine — pages 8-10, 13, 14, 16, 20, 23 Daniel Lindley, Yale Photographic Society — page 184 Memorabilia Room, Sterling Memorial Library — pages 193-195 National Broadcasting Company — pages 8, 13 Navy Log — page 104 The New York Times— pages 8, 10, 16, 17, 26 New York Times— pages 8, 10, 16, 17, 26 Merz Peters — pages 80, 83 Clifford Pierce, Jr. — pages 159, 161, 162 Verner Reed, Sports Illustrated — page 52 Shubert Theater — page 13 Sovfoto — page 17 A. Burton Street — page 120 Talbot — page 13 University News Bureau— pages 22, 31, 64, 210, 212, 216, 218, 224, 232, 250 Stanley Venoit, University Athletic Association — page 135 Whiffenpoofs — pages 197-199 Yale Broadcasting Company — pages 165-168 Yale Daily News— pages, 9, 11, 12, 18-21, 25, 48, 53, 68, 72, 75, 77, 94, 105, 106, 108-111, 113-116, 120-122, 128-130, 132-135, 138, 139, 144, 151-156 Yale Dramatic Association — pages 24, 161-163, 247, 253 Yale Record — page 159 Yale Undergraduate— pages 24, 72, 93, 144, 243, 256 p ! ■ ;■•■ 1 £ y r M i -« I 1 - I